chapter-0 executive summaryenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/eia/... · 06 mmtpa of m/s...

EIA & EMP Report for Expansion of Alumina Refinery from 01 MMTPA to 06 MMTPA of M/s Sesa Sterlite Limited, Lanjigarh, Kalahandi, Odisha

Global Experts 1

CHAPTER-0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Background: M/s Vedant Alumina Limited (Now Sesa Sterlite Limited) started commercial production of its 1MMTPA Alumina refinery at Lanjigarh, in Kalahandi district of Odisha in December 2007. Since then, this refinery has achieved many firsts in areas of Environment protection, safety, occupational Health and other aspects of its operations meeting the expections of all the stake-holders. The company has a vision to make this unit a Zero Discharge, Zero Waste and Zero Harm (to all its stake-holders) refinery which will be the pride of all its stake-holders. The company has already achieved zero Discharge, which is the first in the country. The unit has also been accredited by BIS for ISO-9001:2008, ISO-14001:2004, OHSAS18001:2007 and EnMS 50001:2011. In an intention to increase the capacity of the unit from 1MMTPA to 6MMTPA the company submitted its application in October 2007, ToR was issued and public Hearing was conducted and EIA report was submitted in August 2009 to EAC for consideration. EC could not be issued as matter went subjudice over issue of Bauxite mine/pre construction as violation of EIA notification 2006. On 16.11.2010 MoEF issued Circular/Guideline for granting Environmental clearance to projects involved in violation of EIA notification 2006. The case came out of subjudice and the company submitted fresh amended application as per direction of MoEF on 22.7.2011 and a fresh ToR was issued by MoEF on 2.2.2012. The company submitted revised draft EIA and compliance to fresh Tor to SPCB on 28.2.2012 for Public Hearing. Advertisements were made in local and national daily, but then hearing was postponed by MoEF asking certain clarifications on ‘Gramya Jungal Jogya’ land. M/s SSL submitted status report on diversion of ‘Gramya Jungal Jogya’ land of 26.124 Ha on 2.7.2013 and requested for consideration. Then meeting with Project Monitoring Group (PMG), Cabinet Secretariate, presentation to PMG and submission of documents to MoEF was done on 14.8.2013. The Project was presented to REAC on 18th November, 2013, 29th January, 2014 and on 18th March, 2014. Finally the MoEF vide letter dated 26th May, 2014 informed its decision of revalidating the TOR earlier issued on 2nd Feb, 2012 for a period of 22 month with effect from Jan, 2014 and also added following three additional compliance points as a part of TOR. 1. Copies of Bauxite and Coal Linkage documents including status of their

Environmental Clearances. 2. Comprehensive CSR plan as per the recent directives under Companies Act, 2013

and, 3. Status of compliance of the EC granted to the Existing Project along with Certified

Monitoring Report of the Regional Office, Bhubaneswar.


Global Experts 2

Collector kalahandi finalized Public Hearing schedule on 30.7.2014 and intimated Member Secretary, SPCB, Odisha. The Public Hearing was conducted on 30.7.2014 for expansion of existing 1MMTPA Alumina Refinery at Lanjigarh to 6 MMTPA, During this period, there was an amalgamation and merger of various group companies of Vedanta and all the companies have been brought under the new name as Sesa Sterlite Limited with effect from 18th September, 2013. Hence, this EIA report has been prepared in the name of SesaSterlite Limited so that no changes are required in the EIA Report already submitted on 28th Feb, 2012 to the State Pollution Control Board. However, as directed by the MoEF a comprehensive Plan on the above three additional points along with additional base line data for the pre-monsoon from March, 2014 to May 2014 is being submitted with this EIA report. Project details There is no change in the Project Capacity, Execution Philosophy, Location, or the Layout as indicated in the application dated 3rd October, 2007 and subsequently amended application on 22nd July, 2011 as per the directives of the MoEF. All the issues raised in the earlier Public Hearing conducted on 25th April, 2009 and observations made by the members of the EAC during site visit on 9th July, 2010 were already addressed in the EIA Report submitted on 28th Feb, 2012. As per earlier philosophy the Project is planned to be executed in the following three phases: • Phase 1‐ Increasing the capacity of the existing Alumina Refinery from 1 MMTPA to 2 MMTPA by implementing various Environmental related Improvement Projects as well as De‐bottlenecking of the existing Refinery in‐line with the latest technological development made but without increasing any Steam Generation cum Power Plant Capacity. • Phase 2‐Increasing the capacity from 2 MMTPA to 5 MMTPA by adding three lines each of 1 MMTPA capacity similar to Debottlenecked streams in phased manner along with additional steam generation cum power plant of a capacity of 210 MW with a provision to export nearly 75 MW power to the grid to ensure uninterrupted power supply mainly in Kalahandi region. • Phase 3‐Increasing the capacity from 5 MMTPA to 6 MMTPA by incorporating further Improvement Projects for optimum utilization of natural resources. As the focus in implementing the Expansion Project is on optimum utilization of natural resources, Energy Conservation and specific consumption of raw materials by utilizing waste and recoveries of valuables from waste, a separate report titled “ Technological Improvement Report for Energy Conservation and Resource Utilization”have been prepared and incorporated. Although, a supplementary report was submitted to the MOEF on 9th May, 2011 and a presentation was also made to the EAC in the 25th Expert Appraisal Committee meeting held on 29th June, 2011 but no capacity increase has been made in the Plant as per the directives of the MoEF. However, a large number of waste utilization Projects like Recovery of Vanadium Sludge from Red Mud, the first of its kind Red Mud Powder Plant in the globe to eliminate the risks of Wet Red Mud Ponds, Fly Ash Utilization Projects, Water Conservation Projects to make the Refinery Zero Discharge


Global Experts 3

Plant, Specific Energy and Caustic Consumption reduction Projects etc. have been implemented and today the existing Alumina refinery is regarded as one of the best Environmentally managed and equipped with the State of the Art technology refinery in the world. The Projects implemented in the existing 1 MMTPA Alumina Refinery shall be implemented in the Expansion Phase also. Compliance with the International Best Practices The Sustainability Framework of Sesa Sterlite Limited has been developed based on the following three basic principles: 1. Responsible Stewardship‐ The company manages its operations in a responsible manner respecting National Laws and expectations of International Organizations like International Financial Corporation (IFC), International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM), Organisation for Economic Co-operation & Development (OECD), and WHO etc. 2. Strong Relationship‐ The Company always believes in developing strong relationship with all its stakeholders viz. shareholders, lenders, communities, Government, Employees, Non‐Governmental Organisations and interested third parties. 3. Adding Value‐The company always endeavor to use its relationship to create a win‐win situation that can add value to the lives of the people, to the planet and to the company. To achieve the above, and to ensure that all the recommendations of the basic Performance Standards (PS 1 to PS 8) as specified by International Finance Corporations (IFC) for all Green Field as well as Brown Field Projects are implemented in letter and spirit in SSL Expansion project, regular audits were conducted by world renowned consultancy firm viz. URS Scott Wilson UK for the last three years and today the organization is in full compliance of IFC as well as ICMM recommendations also. This was again verified by another consultant ERM India Private Limited. Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) A dedicated ESMP has been prepared by company’s consultant M/s Global Experts Limited taking into account the feedback from the following supporting works undertaken by various consultants for company’s existing operations: ESMP Copy annexed 1) Socio‐economic Survey and Need Assessment Report for the Lanjigarh Block by the Human Development. 2) Independent Environmental and Social (E & S) performance Review by ERM to ensure compliance with National and State Level requirements, IFC, OECD, ICMM etc.


Global Experts 4

3) Hydro‐Geological Investigations and Ground Water Quality monitoring around Lanjigarh by National Geo‐physical Research Institute, Hyderabad.NGRI report annexed 4) Occupational Health and Safety Audit conducted by the Labor Institute, Kolkata and National Security Council etc. 5) Rain Water Harvesting Potential in and around the Plant by IATES, Bhubaneswar. IATES 6) Various Socio‐economic Impact Report prepared by Xavier Institute of Social Sciences, Ranchi. Compliance to Corporate Social Responsibility as a part of the New Companies Act 2013. SesaSterlite Limited Lanjigarh has a dedicated CSR Team working on various Projects in the areas of Health, Education, Livelihood, Sports, Culture, Promotion of Ex‐servicemen etc. Before commencement of ne Company Act, 2013 most of our CSR Projects were framed based on the focused areas given in the Millennium Development Goal. Detailed CSR Plan along with a report already published on our contribution in achieving MDG 2000 is also attached as desired by MoEF. Compliance to the EC conditions issued by the MOEF for the existing 1 MMTPA Refinery SesaSterlite Limited from the beginning is submitting six monthly compliance Report to the Eastern Regional Office of MOEF at Bhubaneswar besides monthly Performance Report to the State Pollution Control Board. All the directions issued by the MOEF or by SPCB from time to time have been complied without fail. Bauxite Linkage Odisha is blessed with huge reserves of Bauxite. As on date nearly 1.8 billion ton of proven Bauxite Reserves have been identified. More explorations are in progress and it is expected that almost similar quantities may more be identified. Hence, availability of Bauxite is not a constraint for any Alumina refinery to be developed based on East Coast Bauxite where nearly three billion tons of proven Bauxite are already there. SesaSterlite has signed a MOU for 150 million tones of Bauxite for the Plant with the State Government and has applied nearly 42 applications for ML and PL with reserves in excess of more than 500 million tons. As and when the PL or ML is granted, necessary procedures shall be followed for obtaining the EC of the respective mines. Since, the Project execution will take nearly 2 years for full implementation and the capacity increase shall be achieved in phased manner, Bauxite availability may not be a constraint for the Project. Besides ample Bauxite is available in Gujarat, Madhyapradesh, Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, Maharashtra etc and shall be used during interim period to meet the Plant requirement.


Global Experts 5

Coal Linkage SesaSterlite Limited has already applied for obtaining linkage for its coal requirement from the Ministry of Coal. However, further processing is being held up in want of the Environmental Clearance from the Ministry of Environment and Forest. On receipt of EC, the matter shall be taken up with the Ministry of Coal for enhancing the coal linkage quantity. Environmental Impact due to Expansion Regular environmental monitoring is being conducted for complying with EC conditions w.r.t 1MMTPA Alumina production. More over seasonal base line data collection has already been carried out. From the monitoring data it can be observed that there is a continuous improvement in the environmental performance and hence there will not be any significant additional impact. Last 3 years Environmental Monitoring data covering all baseline parameters have been enclosed. The compliance conditions issued on 26 May, 2014 and revalidated are given in Table-1.1 Table 1.1: COMPLIANCE TO TOR CONDITION Sl. No.

TOR conditions as per MoEF letter J-

11011/406/2011-1A-II (I).

Action taken / present status

1 Project executive summary Project Executive Summary both has been given in Ch-0

2 Compliance status of conditions stipulated in clearance given to the existing plant.

SSL has complied with all the conditions stipulated by MoEF as well as SPCB and compliance report for the same is regularly submitted to SPCB. Half-yearly report is also submitted to MoEF. Certified copy of Compliance report of existing unit annexed at Annexure-I

3 Process Flow sheet and EMP Process flow sheet is already attached as a part of project profile as Figure- 2.5. Regarding EMP SSL is having elaborate environmental plan in place to ensure that all air and water pollution norms are fully complied. The same is covered in the EIA report under Chapter-5.

4 Documentary proof of coal linkage and fuel supply.

The application for additional coal linkage for expansion has already been submitted on 30th April, 2009 for additional coal linkage of 2.75 million tonne for the CGPP as communicated to MoEF vide letter No. VAL/MK/MoEF/10/003 dated 30th September, 2010 along with copy of the application submitted to Ministry of Coal.

5 Copy of agreement for land acquisition signed with land oustees.

As already explained in 2.1.1 of EIA report, no additional land is required for accommodating the additional facilities of expansion as sufficient space is already available within the existing plant. However, land to the tune of around 888


Global Experts 6

Sl. No.


11011/406/2011-1A-II (I).


Ha is envisaged to be required in future for additional red mud pond, ash pond and mainly green belt development besides some associated facilities outside the plant area. Since the area falls under Schedule-V as per Constitution of India, no direct agreement can be made between land oustees and SSL as all land is to be acquired by Government of Odisha and lease to SSL. However, SSL has prepared a road map for achieving zero waste in next couple of years, the acquisition of land shall be limited to bare minimum depending upon the success of the zero waste projects. Since, such projects are being developed / implemented for the first time in the industry, no firm time schedule can be mentioned at this stage.

6 Site location map on A3/A2 sheet on 1:10, 00,000 scale, depicting the terrain in the first 10 Km radius and on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on A3/A2 sheet in a further radius of 10 km beyond with longitude/ latitude/ heights and contours of 100/200m; 3-D view and a DEM (Digital Elevation Model) for the area in a radius of 10 km. Site photograph.

The plot plan of the existing as well as proposed facilities is already attached in EIA report. The satellite imageries and digital elevation model prepared by Odisha Space Application Centre, Dept. of Science & Technology in November- 2011 for the project area covering a radius of more than 10 KM depicting all terrain, flora, fauna, inhabitation etc., is attached as Annexure II to this EIA report. The CD capturing the entire area in 3D is also attached.

7 Present land use map based on satellite imagery; high-resolution satellite image data having 1m-5m spatial resolution like quick bird, Ikonos, IRS P-6 pan sharpened etc. for the 10 Km radius area from proposed site, the same being used for land used / land-cover mapping of the area.

Given in ch-3

8 Site topography and details of filling, if any, that may be required

Topographic contour Map is given Figure3.6 Pg 91 and digital elevation map is given in page pg 93 Figure 3.7 indicates that no filling is required.

9 Map showing location of national parks / wildlife sanctuary / reserve forests

Forest cover map is given in the page number 147 figure No 3.19 of chapter 3.


Global Experts 7

Sl. No.


11011/406/2011-1A-II (I).


within 10 km 10 Project layout plan showing

storage of raw materials, fly ash, etc., bore wells, ponds, aquifers (within 1 km.) dump, waste disposal and green areas, water bodies, and rivers / drainage passing through the project site

The Layout map of existing as well as expansion project showing storage of raw materials, fly ash,Page No33 and 34. Enlarged Layout Map is given in Attachment I. And bore wells, ponds, aquifers (within 1 km.) dump, waste disposal and green areas, water bodies, and rivers / drainage passing through the project site is given in the report prepared by IATES (Annexure III) is also attached showing location of bore wells, ponds & aquifers.

11 Co-ordinates of the plant site as well as ash pond; topo sheet, co-ordinates of the plant site and ash pond.

Co-ordinates of the plant site as well as ash pond; topo sheet, co-ordinates of the plant site and ash pond is given in Page No 35 in CH 2 All the details are already given in ch-5

12 Details and classification of total land identified and acquired.

The details are already given in Page Chapter-2 of EIA report

13 Detailed Rehabilitation & Resettlement plan conforming to government policy, including permission of tribals, where such tracts are to be acquired

All the lands for the existing plant was acquired as per RR policy, 2003 approved by Government of Odisha. As per requirement of Schedule-V, gram sabhas were conducted by Government of Odisha before acquiring the land for setting up the facilities. The same procedure shall be followed again being a Schedule-V area. The proposed R&R plan for Rengopali, Bandhuguda & kothaduar is attached as Annexure-IV.

14 Permission and approval for use of forest land.

No forest land is envisaged in the expansion project.

15 A list of industries, by name and type, within 25 km radius.

Nil. (Refer reply to TOR attached in EIA already submitted to MoEF after public hearing)

16 Location of the residential colony upwind.

No additional township is required as existing township is having adequate space in accommodating future requirement.

17 Raw material list with source (GPS), analysis and mode of transport to the plant. Truck conveyance must be Environmentally Compliant

Raw material list is given in pg No 63 CH 2 of EIA report. Material from outside will be conveyed through rail only Bauxite Ore will be conveyed from railway siding to Bauxite Yard through environmentally compartible BS III/IV trucks.

18 Petrological and chemical properties of ores, minerals, and raw materials using high definition, precision instruments of specific detection range: methodology such Digital

M/s Sesa Sterlite laboratory is equipped with latest advanced laboratory equipments like XRF, XRD, AAS, LPSA etc., besides normal wet analysis systems. All the raw materials are tested for the presence of heavy metals and trace elements including radioactive substances. Analysis report of Bauxite Ore from various


Global Experts 8

Sl. No.


11011/406/2011-1A-II (I).


Analyzers, AAS with Graphite furnace, ICPMS, MICRO-WDXRF, EPMA, XRD, Nano studies or at least as per I30-10500 and WHO norms; trace element and metal studies of Cr (vi) Ni, Fe, As, Pb, Zn, Hg, Se, Si and presence of radioactive elements.

sources is given in chapter 2 Page No.69

19 Similar petrography, grain size, and major element analysis of raw material and project site for SiO2, Al2O3, MgO, MnO, K2O, CaO, FeO, Fe2O3, P2O5, H2O, CO2

Given in ch-2 Page No.69

20 If the rocks, ores, raw material has trace elements their petrography, ore microscopy, XRD, elemental mapping EPMA, XRF is required

Not applicable, however, XRF, XRD, AAS analysis are being carried out for all the raw materials as a standard operating practice. Besides, periodical checks are also carried out using wet analytical methods to cross check the authenticity of the analysis received from XRF, XRD & AAS.

21 Construction activities involved, existing and prospective, their impact and mitigation.

Impact prediction and Evaluation is covered in Chapter 4 and EMP is covered in Chapter-5. However, major civil works have already been completed.

22 Excavation and muck disposal during construction.

This activity has already been completed as all civil works are almost over.

23 Studies and management plan for fly ash, muck, slurry, sludge, solid waste and trace elements in raw material

The plant is already using high concentration slurry disposal (HCSD) techniques and a detailed report for technological improvement for energy conservation and resource optimization was submitted to MoEF wide letter No. VAL/MK/11/061 dated 9/5/2011. Presentation of the same was made to EAC in the 25th meeting held on 29-30th June, 2011 where entire management of waste was presented. The same is proposed to be used after expansion or immediately if MoEF permission is accorded to march towards zero waste.

24 Manufacturing process details for all plants.

Already included in Chater-2 of EIA report. Detailed process is explained in technological improvement report given at Attachment-II

25 Mass balance of raw material and products

Mass balance flow sheet in A4 sheet is given in Attachment III

26 Energy balance for all Energy balance is given in CH 2 Page 76.


Global Experts 9

Sl. No.


11011/406/2011-1A-II (I).


components of the Refinery and Captive Power Plant.

However, it may be noted that SSL, Lanjigarh has taken elaborate measures to minimize energy consumption in line with National Mission for Energy Efficiency Improvement. SSL, Lanjigarh was the first mining and metal industry to get energy management certification as per ISO 50001:2011 and also got CII National Energy Management Award, 2011 and 2012.

27 Site-specific micro-meteorological data of temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Already included in EIA report in Table 3.7 and 3.8 Chapter-3

28 Data generated in the preceding three years relating to air, water, raw material properties and its composition (major, trace and heavy metals), ground water table, seismic history, flood hazard, etc

It is regularly submitted to SPCB and MoEF and compiled data is attached in EIA report as Annexure V.

29 One month site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction, rainfall and AAQ,-monsoon season excluded. Monitoring stations should take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserve forests.

All mentioned data is given in Chapter 3

30 Ambient air quality at 8 locations within the study area of 10 km. with aerial coverage from project site with one AAQMS in downwind direction.

The data is given in Chapter 3 in table 3.12 Page No.112

31 Analysis of suspended particulate matter in ambient air for presence of poly-aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH), - Benzene soluble fraction; chemical characterization of RSPM

RSPM Data given in the Annexure-XI


Global Experts 10

Sl. No.


11011/406/2011-1A-II (I).


32 Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features.

This is covered in Chapter-4 where Isopleths of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx have been presented.

33 Air quality modeling for the Refinery and Captive Power Plant for specific pollutants; Cumulative impact due to existing plant and proposed expansion

Same as above point No. 32.

34 Action plan to implement National Ambient Air Quality Emission Standards issued by the Ministry vide G.S.R. No. 826(E) dated 16th November, 2009.

ESPs has already been installed and continuous monitoring instruments installed inside the plant with display at the plant main gate. And same will be implemented for expansion.

35 Ambient air quality monitoring and modeling with cumulative impact for the day (24 hrs) for maximum GLC, including for fugitive and other emissions peculiar to the industry, consisting of : I. Emissions (g/second) with and without the air pollution control. II. Meteorological inputs (wind speed, m/s), wind direction, ambient air temperature, cloud cover, relative humidity & mixing height) on hourly basis. III. Model input options for terrain, plume rise, deposition etc. IV. Print-out of model input and output on hourly and daily average basis. V. Graph of daily average concentration (MGLC scenario) with downwind distance at 500 m intervals

All the data is already presented in Chapter-4 of EIA report.


Global Experts 11

Sl. No.


11011/406/2011-1A-II (I).


over the tract of GLC. VI. Details of air pollution control methods used with efficiency of emission rate estimation of each pollutant.

36 Applicable air quality standards as per LULC covered in the study area and ratio of impact of the plant, existing and proposed, thereon. Graphs of monthly average daily concentration with down-wind distance.

Isopleth of PM10, SOx and NOx due to project on different LULC has been in CH4 in page 198-201

37 Specific Mention of when and where the ambient air quality standards are exceeded either singly by the proposed plant or cumulatively

No where in the study area ambient air quality standards exceeds the CPCB Norm

38 Fugitive dust protection, dust reduction technology for workers within 30 m of the plant.

This is regularly monitored and data is presented to SPCB / MoEF. The unit has adapted state of the art technologies like dry fog systems, bag filters, water sprinklers, vacuum cleaning systems, wet scrubbing systems for lime, vacuum road sweepers etc., to ensure that fugitive emissions are prevented at the point of source only and there should not be any impact on the people working inside the plant and living close to plant boundaries.

39 Impact of transport of raw materials and end products on the environment. Alternate methods of transportation for both furnished

Raw material list is given in pg No 63 CH 2 of EIA report. Material from outside will be conveyed through rail only Bauxite Ore will be conveyed from railway siding to Bauxite Yard through environmentally compartible BS III/IV trucks

40 Action plan to control and monitor secondary fugitive emissions from all sources as per the latest limits issued by the Ministry vide G.S.R. 414(E) dated 30thMay, 2008

All norms as per latest GSR issued by the ministry are complied.

41 Presence of aquifer(s) within 1 km of the project boundaries and plan for recharge

Rain water harvesting report prepared by Institute of Advanced Technology and Environmental Studies (IATES) attached as Annexure III.

42 Source of surface water, ground water level, site

All the studies including a special study conducted by NGRI, Hyderabad on hydrogeological,


Global Experts 12

Sl. No.


11011/406/2011-1A-II (I).


(GPS), Ion Chromatograph, metal trace element, chemical analysis of water to be used; in case of recourse to river, rainfall, discharge rate, quantity, drainage and distance from project site; Information on surface hydrology and water regime

hydrochemical and geophysical investigations around our plant area are already included in the EIA report as Annexure VI.

43 Ground water analysis with bore well data, litho-logs, drawdown and recovery tests to quantify the area and volume of aquifer and its management.

It is part of the NGRI report as cited above in point No. 42.

44 Ground water modeling showing the pathways of the pollutants

Same as above under point No. 42.

45 Column leachate study for all types of stockpiles or waste disposal sites at 20oC-50oC

A leachate study carried out by Institute of Advanced Technology and Environmental Studies in August, 2010 is already attached as a part of EIA report. And Piezometer Installed at Red Mud Pond for continuous monitoring. However the red mud pond will not be in use in expansion project.

46 Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site from roof top, plans for storm water drains to recharge ground water and for water conservation. Rain water harvesting and groundwater recharge structures may also be constructed outside the plant premises in consultation with local Gram Panchayat and Village Heads

Rain water harvesting study was carried out by Institute of Advanced Technology and Environmental Studies in 2011 and proposed action plan has already been made as a part of EIA report & attached as Annexure III.

47 Permission for the drawal of water from the State Irrigation Department and water balance data involving effluent, water recycled, and discharged.

The permission for drawal of water has already been included in the EIA as Annexure-VII It may be noted that due to implementation of zero discharge system the water requirement has already been reduced for the existing plant from 6 MGD to approximately 3 MGD. The same philosophy of zero discharge system will be followed in expansion also. The detailed scheme of zero discharge and present


Global Experts 13

Sl. No.


11011/406/2011-1A-II (I).


status was submitted as a part of Technological Improvement Report submitted in May, 2011 to MoEF.

48 Impact of drawl of water on the nearby River during lean season.

No water is drawn from the nearby Vamshadhara River. The total water is drawn from Tel River located at a distance of around 65 KM from the plant which is a perennial river. The total drawl of the water during lean season is less than 1% of the total flow of the river. The water is drawn from the infiltration gallery of the river and not from the surface. The impact on water resources is given in Chapter 4 of EIA report.

49 Surface water quality of nearby River (60 m upstream and downstream) and other surface drains at eight locations

Surface water quality of nearby rivers is given Chapter-3 of the EIA report.

50 Flood Hazard Zone Mapping is required at 1:5000 to 1;10,000 scale indicating the peak and lean river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency if the site is within 10 km radius of any major river,.

The site is not close to any major river. The major river is Tel River which is located around 65 KM from the plant. The other river namely, Vamshadhara River originates from the area where plant is located and hence only tributaries are located around the plant.

51 Note on treatment of wastewater from different plants, recycle and reuse

Except sewage no other waste water treatment plant (STP) is located in the plant. All STP water also is recycled and reused for various purposes like horticulture, sprinklers and if surplus in process. Due to implementation of zero discharge system all water is recycled and reused.

52 Provision of traps and treatment plants are to be made, if water is getting mixed with oil, grease and cleaning agents.

In all oil handling areas, oil-water separators as per API design have been provided with sand traps as a part of OWS. It is always ensured that no oil particle gets mixed with any storm water drain.

53 In case water is mixed with solid particulates, an intermediate sediment pond is necessary of capacity 100 times the volume of water transported.

Not applicable.

54 Wastewater characteristics (heavy metals, anions and cations, trace metals, PAH) from any other source should

No waste water is generated from the plant.


Global Experts 14

Sl. No.


11011/406/2011-1A-II (I).


be included. 55 The pathways for pollution

via seepages, evaporation, residual remains are to be studied for surface water (drainage, rivers, ponds, and lakes), sub-surface and ground water with a monitoring and management plans.

This aspect is already covered NGRI report as well as IATES reports. AnnexureVI & III

56 Ground water monitoring minimum at 8 locations and near solid waste dump zone, Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area are essential as also. Ecological status (Terrestrial and Aquatic) is vital.

The data of all the 8 locations are continuously monitored and results submitted to SPCB. Geological features, Geo-hydrological and Ecological status of the study area are given in CH3

57 Action plan for solid/hazardous waste generation, storage, utilization and disposal particularly slag from all the sources, char and fly ash. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of ash should also be included.

A detailed action plan for utilization of waste as a part of implementation of zero waste philosophy has already been submitted to MoEF on 9th May, 2011 in the form of a report titled “Technological Improvement for Energy Conservation and Resource Utilisation for Converting into Benchmarked Refinery” and presentation made to EAC on 29th June, 2011. However, approval of MoEF is still awaited for implementing the suggested road map. Presently nearly 20% of the ash is being used by various fly ash brick manufacturers developed around the plant and all construction within the project area are undertaken using fly ash products only to maximize use of fly ash. However, 75% of the ashes produced in the last 4 years have been utilized for raising the height of the dyke wall. The possibilities are being explored to convert fly ash into geo-polymer concrete using ultra-high temperature gasification. The ultimate objective is to get zero waste system

58 Details of evacuation of ash, details regarding ash pond impermeability and whether it would be lined, if so details of the lining etc. need to be addressed.

The existing ash pond is going to be used for expansion also.


Global Experts 15

Sl. No.


11011/406/2011-1A-II (I).


59 A note on the treatment, storage and disposal of all type of waste especially the red mud should be included. Identification and details of land to be used for red mud disposal should be included. Details of secured land fill as per CPCB guidelines should also be included.

Presently high concentration slurry disposal method is used for disposal of red mud as this is the only state of the art technology available today to minimize retention of water and hydraulic pressure inside the red mud disposal areas. However, Sesa Sterlite has developed a high pressure filtration system which will be implemented by August 2012 which will completely eliminate the use of slurry system as only dry red mud in powder form will be stacked. Sesa Sterlite is also working on utilization of red mud and has already started recovery of vanadium from the red mud. The future plan is to recover iron and titanium which constitute nearly 60-70% of the total mass of red mud.

60 End use of solid waste and its composition should be covered. Toxic metal content in the waste material and its composition should also be incorporated particularly of slag

No slag generation is there in the plant. Lime grit generated from the plant is 100% used in construction industry, mainly in brick manufacturing. Use of red mud is yet to be started.

61 Stock piles will have to be atop a stable liner to arrest leaching of material to the ground

Stock piles have a liner and no additional stock pile is envisaged.

62 Plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. with details of species, width of plantation and its schedule. The green belt should circumscribe the project boundary. A scheme for greening of access roads should be incorporated. Rooftops and terraces should have some green cover

The unit is already complying with the requirement as per clearance for the existing refinery. Any additional area to be covered as per environmental clearance shall be adhered to.

63 Detailed catalogue of the flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species.

Sesa Sterlite has obtained subscription for analyzing presence of any endangered species or an area as per IUCN classification and observed that Lanjigarh does not fall under any of the category. The output obtained from the analysis is attached as Annexure VIII where we have shown circles of 1KM as well as 10 KM range which clearly indicates that there is no endangered species in this


Global Experts 16

Sl. No.


11011/406/2011-1A-II (I).


locality. Refer website www.ibatforbusiness.org There is no endangered species in and around Lanjigarh area Lanjigarh does not fall under IUCN Protected area.

64 Disaster Management Plan including risk assessment and damage control.

DMP plan prepared by Disaster Management Institute, Bhopal and duly approved by Director of Factories and Boilers has already been submitted to MoEF. The DMP shall be suitably updated for 6MMTPA Expansion.

65 Occupational health: I. Details of existing occupational & safety hazards; exposure levels of these hazards with reference to Permissible Exposure level (PEL) and measures to keep these within PEL, should there be chance of over exposure. II. Means of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers? health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, audiometry, spirometry, vision testing (far, near and colour vision or any other ocular criteria) ECG, pre and post placement with periodicity; latest monthly analyzed data of these parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

III. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety. IV. Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. for the workforce during construction and operation including casual workers and

A dedicated occupational health centre is located inside the plant premises where all Sesa Sterlite employees as well as contractor employees are examined regularly for any occupational health issues. The system is audited by National Safety Council (NSC). The latest audit report of NSC on occupational health has already been included as a part of EIA report as Annexure IX. Since the area was totally inaccessible, Sesa Sterlite has taken massive developmental works to improve connectivity, development of new roads, bridges, water supplies, electricity, health system, education system as a part of commitment for overall development of the area following the principle of sustainable development. Occupational Health details has been given in page No 260, 261 CH 4 Facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. for the workforce is existing and same will be extended to construction worker of the expansion project- Attachment-IV


Global Experts 17

Sl. No.


11011/406/2011-1A-II (I).


truck drivers. V. Impact of the project on local infrastructure such as roads and need for additional infrastructure support identifying the time frame agency to provide the same. VI. Environment Management Plan (EMP) to mitigate adverse impacts due to the project with item wise cost of its implementation capital and recurring for pollution control.

Infrastructure made for the existing plant by the company will be suficent to takie care of expansion project. Given in CH 4 and 7

66 Plan for implementation of recommendations made for Alumina Refinery and Captive Power Plant in the CREP guidelines.

CREP guideline exists for red mud concentration and utilization. The company plans to make red mud powder and fully utilize in cement and brick plants- Annexure-X

67 Five percent of the total cost of the project should be earmarked for Enterprise Social Commitment based on public hearing. Item-wise details along with time bound action plan should be included.

As per Hon’ble Supreme Court order, a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) has already been formed with the title “Lanjigarh Project Area Development Foundation” (LPADF) in which 5% of the profit before tax and interest from the project (bauxite mines of OMC and alumina refinery of Sesa Sterlite is utilized for the local area development). This is the first project in the country where sharing of economic benefit with the society has been implemented to bring faster development in remotely located areas as well as bringing deprived communities into the main stream. The company has already invested more than Rs. 130 Crore towards various developmental activities as a part of its commitment towards sustainable development. The major areas are health, education, livelihood, sports and culture, communication, infrastructure etc. Hence, this additional condition can not be implemented as Supreme Court order is already exist to take care of this aspect- Attachment-V

68 Issues raised at the public hearing with replies

The issues raised in the earlier public hearing has already been addressed and replied and made part of EIA report.

69 Corporate Environment Policy I. The company’s

A detailed environment policy of corporate as well as unit is already included in the EIA report in Chapter 8.


Global Experts 18

Sl. No.


11011/406/2011-1A-II (I).


Environment Policy, if any, approved by its Board of Directors. II. Contents of the Environment Policy relating to standard operating processes / procedures to highlighting infringement / deviation / violation of environmental or forest concerns. III. Hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with environmental issues and ensuring compliance. IV. System for reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board, shareholders and stakeholders at large

1. HSE Policy given in Attachment-VI- page no-13,14,15 in Corporate Sustainability Frame Work

70 Litigation or Court proceedings pending against the project.

Nil.

71 Copies of Bauxite and Coal linkage documents including status of their environmental clearances (ECs)

Bauxite Security-SSL has signed an agreement with OMC, Government of Odisha undertaking for supply of 150 million tones of Bauxite for thr plant. Besides this SSL has applied 42 applications for the grant of prospecting license/mining lease to government of Odisha. As Odisha is having more than 1800 million tons of Bauxiteavailable in the state, the availability of Bauxite is not a constraint. A detailed write up on the Bauxite Security is given in supplementary EIA Report. Coal Security- An application is already pending with the CEA/Ministry of Coal for allocation of EC by MoEF. A copy of the latest correspondence along with the status has been given in the supplementary EIA report.- Attachment-VII

72 Comprehensive CSR Plan as per the recent directive under companies Act 2013.

SSL has formed a special purpose vehicle viz. Lanjigarh Project Area Development Foundation for undertaking CSR related works around the plant. The foundation is chaired by the Revenue Development Comissioner, Berhampur. Besides this, a dedicated CSR team is there and we are already executing number of projects in the field of


Global Experts 19

Sl. No.


11011/406/2011-1A-II (I).


Health, Education, Poverty Eradication, Livelihood etc. Till date, approximately Rs 175 crore has already been spent by the company on such projects. Details of the various activities along with CSR plan as per Company Act 2013 are given in the supplementary EIA report. Attachment-VI

73 status of compliance of EC granted to the existing project shall be submitted and a certified monitoring report of the same obtained from RO, Bhubaneswar

Six monthly progress monitoring report is regularly being submitted to MoEF. However, recent inspection is completed on 16th june, 2014 and the final certificate has been abtained after the inspection. Attachment-VIII


Global Experts 20

CHAPTER-1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 GENERAL M/s Sesa Sterlite Limited is the new name which came out after the scheme of amalgamation and arrangement amongst Sterlite Industries (India) Ltd (SILL), Madras Aluminium Company Ltd (MALCO), Sterlite Energy Ltd (SEL), Vedanta Aluminium Ltd (VAL) & Sesa Goa Ltd (SGL) had received approvals of respective Hon’ble Bombay High Court, Goa Bench and Hon’ble Madras High Court vide July 25, 2013. Subsequent to the approved scheme, Aluminium business of Vedant Aluminium Limited was demerged into and with M/s Sesa Goa Limited effective from 19th August 2013 and further to this, the name of Sesa Goa Ltd was also changed effective from 18th September 2013 and now it stands as Sesa Sterlite Ltd. M/s Sesa Sterlite Limited previously known as Vedanta Aluminium Limited (VAL) is a part of the US$ 6 billion Vedanta Resources Plc, a London listed 100 FTSE company. M/s Sesa Sterlite Limited is presently operating 1 MMTPA Alumina Refinery at Lanjigarh, Dist.Kalahandi, in state of Odisha since August 2007. This alumina refinery is the first zero discharge alumina refinery and meeting all Environmental norms with regards to air, water & noise pollution.The refinery is accreidiated by BSI for ISO-9001:2008, ISO14001:2004, OHSAS 18001:2007 and EnMS 50001:2011. The most commercially mined aluminium ore is bauxite, as it has the highest content of the base metal. The primary aluminium production process consists of three stages. First is mining of bauxite, followed by refining of bauxite to alumina and finally smelting of alumina to aluminium. India has the fifth largest bauxite reserves with deposits of about 3 bn tonnes or 5% of world deposits. India's share in world aluminium capacity rests at about 3%. Production of 1 tonne of aluminium requires 2 tonnes of alumina while production of 1 tonne of alumina requires 2 to 3 tonnes of bauxite. India with its abundant supply of quality bauxite and low cost labour has established itself as a low cost producer of primary aluminium. However, in India, the production of primary aluminium has stagnated around the 1.6 to 1.7 million ton mark for the last three years. The three primary aluminium producers, viz. SSL, Hindalco, and Nalco have expansion plans as well as greenfield projects that should take the production to 2.5 to 3million tons in the foreseeable future. India is fifth largest producer of Aluminium after Australia, Guinea, Brazil and Jamaica. China has been a marginally surplus producer of aluminium, while India turned aluminium deficit in 2011 after being a marginal surplus producer for many years. We expect this deficit to continue till 2014, post which commissioning of new capacities will make India surplus in aluminium. Long term outlook for aluminium continues to remain strong with Global aluminium demand expected to increase at a CAGR of 6%, with expected growth of 9% till 2020, taking its consumption to almost 37 million tons. This growth rate, though


Global Experts 21

strong, pales in comparison with the stupendous rate at which Chinese aluminium consumption has grown over the last decade. Additionally the company has applied for various mining leases in the state of Odisha. Hence availability of Bauxite will not be a constraint. Besides the company has applied for grant of Prospective Licence and Mining lease for Bauxite security. Kalahandi is one of the most backward areas of the country but rich in resources like bauxite. M/s Sesa Sterlite Limited is the first mega unit which has come up in the Kalahandi District of Odisha after independence. Looking into vast bauxite reserves available in Odisha and particularily around Kalahandi, SSL applied for environmental clearance for expansion of the Alumina Refinery from 1MMTPA to 6 MMTPA on 3rd October 2007 for which TOR was approved on 8th February 2008. As per the conditions of the Terms of Reference, Public Hearing was conducted by the State Pollution Control Board and Local Administration on 29th April 2009 where the project was supported by majority of the people of the area and accordingly the expansion was recommended by SPCB for issue of environmental clearance. The comprehensive EIA incorporating the issues / concerns raised during Public Hearing and action plan to mitigate the same was submitted to MoEF. Based on the comprehensive EIA, the project was placed before the 2nd EAC meeting on 17th August 2009 and it was decided to undertake a site visit to assess the effectiveness of the Environmental Management Plan in place at Lanjigarh so that additional measures if any required for expansion can be included as a part of EC condition. The EAC sub committee made a visit to the site on 9th July 2010 and recommended updation of EIA based on the observations as recorded in 13th EAC meeting held on 26 – 28 August 2010. During this time, a progress of nearly 50 – 55% was already achieved at site and the same was communicated to MoEF post 2nd EAC meeting. MoEF vide letter dated 2nd February 2012 issued new conditions and advised for submitting the EIA again as some construction was undertaken before issue of final Environmental Clearance. The compliance status report to all the new TOR conditions have been given in Table 1.1 of this EIA report but various points have been taken care in the relevant sections. It is estimated that the proposed Alumina refinery expansion will have a capital expenditure to the tune of around Rs. 10,000 Crore.

1.2 HIGH LIGHTS OF THE PROJECT The thrust on power infrastructure by Government of India has led to growth in usage of Aluminium to high levels. It is agreed by and large that until the country provides a good power infrastructure to every nook and corner of the country, crowding of cities will continue, villages will remain underdeveloped and unproductive. This concept has driven the Government of India to draft a massive power development during the 11th, 12th and 13th five year plan. Aluminium will be the backbone of this mission. In fact 50% of the Aluminium produced in the country would find usage in the power sector as cables, conductors etc. The latest Aluminium mission plan (Draft) issued by the Ministry of Mines envisaged that the aluminium demand for EC metal and electric grade alloys during 2010 – 2020 may increase to as high as 9 – 10 million ton against the present production capacity of 1.4 – 1.5 million ton. Hence it is the need of the time and in the interest of the nation to take immediate measures to increase the aluminium production capacity to atleast 5


Global Experts 22

million ton per year by 2015 so that India can become self sufficient in aluminium by utilizing its vast high quality bauxite reserves and thus avoiding import of metal. It is projected that the existing gap between demand and supply of Alumina also globally is going to be increased considerably due to growth in demand of Aluminium which is increasing @ 6 - 7% annually. Since there is a large gap between the demand and availability of Alumina, the proposed Alumina refinery expansion would reduce this already widening gap. Moreover Odisha ranks first in Bauxite reserve and production in the country. It has more than 65% of total bauxite reserves of India and the bauxite is of good quality and low in silica content but majority of the reserves are lying unexplored. In view of large Bauxite deposits and global demand, it is worthwhile considering expansion of existing SSL refinery to 6 MMTPA for making SSL as a world class Alumina Refinery in comparison to the best practices being followed in other parts of the world. Alumina produced shall mainly be utilized to meet the captive requirement of its smelter plant located at Jharsuguda and Korba as the toal aluminium production in both the smelters is planned to be in excess of 2.5 million tons per year. In general, the salient features of the proposed expansion project shall be as follows:

• Low specific consumption of fuel, water and chemicals; • Low annual maintenance; • Adequate instrumentation and automatic controls to ensure consistent quality

and ease of operations; • Adequate environmental protection measures to meet with Statutory norms

incorporating the principle of ecological balance and Sustainable Development • Meet the requirements of the CREP guidelines; • Adequate facilities to ensure safe operations of the plant • Providing sizeable employment opportunities and scope for other ancilliary

units to ensure overall development of Kalahandi region which is one of the most backward and underdeveloped region in the country.

1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE M/s SSL has adopted the International best practices in the areas of Environment, Social, Human rights and Technology. Company’s Policies and Standards are in line with International standards like:

• International Financial Corporation (IFC) Standards and guidelines • Equator Principles (EP) • International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM) • Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) • World Bank EHS guidelines

Besides above, SSL always ensured compliance with all the regulatory requirements of the country. Recently, an audit was made by Environmental Resource Management (ERM) for the Alumina refinery for compliance with the above International best practices as well as country’s requirement and audit report of the same is attached as Annexure I. From the report it can be observed that SSL


Global Experts 23

Lanjigarh is complying with the best practices in the field and always trying to achieve sustainable development through the following principles:

1. Responsible stewardship – By managing all operations in a responsible manner respecting the law, National and International requirements

2. Strong Relationship – By developing strong relationship with all stake holders, shareholders, lenders, employees, communities, industry, government and interested third parties / NGOs.

3. Adding value -SSL always endevour to add value to the lives of the people to the planet and to the company by using relationship and creating win win positions for all.

A compliance report to all the conditions of environmental clearance for the existing plant as well as compliance to conditions imposed by SPCB as a part of consent to operate is given in Chapter 8. 1.4 PURPOSE OF THE STUDY The study has been carried out to fullfill the requirement of EIA notification 2006, dated 14th Sept, 2006 in accordance with sub-rule(3) of rule 5 of the Environmental(Protection) Rules 1986, for requirements of Environmental Clearance (EC) from the Ministry of Environment and Forests, the proposed expansion falls under category ‘A’ in the schedule. M/s Sesa Sterlite Limited (SSL) have retained the services of GLOBAL EXPERTS, Bhubaneswar to undertake an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study and preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for various environmental components that may be affected due to the impacts arising out of the proposed expansion of the project. Preliminary survey of the region was conducted from 1st March to 29th May 2014 and subsequently, monitoring had been commenced for meteorology, ambient air quality, surface-water quality, groundwater quality, soil characteristics, noise levels, flora and fauna at the identified locations. The air monitoring locations have been selected based on the predominant wind directions recorded at Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), Bhawanipatna and site meteorological data recorded at Lanjigarh plant site. The other studies such as socio-economic profile, land use pattern etc. are based on secondary data collected from various Government agencies and through primary socio-economic survey conducted by the Asian Institute for Sustainable Development, Ranchi. The Environmental Impact Assessment report is based on the TOR issued on 2nd February 2012 vide letter no J-11011/406/2011-1A-II(I). Base line data collection started after TOR presentation and continued March 2014 representing non-monsoon period. The ToR was kept in abeyance vide letter of ministry of Forest & Environment dtd.17.4.2012 to Govt. of Odisha over issue on ‘Gramya Jungle Jogya’land. The details regarding diversion of ‘Gramya Jungle Jogya’land was provided and intimated vide letter No-VAL/MK/13/126 dtd.14.8.2013 and there after in 15th meeting of Reconstituted EAC held during 29-30th January 2014 and 17th meeting held during


Global Experts 24

18-19 March 2014 the case was considered and the committee recommended that the ToR accorded on 02.02.2012 be revalidated for a period 22 months i.e. till 30.10.2015 for submission of EIA/EMP report including public hearing and added items 71,72 and 73 after original 70 items. In the processes of main plant as well the auxiliary plants along with the useful products and by-products several waste material will also be generated. These waste materials include gaseous emissions, wastewater and solid wastes.

• The stack flue gas and fugitive emissions include particulate matter, Sulphur dioxide and nitrogen Oxides

• The wastewater includes process waste water and floor washings from alumina refinery plant, cooling tower boiler blow down and sewage.

• The solid wastes mainly includes red mud, ash from the boiler and minor quantities of scale from the de-scaling of equipment and miscellaneous solid wastes from packaging, maintenance activities etc.

• Besides physico-chemical and biological impacts on the environment, there will be socio-economic impacts on the habitants of the region as well.

An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for addressing the above is also included as a part of the EIA report.

1.5 SCOPE & COVERAGE OF THE REPORT This EIA report basically covers the following: • Brief description of the site, surroundings, process & facilities of the proposed

plant, within 10 km radius from the proposed expansion site. • Detailed description of present environmental status covering meteorology, air

quality, surface water & ground water quality, noise level, soil quality, ecology, land use, & Socio-Economic aspects.

• Identification of impacts due to various project activities on various environmental attributes.

• Prediction of the impacts on the ambient environmental parameters. • Comprehensive Environmental Management Plan. • Project benefits including HDI factors like employment trade & commerce & other

demographic parameters and conclusion The EMP deals with: • Environmental management Plan is integrated with project development and

product activity starting from raw material procurement to marketing of products. • Suitable pollution Control measures to confirm the standard prescribed by

statutory bodies. • Setting up of Environmental management cell to implement the EMP • Cost-benefit analysis of EMP Methodology adopted in EIA Study Based on the reconnaissance survey and the following considerations, the sampling locations for baseline data generation were identified:


Global Experts 25

• Predominant meteorological data of the study area as recorded at site are taken into consideration along with that of nearest IMD station at Bhabanipatna.by India Meteorological Department (IMD) at Bhawanipatna and site specific data at Lanjigarh;

• Topography, location of surface water bodies like ponds, canals and rivers; • Location of villages / towns / sensitive areas; • Accessibility, power availability and security of monitoring equipment, pollution

pockets in the area; • Areas which represent baseline conditions; This EIA report has been prepared on the basis of base line data collected during pre-monsoon period from 1.3.2014 to 31.5.2014 in addition to the winter data of 1.11.2011 to 29.2.2012 which had been submitted with earlier EIA report. Again winter data of 1.11.2013 to 28.2.2014 has been taken into consideration to know worst case scenario during modelling. Table-1.2: Environmental Attributes and Frequency of Monitoring Adopted Sr. No.

Attribute Parameters Frequency of Monitoring

1 Ambient air quality PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx The monitoring was carried out at ten locations at a frequency of 24 hourly samples twice a week for winter season.

2 Meteorology Wind Speed and Direction, Temperature, Relative Humidity, Rainfall & duration and other non instrumental observations like visibility, hail, thunder storms, dust storms, fog and smog.

a] Continuous with hourly recording through site specific meteorological station; b] Data collected from secondary sources like IMD station at Bhawanipatna

3 Water quality Physical, Chemical and Bacteriological Parameters

During the study period water samples were collected from eighteen locations (eight surface water and Ten ground water)

4 Ecology Existing terrestrial and aquatic flora and fauna

Through field visits

5 Noise levels Noise levels in dB(A) Noise monitoring was carried out at twelve locations

6 Soil characteristics Soil profile, characteristics, soil type and texture, heavy metal, NKP value etc

Soil Sampling was carried out at ten locations

7 Land use Land use for different categories

Based on data published in latest published district census handbooks and


Global Experts 26

Sr. No.

Attribute Parameters Frequency of Monitoring

satellite imagery. 8 Socio-economic

aspects Socio-economic characteristics, labour force characteristics, boom town effects, R&R measures proposed

Based on data published in latest published district census handbooks

9 Geology Geological history Based on data collected from secondary sources

10 Hydrology (Surface and Ground)

Drainage area and pattern, nature of streams, aquifer characteristics, recharge and discharge areas

Based on data collected from secondary sources and satellite imagory

11 Risk assessment, Disaster Management Plan and Occupational Health and Safety

Identify areas where disaster can occur and identify areas of occupational hazards.

Based on assessment

The EMP deals with: • Environmental management Plan is integrated with project development and

product activity starting from raw material procurement to marketing of products. • Suitable pollution Control measures to confirm the standard prescribed by

statutory bodies. Authorization M/s. Sesa Sterlite Limited has entrusted M/S Global Experts, Bhubaneswar for the preparation of EIA report for their expansion project. In accordance to the scope of work, M/s. Global Experts team visited the project site at-Lanjigarh, Dist: Kalahandi, Odisha. During their visit the team collected Base line data like Air, Water, Soil & Noise of project site and availability of infrastructure facilities like raw materials, water, power and transportation facilities. The team also made socio-economic study of 10km buffer zone of the project site to know existing status of the locality and flora & fauna. The representative of M/s. Sesa Sterlite Limited accompanied Global Experts team during site visit and Base line study. Acknowledgement GLOBAL EXPERTS, Bhubaneswar expresses its deep gratitude to M/s. Sesa Sterlite Limited for entrusting the assignment of preparing and providing all documents required for submission of EIA report and for the active interest and cooperation extended by the concerned officials of M/s Sesa Sterlite Limited.


Global Experts 27

CHAPTER-2 PROJECT PROFILE

2.1 LOCATION The proposed expansion of Alumina refinery plant shall be restricted within the battery limit of the existing alumina refinery except some area that may require to be acquired in future for accommodating red mud pond and ash pond. The Plant Site is well accessed by road network connected to all major towns / cities of the state and connected by rail with the nearby railway station Ambodala located at a distance of 25 KM from plant on Raipur-Rayagada link line. The proposed expansion will accelerate the process of development in one of the most under developed area of the country & shall further lead to socio-economic growth and development of the local area. The plant site is about 3.7 KM (aerial distance) from Lanjigarh and the nearby villages are Kinari, Bandagruha, Kapagruha, Basantapara and Sindhabahal. The plant is located on the road connecting state highway SH-6 (Bhawanipatna - Rayagada) to Lanjigarh. Small villages, agricultural lands and grazing lands, surround the site. Niyamdangar forms a topographical high land in the area with an elevation of 1300 m above MSL. Niyamgiri plateau (1210 m), Bamandeb dongar (1033 m) and Niyamgiri hill (1306 m) are the major elevated land features in the area. The valleys are mostly narrow and well dissected. The nearest district town is Bhawanipatna at about 65 KM by road. The nearest railway station other than Ambodala is at Muniguda at a distance of about 25-km (by road). The location map and the vicinity map covering 10 km radius of the plant site is shown in Figure-2.1 and Figure-2.2. The details are given in Table-2.1. The Digital Elevation Model, Orthophoto generation and landuse / landcover mapping report and the CD prepared by Odisha Space Application Centre, Dept. of Science & Technology capturing the entire area in 3D is attached as Annexure II.


Global Experts 28

Figure-2.1: Location Map


Global Experts 29

Figure 2.2: Vicinity map showing 5 km and 10 km. radius Source: Topo sheet no. 65M/6/NE


Global Experts 30

Table-2.1: Salient Features of the Project Sl.No. Description Plant Site 1. Topo sheet no 65M/6/NE (Attached as Annexure XI) 2. Location of the plant area

Latitude / longitude Latitude -19°43’ to 19°44’ North Longitude- 83°24’ to 83°25’ East

3. Site altitude above MSL 410 m – 450 m 4. Nearest city / Big town &

distance by road Lanjigarh –is 3.7km Bhawanipatna – 65 Km

5. Nearest Railway Station Ambadola & Muniguda – 25 km 6. Access Rly. Distance from site 25 Km. from Plant Site – Ambadola 7. Nearest Highway SH-6 8. Access Roadway distance from

site 6.5 Km.

9. Nearest Meteorological station Bhawanipatna 10. Nearest Airports

Visakhapatnam - 252 Km. Bhubaneswar – 280 Km., Raipur – 275 Km.

11. Water source Tel River 12. Distance from water source Kesinga-67 Km. 13. Coal source IB valley coalfield (MCL) 14. Fuel oil source by Rail Sambalpur (262 Km) / Visakhapatnam

(264 Km) 15. Distance from Bauxite Deposit variable 16. Nearest port Visakhapatnam (264 Km), Kakinada

(about 440 km) 17. Lime source Katni / Jabalpur 19. List of Industries around the

Plant Site within 10 Km radius NIL

20. Climatic conditions a] Annual Max. Temp: 42.0oC b] Annual Min. Temp: 3.90C c] Annual Avg. rainfall: 1525 mm

23 Present land use at the plant site

Industrial Purpose & green belt development

24 Nearest airstrip Lanjigarh Air Strip 25 Hills/valleys The plant is located within the valley area

and the nearest hill is 1.5 km away from the plant in NE-NW direction

26 Ecologically sensitive zones/ National Parks/ Wildlife sanctuary/ Biosphere

None within a radius of 10 km from the plant site

27 Historical places None within a radius of 10 km from the plant site

28 Defense Installations None within a radius of 10 km from the plant site

29 Reserve Forests in 10 km 1] Bori R.F at 5.2 km, NW 2] Hatisal R.F at 3.5 km NW 3] Raula Jhimiri at 5.2 km WNW 4] Niyamagiri at 3.5 km SW 5] Khambesi R.F at 2.0 km S


Global Experts 31

6] Kudilima R.F at 9.7 km SE 7] Patragruha R.F at 6.4 km ESE 8] Batarilima R.F at 2.3 km E 9] Dahikhala R.F at 4.0 km ENE 10] Patragruha R.F at 2.2 km NE

2.2 LAND USE PATTERN Existing The total land for the existing plant is 664.49 Hectares. The details are as given below.

Existing land (1.0 MMTPA)

Purpose Acres Ha Main Plant 691.58 279.87 Red Mud 452.06 182.94 Ash Pond 235.79 95.42 Township 129.61 52.45 Railway 132.96 53.81 Total 1642 664.49

Expansion Most of the facilities of proposed expansion shall be accommodated within the expansion space provided in the existing plant from the beginning. However, additional land shall be required for Red Mud Pond, Ash Pond as existing ponds may suffice for nearly 10 years at expanded capacity. To ensure storage space for nearly 25 years, additional land shall be required. Besides, additional land is required to ensure availability of nearly 33% area for green belt across various facilities and creating some additional facilities in the Township. The total additional land requirement has been reviewed again and observed that 888 Ha land would be required against the earlier estimate of about 1343 Ha. The land will be acquired by IDCO and leased to SSL. The additional land required shall be acquired from the nearby areas as per the agreement already reached in RPDAC meeting where 3 villages namely Rengopali, Kothdwar & Bandhuguda are proposed to be displaced. The proposed land to be acquired is mostly barren land and un-irrigated and belongs to the villagers located in the close proximity of the plant boundary. This has been decided as most of the villagers have shown their willingness to provide land for future expansion and submitted written request to SPCB as well as GOO. The land losers shall be adequately compensated and re-habilitated as per the R&R policy- 2006 of GOO. The layout plan is enclosed as Figure 2.4. The following table indicates the proposed expansion provision.


Global Experts 32

Additional land (6 MMTPA)

Purpose Ac Ha Main Plant 348 140 Red Mud 1500 600 Ash Pond 200 80 Township 70 28 Railway 100 40 Total 2220 888

The total area of the expanded Alumina Refinery will be 1552.49 Ha. No forest land

will be utilized for the project. The additional land will be acquired through IDCO. The total land required has been optimized and what is being acquired is the bare minimum that is required for setting up of the plant.

The existing and proposed land use breakup of the plant site is given in Table -2.2 Table- 2.2: Land use pattern of Core Zone

Sl. No.

Land Use Pattern Area Existing Plant (Ha)

Area After Expansion (Ha)

1 Main Plant (including storages and green belt)

279.87 420

2 Red mud including green Belt 182.94 783 3 Ash Pond including green Belt 95.42 175.42 4 Township and miscellaneous

including green Belt 52.45 80.45

5 Railway line including green Belt 53.81 93.81 Total 664.49 1552.49

Fig- 2.3 & 2.4 Plant General Layout Indicating the disposition of the different Plant unit


Global Experts 33


Global Experts 34


Global Experts 35

GPS co-ordinates of different facilities in layout map Sl. No Name of area Latitude Longitude

1 Process Water Lake N 190 42’16.9”

E 830 23’13.9” 2 Red Mud Pond N 190 42’16.9” E 830 23’22.8”

3 Ash pond N 190 42’55.5” E 830 23’01.0”

4 Guest House Front and side N 190 41’11.7” E 830 22’15.3”

5 Canteen N 190 42’30.7” E 830 23’39.3”

6 Material gate N 190 42’18.0” E 830 23’19.8”

7 Raw Water Pond N 190 42’56.7” E 830 24’02.1”

8 Gate Office N 190 42’22.9” E 830 23’22.7”

9 Clean Water Pond N 190 43’14.5” E 830 24’15.3”

10 Chhatarpur (Rly side) N 190 43’33.3” E 830 24’19.2”

11 Project Office N 190 42’29.7” E 830 23’28.5”

12 Silo N 190 42’51.9” E 830 23’34.7”

13 Caustic Water Pond (L) N 190 43’05.8” E 830 24’01.4”

14 Air strip N 190 43’23.1” E 830 24’07.3”

15 Rehabilitation Colony N 190 41’28.4” E 830 22’44.8”

16 Red Mud Filtration N 190 42’10.7” E 830 24’00.3”

17 Dirty Water Pond N 190 43’05.9” E 830 24’06.0”

18 Workshop Front N 190 42’31.1” E 830 23’41.4”

2.3 SELECTION OF TECHNOLOGY Bayer process for Alumina refining is a well proven process which has been accepted all over the globe. The refining process is like this: Bauxite ore is crushed and treated with hot solution of NaOH in a pressure vessel at 1350 -1500C at 4-5 kg/cm2 pressure. Sodium Aluminates is produced which is a soluble compound. Silica from impurities gets precipitated. When this is decanted & filtered in vertical leaf pressure filters using milk of lime as filter aid and pure liquid of Sodium Aluminate is obtained as filtrate and Redmud as residue. Redmud is sent to Redmud pond. Redmud contains valuable metals like Vanadium, Titanium, Iron and Gallium which can be recovered from Redmud. The filtrate is super saturated and cooled; some precipitate of tri-hydrated Alumina is added as seed to facilitate further precipitation of the same. This tri-hydrated Alumina is heated to about 11000C i.e. calcined to decompose to Alumina. The existing technology of low temperature & low pressure digestion as being used in the existing plant shall continue to be used for the additional streams of expansion. Howerver, the modifications proposed as phase I of expansion shall also be


Global Experts 36

incorporated in new three streams of expansion so that benefits of De-bottlenecking are implemented from the beginning. The technology for Alumina refining is selected based on the mineralogy of Bauxite.Depending upon mineralogy High Temperature or Low Temperature Digestion is selected depending upon Al2O3 present in the Bauxite as follows: Diaspore ~ 2900C, βAl2O3, H20 Reactive Silica~1.5% Boehmite ~ 205-2450C, αAl2O3, H20 Reactive Silica 3 to 12% Gibbsite ~ 135-1500 C, αAl2O3, 3H20 Reactive Silica < 2% As most of the East Coast Bauxite is Gibbsitic in nature and the same is proposed to be used for exansipon also, it has been decided to continue with the existing technology which has already been proven. The proposed expansion of Alumina refinery shall employ the Bayer process, which dissolves the alumina component of bauxite ore in sodium hydroxide (caustic liquor), removes impurities from the liquor and precipitates aluminium-trihydrate, which is then calcinied to aluminium oxide (alumina). 2.4 EXPANSION PHILOSOPHY 2.4.1 Existing production facilities M/s SSL is already operating a 1.0 Million TPA Alumina Refinery at Lanjigarh since 2007. The Refinery is having two streams each of 0.5 million TPA capacity and was established using state of the art technology available world wide for various sections of the plant. SSL has made extensive research in the last two years in the area of process and asset optimization and observed that a lot of potential exist in the plant to increase the production. Based on this following methodology has been adopted for executing the proposed expansion: 2.4.2 Phase 1 Expansion Increasing the existing capacity from 1.0 MMTPA to 2 MMTPA i.e increasing each stream capacity from 0.5 million TPA to 1.0 million TPA by utilizing Design margins, improving plant availability factor and De-bottlenecking the existing plant. This includes an augmentation of existing Calciner Capacity from 2500 TPD to 3000 TPD for the production of 2 MMTPA Calcined Alumina but no expansion is required in the Power Plant. This also takes care of the recommendation made by MOEF vide letter no. J-11011/81/2003-IA-II(I) dated 20th Oct, 2010 where following recommendations have been suggested : “The company shall undertake measures for energy conservation and make all possible efforts to achieve by December, 2012 caustic consumption, fuel oil consumption, lime consumption & electricity consumption following best technology to reduce the impact on the natural resources. The indicative parameters for 1MTPA Alumina Refinery are given below:


Global Experts 37

a) The caustic consumption 65 kg/ton from the existing 115.2 kg/ton;

b) The lime consumption shall be 50 kg/ton of Alumina; c) The fuel oil consumption shall be 90 litres/ton and; d) Extraction efficiency above 95%; ”

Although, a separate study has been carried out for each facet of the above, a comprehensive technological improvement report for achieving the above has been submitted to MOEF/ SPCB on 9th May 2011 vide letter VAL/MK/11/061. A detailed presentation to this effect has also been made to EAC on 29th June, 2011 in 25th EAC meeting. Although, EAC agreed in principle with all the schemes suggested in the report, a final decision could not be taken as this was part of the expansion plan. 2.4.3 Phase 2 Expansion Installing three additional streams each of around 1 MMTPA,similar to De-bottlenecked stream, in the expansion space already available in the plant to make the total capacity of the refinery to 5 MMTPA of Calcined Alumina. The component changes will be:

• Three units of 3000 TPD Calciner Units for the production of additional 3 MMTPA Calcined Alumina

• 5 Units of approx 300 TPH coal based PFC Steam Boilers for steam supply to process and 5 nos of (2 x 50MW Back pressure type, 1 x 50MW extraction-condensing type & 2 x 30MW extraction-condensing type) Turbo Generators for power generation of additional 210 MW

• Existing township expansion to accommodate another 500-700 persons with total capacity of around 1200 employees.

• Additional Red Mud Pond and Ash Pond The work on Phase 2 was already in progress and a progress of 50 – 55% has been achieved till date as already communicated to MoEF. The present expansion will be limited to 5MMTPA 2.4.4 Phase 3 Expansion M/s SSL has made collaborative arrangement with number of national & international laboratories of repute and have already started large number of innovative projects including application of Bio-Technology, Magnetic Separation Technology waste treatment technology etc to make this plant as one of the best and model Alumina Refinery in the globe. Such projects are undertaken as a part of Industry- Institutions Collaborative Scheme launched by the Eastern region of the MoEF & presently projects are being sponsored to NIT-Rourkela , IMMT, Bhubaneswar, JNARDC- Nagpur, Kolkatta University, CDE- Australia, Dimie Filtration- Italy, Jing Jin- China, etc. It is anticipated that by incorporation of innovative projects in all the five streams of expanded plant may further increase the capacity by 20-25%. Hence, further increase in capacity from 5 MMTPA to 6MMTPA shall be mainly through above mentioned innovative projects i.e. De-bottlenecking of 5 MMTPA plant to ensure optimum utilization of natural resources through zero discharge zero waste, reduction in energy consumptions by sweatening the assets and by improving the recoveries and efficiencies using state of the art technologies.


Global Experts 38

2.5 PROJECT CONFIGURATION Existing Facilities Configuration Capacity of

project Final capacity

Alumina Refinary 2x0.5 MMTPA 1.0 MMTPA Co-generation Boiler

3x287 TPH, 67 bar and 4900C 861 TPH

Power Plant 3x25 MW 75 MW

Expansion ph-I utilizing Design margins Alumina Refinary 2x 1.0 MMTPA 2.0 MMTPA

Expansiob ph-II Installing three additional streams Alumina Refinary 3x1.0 MMTPA = 3.0 MMTPA 5.0 MMTPA

Boiler 5x300 TPH, 100 bar 5400C 1500 TPH

Power Plant 2x 50MW Back Pressure type 1x50 MW extraction condensing type 2x30MW extraction-condensing type

210 MW + 75 MW

285 MW

Expansion ph-III incorporating innovative projects to increase capacity Alumina Refinary 5 x1.2MMTPA 6.0 MMTPA 6.0 MMTPA


Global Experts 39

Process Flow sheet Fig 2.5

The process flow sheet adopted in the plant is shown in figure above which mainly Consists of the following process units: - Bauxite handling and grinding - Predesilication and Digestion - Settling and Washing, Red Mud Disposal - Security Filtration and Heat interchange - Evaporation and Condensate storage area - Hydrate Classification and Precipitation - Hydrate Filtration and Calcination - Alumina handling and utilities. - Power Plant


Global Experts 40

2.6 PROCESS DESCRIPTION The process details are illustrated in the attached flow-sheet (Attachment II) as well as described below: 2.6.1. Bauxite Handling Introduction: Bauxite is received from mines through the long distance conveyors and is stacked in piles. This is later reclaimed and fed to the tertiary crusher unit. The bauxite feed which is generally at a size of 80mm is crushed to a size of 25mm in the tertiary crushing unit. The area has two crushing trains, one working and one spare. Operating Description: A Long Distance Conveyor (LDC) to the Bauxite Handling Plant conveys the primary crushed bauxite from the primary crushing plant and discharges bauxite onto a surge hopper of 100 MT capacity. The Apron feeder discharges bauxite onto the conveyor through a motorized flap gate. Belt conveyor feeds onto conveyor. Normally bauxite is fed onto either one of the two stacker cum re claimers, to stack it onto any of the three stockpiles.

Belt conveyors convey the reclaimed bauxite to the tertiary crushing unit through a set of conveyors. This is provided with the magnetic separators, metal detector and a belt weigher. The cross belt magnetic separator installed on belt conveyor picks up any tramp iron entrained in the bauxite and safely discharges into tramp iron container.


Global Experts 41

Primary crushed bauxite is crushed in this unit to reduce the size to 80% passing 20mm, which is suitable for bauxite grinding. The crushed bauxite is thereafter taken to the grinding mill through a set of belt conveyors. A control room near Crusher House controls and monitors the operation of Bauxite Handling Plant, manned by operators. 2.6.2. Bauxite Grinding Introduction: The bauxite grinding area’s primary function is to reduce the particle size of bauxite to an appropriate level required for leaching of alumina hydrate, silica dissolution and slurry suspension in subsequent process steps. The selected design is closed circuit wet grinding system. The main objectives of bauxite grinding circuit are:

The objective of the bauxite grinding circuit is to produce a classified product of the following PSD:

D50 = 350 microns

D80 = 812 microns

To produce a bauxite solids concentration of 720 gpl. Moreover the solids concentration should be as constant as possible to

promote stable charge control. The unit consists of two 300 TPH ball mills where further grinding of the crushed bauxite from the tertiary crusher takes place. The grinding is done in closed circuit with DSM Screens. Process Description: The bauxite grinding area receives crushed bauxite from the tertiary crusher product transfer conveyor and stores it in two mill feed bins before controlled reclamations by apron feeder to each mill feed conveyor. The bauxite mills wet grind the crushed ore with caustic liquor from the process to the required particle size for the desilication step. The resultant slurry is delivered to the product slurry storage tanks, pre-desilication, which provides buffer capacity of slurry before being charged to the desilication units. The storage bin capacity is 1150 TPH. The size of feed is 25mm.There are 2 storage bins, which is enough to allow for 8 hours operation when there is a shutdown in reclaimers operation. Bauxite is wet ground with spent digestion liquor in two closed comminuting circuits consisting of an overflow type ball mill and vibratory wet screening units. There is an additional screen shared between both modules to be used when the main screen is out of service for descaling or maintenance purposes. The screen undersize product is pump transferred to the product slurry storage tanks.


Global Experts 42

The quantity of spent digestion liquor added to the mill discharge tank and screen sprays is dependent on the concentration required in the screen underflow product stream, nominally 720 gpl. The size cut-off of grinding area is set at 1.2 mm. Heated spent liquor is supplied from test tanks and added to the mill feed chute, mill discharge tank and banana screen as required to optimize milling circuit performance. The steel balls used for grinding is discharged in form of scats by a trommel screen on the grinding mill outlet to prevent blockage of pipe work and damage to pumps. The mill discharge pump, pumps the ground bauxite slurry from mill discharge to classification circuit. Classification is done in the sieve bend screens where the ground slurry is separated by particle size into an undersize fraction and an oversize, which recycles back to the mill feed chute. These are in higher elevations in the grinding mill area to allow return of oversize fraction by gravity to mill feed chute. The undersize fraction is sent to the discharge hopper where the slurry is pumped to the pre desilication tanks. 2.6.3. Pre Desilication Introduction: Desilication is that reaction whereby the silica concentration of Bayer liquor falls. The reactive silica present in the bauxite reacts with the caustic to form a precipitated product mainly insoluble sodium aluminum silicate, commonly known as sodalite. This sodalite forms as a seed to attract other reactive silica, which is inert to caustic action, thereby, reducing the presence of silica to a great extent. Therefore, in order to achieve acceptable liquor desilication during digestion it becomes imperative to install a pre desilication unit to provide extensive residence time for reducing the level of silica and initializing the process of Desilicated Product (DSP) formation. Sodalite is not a single compound but a member of a family of compounds having the general chemical formula: (Na2O.Al2O3.SiO2.2H2O).Na2X, where X stands for radicals like CO3, SO4, 2Cl, 2OH, etc, depending on the type of impurities present in the Bayer liquor. Process Description: Bauxite slurry from grinding area is held at about 95 ºC for about 14 to 15 hours, as pre desilication is favored at elevated temperature. There are five nos. of tanks; one is taken out for maintenance while operating. They are arranged in a train to avoid short-circuiting and reducing the effect of lower holding time when one is under maintenance. The slurry from bauxite grinding area is heated prior to coming into any of the tanks by a shell and tube heat exchanger to get the required temperature in pre desilication area. The slurry in the tanks is transferred to the next tank in the series and back to the original tank. The slurry from the last tank is pushed to the digestion train by a series of centrifugal pumps having a high discharge head.


Global Experts 43

This desilicated product acts as a seed during the digestion process i.e. it initiates the agglomeration process and helps in precipitating the additional silica found in digestion. The solid has sulphate, carbonate and chloride in addition to silica. 2.6.4. Digestion Introduction: Digestion is the process where the gibbsite (containing Al2O3.3H2O) is separated from the bauxite by dissolving in the caustic liquor producing slurry of insoluble residue and liquor supersaturated with dissolved alumina. The DSP formed in the pre desilication is precipitated out in the digestion and it is removed from the slurry in the digestion by the addition of hot conc. caustic liquor coming from the evaporation area and aided by high temperature in the digester vessels. The digestion process mixes the bauxite slurry and spent liquor at a carefully controlled ratio and then it is preheated in a series of flash heaters and Live Steam heaters to help the feed reach the optimum temperature before entering the digester vessels. The slurry heaters mainly get their heat from flash vapor and High-pressure steam from power plant. The intent to increase the production capacity to 6 MMTPA is to maximize the recovery of Alumina from Bauxite (same Ore) by optimizing the digestor parameters like Al2O3:Na2O as well as minimizing Soda Loss going along with Silica as Sodalite. Process Description Digestion unit consists of three trains of which two are operating and one stand by. Each train consists of 3 pairs of Flash vapor slurry heaters, 2 pairs of Live-steam heaters, 5 nos. of digester vessels, 3 flash tank vessels and vapor cyclone separators, which are connected to the containment tank. In each train, bauxite slurry from pre desilication is mixed with spent liquor from the evaporation in the digestion test tanks to form digestion feed slurry. The spent liquor to digester is mainly run at a maximum rate possible and the bauxite is taken at a controlled ratio to spent liquor to give the desired alumina concentration in the blow-off slurry. The bauxite slurry and the spent liquor are mixed in a pipe and then it is sent to the slurry heaters via booster pumps. The heating follows four stage patterns that is the slurry is passed through the flash vapor heaters (6 nos.) and then through the live heaters (4 nos., 2 Working & 2 stand-by) each time the temperature increasing steadily to the requisite digestion temperature. Slurry flows in the tube side and steam in the shell side. The slurry which comes from the pre desilication tank at a temperature of 88 °C is heated to 130 °C in the subsequent heaters, which also dissolves a large amount of gibbsite .The heat to the slurry heaters is mainly supplied from the flash tanks where the slurry is cooled off by sudden release of pressure.


Global Experts 44

The slurry is then passed to the Live steam heaters to raise the temperature of the bauxite slurry to 145-150 °C. The slurry is then passed on to the digester vessels where the slurry is kept at 145-150 °C at a pressure of 4-5 bar for about 50 minutes so that remaining gibbsite dissolves and the silica also get precipitated out. Slaked lime slurry is added to the second digester vessel to remove impurities. Slaked lime also improves the stability of the liquor to reduce auto precipitation. The slurry is then fed to the three flash tank vessels, which are arranged in descending heights so that feed can flow from one tank to other under gravity flow. Here the pressure is reduced considerably that is 130 KPa, 62 KPa and 1 KPa respectively in the three flash tanks. This principle is used in flash tanks in digestion, as reducing its pressure in stages lowers the temperature of the digester slurry. The steam flashed off due to this is used as the process steam to heat the incoming feed in the flash heaters. The unit has pressure relief system to protect the digester and flash vessels from high pressure. This also prevents excessively hot slurry being transferred to the settlers. The flash vessel has vapor cyclone separator, which separates the slurry from the vapor that is flashed off from the tanks. Some slurry particles also get trapped in the vapor, which are collected in the containment tank from the separators. The slurry is sent through the last flash vessel as blow off slurry at a temperature of 107 °C. Vacuum System Each digestion train has its own vacuum system that draws non-condensable gases from the first stage Flash Vapor Slurry Heaters. Non-condensable gasses are vented from the third to second to the first slurry heating stages. Each vacuum system consists of a vacuum condenser vessel, where cold process water is used to condense most of the water vapor. The remaining gas is pulled through a liquid ring vacuum pump and then discharged to atmosphere through a tall stack. The non-condensable gases contain methane, hydrogen and traces of volatile organic compounds. 2.6.5. Settling and Washing Introduction During the Digestion process Alumina present in the Bauxite is dissolved into a caustic solution to form aluminate liquor. Other impurities in the Bauxite remain in suspended in the liquor. The separation of impurities is done in two stages: gravity settling and pressure filtration. Gravity settling occurs in the Settlers and then the settled impurities are washed in the Washers for caustic recovery. Digestion feed is pumped to the online settler via a feed manifold. Flocculants are added to enhance the rate of settling. Clear liquor overflows to the settler overflow tank and is then pumped to security filtration where any remaining solids are


Global Experts 45

removed by pressure filtration. Impurities that have settled to the bottom of the Settler as “mud,” are pumped via a screen box to the Washers for further processing. Washers are mechanically the same as the Settlers. The underflow of the settlers is washed in five-stages of counter current washing using feed from the wash water tank. Flocculants are added in the washers too. Counter current washing removes caustic and remaining Alumina from the Washer underflows. The final material is referred to as Red Mud is disposed of to Residue disposal via a high pressure reciprocating GEHO pump. One of the main objectives of the proposed expansion is to optimize the washing efficiency of Red mud to recover the lost Soda in Red Mud and maintain the NaOH level to < 5gpl. Process Description Settlers The Settlers, separate digestion slurry into clear overflow liquor that has low suspended solids and a thickened mud underflow stream. The clear overflow is directed to Security Filtration for further processing. The thickened underflow stream is pumped to the mud washing circuit for the recovery of Alumina and soda. Area consists of three nos. of Mud Settlers, with two settlers online and the third Settler either on stand by or off line for descaling. The target Clarity for the settler overflow is < 0.1gpl solids. Clarified liquor from the Settler overflows into the Settler Overflow Tank and is pumped to Security Filtration via overflow pumps, which operate with two pumps online and one standby. Clarity of Settler overflow is a key parameter affecting Security Filtration performance. The thickened mud stream from the Settlers is pumped to the lead Washer. Solids concentration of thickened mud from the Settlers can be in the range of 350-600 gpl. Washers Area consists of five Washers. Thickened underflow slurry from the online Settlers is pumped to the lead Washer. Thickened underflow from the lead Washer is pumped to the 2nd Washer. This process is repeated down the mud washer circuit, until the thickened mud from the final mud washer is pumped to the Residue Disposal Area via the GEHO solids displacement pump. Overflow from the first Washer is directed either to the Mud Settler feed well or to the Mud Settler Overflow Tank or both. There is a provision to recirculate the first washer overflow back into the feed collection pipe header of first washer. Whenever the first washer is out for maintenance the Second washer will operate as the lead washer. Overflow liquor from the 2nd or 3rd Washer can either be pumped directly to the lead washer, or pumped to the lead Washer via the overflow collection tank and Digestion common heaters. This helps to maintain the temperature profile in the washer circuit preventing auto precipitation of Hydrate in the Aluminate liquor. Counter current


Global Experts 46

washing in the Washers commences by taking Wash Water from the Wash Water Tank. Washer 4 and 5 overflow is taken for Settler and Washer underflow line flushing. Washer 5 flushing utilizes water from the Wash water tank. In future as sodium carbonate impurities accumulate in the Bayer circuit and causticity of the liquor drops (approximately 90%) Washer overflow will be causticised and pumped to the lead washer. Causticisation

Sodium hydroxide reacts with carbon dioxide (CO2) converting it to sodium carbonate (Na2CO3). Sodium hydroxide also reacts with organics in the feed bauxite forming organic sodium salts, some of which decompose to form sodium carbonate. Additional carbonate enters the process with Bauxite feed ore as a free salt. Sodium carbonate accumulates within the process as an impurity that is of no use in the Bayer Process to dissolve Alumina from the Bauxite. Causticisation controls sodium carbonate impurities in the Bayer circuit. By reacting hot liquor from the mud washing circuit with slaked lime, Sodium carbonate (Na2CO3) is reverted back to sodium hydroxide (NaOH) via the following reaction. Na2CO3 + Ca (OH)2 2 NaOH + CaCO3 Lime also reacts to form numerous side products such as Tri-Calcium Aluminate

(TCA). The optimum conditions that promote the conversion to sodium hydroxide

are:

High Temperature (favors both kinetics and equilibrium) Low Soda Excess Lime Long residence time (although excessive residence time may allow some

reversion reactions) The optimum caustic concentration for the reaction may be present in either the 2nd or 3rd washer; hence the ability to take overflow from either of these washers is provided. Washer overflow after entering the Washer overflow collection tank is pumped to the Digestion area. In Digestion two SWOF heaters (Duty/Standby) use process flash vapor and the two trim heaters (Duty/Standby) use LP steam to heat the overflow liquor to 95-100 ºC. The heated liquor then comes to Causticisation area where it is reacted with slaked lime in three reaction tanks. Causticised liquor is pumped to the Causticisation Settler. Flocculant is added to the Settler with the liquor. The underflow containing calcium carbonate and TCA are returned back to the 2nd or 3rd mud washer (i.e. mud washer from which the washer overflow was taken). The causticised overflow is pumped to the 1st or 2nd mud washer (i.e. to the mud washer downstream to the washer from which overflow was taken).


Global Experts 47

Red Mud Disposal-High Concentration Slurry Disposal (HCSD): HCSD has been adopted both for Red Mud and Ash Disposal. The topography in Red Mud and Ash Pond area is relatively flat. A separate process water lake has been developed for collecting and recycling extruded process water from Red Mud pond Behavior of Thickened Tailings: When the tailings are released, in spite of their heavy consistency and thus high viscosity, they will still flow, without segregation. Eventually the flow stops at a gentle slope. The slope is controlled by the degree of thickening. The aim is to attain a slope of 2 to 6 percent in moderate climates. Such slopes are sufficiently gentle to avoid excessive erosion, yet provide good drainage for future re-vegetation. One of the aims of the system is to provide sufficient surface area during deposition to allow drying of the discharged tailings, thus strengthening them considerably. In very dry climatic conditions even steeper slopes may be contemplated. The non-segregating property of thickened tailings is also responsible for bonding the tailings particles, both in the wet state and after desiccation, thus reducing both erosion and dusting potential. 2.6.6. Security Filtration Introduction

The Security Filtration Area removes residual suspended solids from Settler overflow liquor. This process is essential to ensure that solid iron and calcium compounds do not contaminate the hydrate produced in Precipitation resulting in contaminated product from calcination. The filtrate (Pregnant liquor) is pumped to the Heat Interchange Area. The filter cake slurry from the filters is pumped to the Mud Washers. The main feed for the diastar filters comes from the settler overflow tank via the settler overflow pumps. The settler overflow is mixed with a filter aid TCA (Tri Calcium aluminate) and pumped to the filters. Apart from the diastar filters, the security filtration area also consists of cake discharge tanks, filter turn back tanks, filtrate tank, TCA reactor tanks & caustic cleaning batch tanks and caustic cleaning waste tank. The main process objectives of the area are as follows:

• Removal of solid iron and calcium compounds • Preparation of TCA as a filter aid medium.

Process Description The pressure filters is operated between pressure ranges of 0.5 bars to 3.9 bars. The feed header to the pressure filters is provided with a pressure indicator controller; this controls the speed of the settler overflow. The feed to the filters is pregnant liquor, which is at a temperature of 103 °C and alumina concentration of 172 gpl.


Global Experts 48

TCA is added to the settler overflow tank and is pumped to the pressure filters in the feed. The fine solids in the overflow solution are deposited onto the filter cloth. Clean filtrate passes out through the individual leaf nozzles into a filtrate collection manifold. From the manifold the filtrate reports to an elevated head tank containing an internal overflow weir. The filtrate overflows via the weir into the filtrate discharge line and flows by gravity to the Filtrate Tank. The filter cycles through the following sequenced steps: Filter Turn Back Cycle: The initial filtrate (pregnant liquor) is diverted to the filter turn back tank as it contains some particulate matters, which hamper the product quality. During this cycle filter media forms on the cloth to assist filtration. Fine particles of mud interspersed with TCA form on the filter cloth surface building a permeable layer and improving filtration but reduce the overall porosity of the cloth. The tank contents are pumped back to the mud settler Extraction: Suspended solids from the settler overflow are trapped on the filter media and form a filter cake. If this cake is allowed to build up, flow will deteriorate so periodically the feed flow is shutdown for filter cake removal. Removal of cake is assisted by back flow of filtrate from the head tank. The slurry is discharged via a nozzle in the conical bottom of the vessel into the Filter Cake Discharge. A predetermined volume of filtrate then backflows from the filtrate head tank and releases the mud cake that has collected on the filter leaves. Excess filtrate overflows via the leveling pipe during this cycle. The sludge flows by gravity into the Cake Discharge Tanks. The tanks are agitated and the cake slurry is pumped to the Mud Washer via the washer feed collection pipe. TCA Manufacture: Tri-calcium Aluminate is produced by reacting either the Settler overflow liquor (temperature-103 °C and alumina concentration-173 gpl) or the filtrate from the filtrate tanks (temperature-103 °C and alumina concentration-172.4 gpl) with Slaked Lime (temperature of 95 °C and concentration of 217 gpl). TCA formation takes place in two agitated reaction tanks designed to provide a total of 60 minutes retention time. TCA produced is at a temperature of 102 °C and solid concentration of 72 gpl. Filter cloth media ‘blinding’ is minimized and filtrate clarity improved by the addition of Tri-calcium aluminate as a filter aid. Filter Cloth Washing: Filters are washed on a regular basis of time interval (both caustic and condensate wash) to ensure proper performance of it. The washing of the filters are done apart from the schedule also sometimes if the filter performance deteriorate.


Global Experts 49

2.6.7. Heat Interchange Division Introduction The precipitation needs to operate at lower temperature in order to get the required super saturation in the circuit. Hence the pregnant liquor coming out of the security filtration area needs to be cooled before being fed into the first agglomeration tank. The heat interchange area cools the pregnant liquor from security filtration area as it transfers the heat to the spent liquor coming from 1st inter-stage cooler. As heat is exchanged between both spent liquor and pregnant liquor to attain their respective set temperature in the same plate heat exchanger, this area is called heat interchange area. Heat interchange area consists of 3-plate heat exchanger of which 2 are working whereas 1 is standby. Plate heat exchangers are used for this purpose. Process Description Hot filtered pregnant liquor from the filtrate tank in security filtration is cooled with spent liquor from precipitation first inter-stage slurry coolers. The heat transfer is performed in plate heat exchangers (PHE). The cooled pregnant liquor is sent to the agglomeration and growth tank in precipitation. A bypass of hot pregnant liquor around the PHEs is sent to the agglomeration tank to provide temperature trim control for agglomeration. A small proportion of the cooled pregnant liquor is sent to hydrate Classification for coarse seed slurry density control. 2.6.8. Evaporation Introduction The Evaporation unit has been installed to remove the water from spent liquor at the rate of 300 TPH. Spent liquor is received in the Evaporation Feed Tanks from the Heat Interchange Department and pumped to each train of Evaporators. The concentrated liquor leaving the Evaporators is pumped to the Test Tanks from where it is pumped to the digestion area for the digestion of slurry from Pre desilication, with minor off-takes to Caustic Washing and Security Filtration. Low-pressure plant steam provides the energy required for evaporation and alkaline cooling water is used to condense the vapor from the last calendria creating the vacuum. The condensate from the plant steam is returned to the Power Station via the condensate storage area. Flash vapor condensate is pumped to the condensate tanks for further distribution. The majority of the condensate is ultimately used as mud and hydrate wash water. The plant has been designed to handle the following conditions.

• 6 calendria system with 82 °C feed temperature • 5 calendria system with 82 °C feed temperature.


Global Experts 50

Process Description For better steam-economy in the evaporator system, vacuum is maintained at the back of the plant. Vacuum is maintained using a multiple stage ejector system and a Barometric condenser to maintain the vacuum seal. Low Pressure Live Steam Heating: LP steam coming from the power plant is (around 6 Kg/cm2) is used in calendria. The PSV in the main steam line is set to avoid any damage to the tubes in the calendria. A Desuperheater is provided in the Evaporation steam header to reduce the superheat of the steam coming from main header, thereby preventing high temperature steam entering into the evaporator body. LP steam condensate obtained from the first calendria is utilized in the desuperheater to wet the steam and reduce superheating. LP steam is also used at the multistage ejector system to develop the vacuum required to drive the flow and provide the lower pressures required to evaporate water from the spent liquor. Feed Liquor Flashing: The feed tank pumps the feed to the 3 feed flash vessels. The feed is flashed in the feed flash vessels to reduce the temperature from 87 ºC to 55 ºC and the heat released from the feed vessels is sent to the 5th effect, 6th effect and condenser respectively. Vapor from 3rd flash vessel due to its low temperature cannot be used for heating and is connected to Barometric condenser, where it is condensed using cooling water from the alkaline cooling tower. Backward Feeding Evaporator: Employing backward feed operation in the evaporation unit, feed is sent to the 6th Calendria from the last feed flash vessel. The liquid enters the calendria at the bottom portion of the calendria. From here the liquid is recirculated using recirculation pump to the top of the calendria. Liquor enters the tube side at a temperature of 55 °C. The 6th calendria receives heated vapor from the 5th calendria (58 °C) and flashed vapor from the 2nd feed flash vessel (58°C). The temperature of the 6th calendria is therefore at 58 °C. The liquor flowing down the tubes flashes in the bottom portion of the calendria and mixes with the dilute liquor coming from the flash vessel. The liquor is then pumped using the forward transfer pump to the bottom portion of calendria. The 5th calendria has a steam temperature of 72 °C, and heats up the liquor to 69°C before being pumped to the next calendria (4th). Heat is supplied by vapor from the downstream calendria, flash vapor from feed flash vessel 1 and from product flash vessel 3. The 4th calendria receives liquor at 69 °C and heats it with vapor that has a temperature of 86 °C. The vapor temperature is derived from: Product flash vessel 2 at 86 °C and vapor from the 3rd calendria at 86 °C. The liquor is heated to 83 °C before being pumped to the next calendria (3rd). Provision is provided for the liquor to be pumped to the second Calendria if the third Calendria is being cleaned.


Global Experts 51

Feed flows out of the 4th calendria at 83°C to the 3rd calendria, which has a temperature of 100°C .The liquor gets heated to 97°C before being pumped to the 2nd calendria. This Calendria receives vapor from the product flash vessel 1 and from the downstream calendria. Liquor can be pumped to the first Calendria if the second Calendria is being cleaned. The liquor gets heated to 112 °C in the 2nd calendria before exiting it. This calendria receives vapor from the downstream (1st) calendria. Provision is given to take LP steam into this calendria in case the first calendria is under cleaning. Liquor can be pumped to the first product flash vessel if the first Calendria is being cleaned. Feed at 112 °C enters the 1st calendria, which has a temperature of 135 °C as it receives LP steam from the Steam Power Station. Liquor is heated to 128 °C and then transferred to the first product flash vessel 1 using transfer pump. Concentrated Liquor Flashing: Liquor flows from the 3rd to the 1st Product Flash Vessels (following the pressure profile) flashing off steam in each of the PFV’s. Liquor from the first calendria enters the first product flash vessel at a temperature of 128 °C and leaves the flash vessel at a temperature of 85 °C. Flashed vapor (recuperative heat) produced is reused to heat the liquor as it passes through the Calendrias. Process Condensate Flashing: The unit also has product condensate flash vessels to condense off the excess vapor and is pumped to the condensate tanks for distribution and to be used as mud and hydrate wash water. Vacuum System: The vacuum in the evaporator is achieved & maintained through two stage steam ejector system. LP steam is being used in the ejectors to maintain desired vacuum in the system. 2.6.9. Precipitation Introduction During precipitation, precipitate of alumina tri hydrate gets deposited on added seed crystal as well as on new nuclei that gets formed during the precipitation cycle. The new nuclei also grow by fresh deposition of precipitate. The chemistry of precipitation or dissolution, which is reverse of digestion, is quite simple. Al (OH)3 dissolves in NaOH to form a complex anion as per the following equation: -

Heat Al (OH)3 + NaOH Al (OH)4

- + Na Cool


Global Experts 52

For the reaction to proceed to the left, which in essence represents the precipitation reaction, cooling of the liquor and lowering its caustic concentration are required, since they provide the necessary super saturation essential for precipitation. Super saturation alone is not sufficient to start or initiate precipitation, because there exists an induction period, which lasts for a few minutes when the liquor remains stable. This induction period could be a prolonged one if the liquor is not seeded, and hence it delays the start of the reaction. There are four main mechanisms taking place during a precipitation process. They are:

• Nucleation • Crystal Growth • Agglomeration • Crystal Breakage

The main functions of precipitation area are: -

• To produce ‘hydrated’ particles of suitable size range for calcinations to sandy metallurgical grade alumina.

• To precipitate oxalate particles present in the pregnant liquor and thereby reducing the impurities in the final product.

Process Description Precipitation area consists of two trains having 18 tanks out of which 17 tanks are used during operation at a time. The first two tanks act as agglomeration tanks and the next 15 tanks act as the growth tanks. All the tanks are set up in series with each tank at a lower level then the preceding by a height of 0.9 meter to allow gravity overflow from tank to tank. Overflow launders have been provided for the flow to pass through to the next tank. Dip tubes are provided in all tanks (except last tank) with compressed air connection so that the tank overflow is drawn from the bottom of each tank. This eliminates bypassing of slurry across the top of the tank and also assists in removing coarse material from the bottom of the tank. Also the process of extracting overflow through the bottom of the tank allows for enough residence time for the pregnant liquor coming to precipitation tanks. Agglomeration Section: The first two tanks of the Precipitation section are the tanks in which conditions are maintained to promote agglomeration. In case out of this the first tank is taken offline then the next two tanks act as the agglomeration tanks, and the next 15 tanks act as the growth section. In agglomeration, conditions are maintained which promote agglomeration of fine particles (<45μm) to form coarse particles (>45μm). Pregnant liquor from heat interchange area is sent to the 1st agglomerator tank where subsequently washed fine seed is added which assists in agglomeration of the solids present in the pregnant liquor. Hot pregnant liquor is bypassed around the heat interchange area to the first agglomerator to maintain the required temperature profile to promote agglomeration.


Global Experts 53

Growth Section: In the growth section conditions are maintained which promote growth of the agglomerated particles. This means in general high alumina super saturation and high solids concentration. However, excessive super saturation leads to unacceptable soda incorporation in product. Also excessive solid concentration creates difficulties in subsequent hydrate classification operations. Hence to balance both the product yields as well as product quality. Solids concentration is maintained around 300-450 gpl. The main objective in Precipitation area is to increase the solid concentration from 300-350 gpl to 800 gpl, so that Alumina production can be enhanced from the same flow. Alumina super saturation is maintained at moderate level (≈40 to 50% above equilibrium) via successive inter-stage coolers. Holding time is maintained at approximately 35 hours. In the first growth tank pregnant liquor from agglomerator as well as coarse seed slurry from coarse seed tank mixes. The slurry passes through the subsequent tanks via an overflow launder system. To aid growth in the precipitation the parameter that is important is temperature, as growth takes place at a lower temperature profile. That’s why inter-stage coolers have been provided between 4th tank & 5th tank, 7th tank & 8th tank and 10th & 11th tanks to reduce the temperature of the slurry. Approximately 60% of precipitation train flow passes through the slurry coolers, allowing flexibility to turn down train flow without reducing flow through the coolers. The train flow is gravity fed from the underflow of the designated precipitator tanks through the ISCs. It is then returned into the feed well of the downstream precipitator tank using a centrifugal slurry pump. The cooling media for the 1st ISC is spent liquor from hydrate seed thickener whereas cooling media for 2nd and 3rd ISCs are cooling water from alkaline cooling Tower. The flow of these are monitored and controlled to achieve the desired slurry temperature at last precipitator outlet. 2.6.10. Classification Introduction The purpose of classification area is to separate fine, intermediate, and coarse fractions of hydrate to meet product specification and allow control of precipitation particle size. Slurry from the last online precipitator stage is separated into coarse product hydrate, an intermediate coarse seed fraction, and a fine seed fraction. Hydro cyclones have been employed for the classification of precipitation solids. Hydro cyclones provide sharper separation and ability to maintain constant classification performance over a wide range of feed flows. Process Description In the classification area two stages of physical separation takes place using conventional hydro cyclone clusters. There are two series of clusters: -


Global Experts 54

Primary Cyclone Clusters: The main function of this unit is to classify product hydrate of the required size range for calcinations. The underflow stream from the primary hydro cyclones goes to the primary hydro cyclone underflow tank from where the slurry (the product hydrate slurry) is sent directly to the product filtration. Each Primary cyclone cluster consists of 2 Nos. radial sub clusters. Each sub cluster is a 16 ways radial arrangement fitted with 14 Nos. 10” hydro cyclones equipped with feed distributor, overflow trough, underflow trough. Each primary cyclone cluster is provided with one splitter box to distribute slurry to both the radial sub clusters with 90-degree angle valves. Slurry from splitter box is fed to each radial distributor, which connects to individual cyclones isolated by 90-degree angle valves. The overflow is collected in the overflow trough from which slurry flows by gravity to the overflow tank. The underflow, which is product hydrate, is collected in the underflow collection trough from which slurry (after adding dilution liquor) flows by gravity to the underflow tank. Area consists of three primary hydro cyclone clusters. These clusters are unitized with respective upstream precipitation trains with one complete standby unit able to operate in case of maintenance. In addition within each hydro cyclone clusters there are standby cyclone bodies, which can be brought into service during normal operation. Secondary Cyclone Clusters: The main function of the secondary cyclone cluster is to separate the ‘coarse seed’ and ‘fine seed’ fraction from the primary cyclone overflow stream. Secondary cyclone underflow is coarse seed and is collected in the coarse seed tank. The coarse seed is diluted with pregnant liquor to obtain a readily pumpable density and is pumped to the lead online growth precipitator. Secondary cyclone overflow is fine seed slurry, which is directed to fine seed tanks located beneath the secondary cyclone clusters and is sent to hydrate seed thickeners for thickening of the slurry so that the final slurry can be filtered effectively. Each secondary cyclone cluster consists of 2 Nos. 5-way radials arrangement fitted with 4 Nos. mushrooms. Each radial arrangement is equipped with a feed distributor (5 way), 4 Nos. of mushroom assembly (Each mushroom assembly consisting 11 Nos. of 5” hydro cyclone each), overflow trough and underflow trough. The hydrate classification area consists of three hydro cyclone clusters. The secondary cyclone cluster has provision similar to that of primary hydro cyclone cluster and has a complete standby cluster for operating flexibility in case of maintenance of either operating cluster. Both online secondary hydro cyclones clusters underflow goes to the coarse seed tank. Here, the coarse seed slurry is diluted with the pregnant liquor coming from the heat interchange area and the output coarse seed slurry is fed to the first growth tanks of each precipitator trains.


Global Experts 55

Similarly overflow from the secondary cyclone is mostly fine seed and this slurry is collected in the Fine seed tanks below each of the secondary cyclone clusters. As the fine seed concentration of the slurry coming out of this tank is low, direct filtration of the slurry will be ineffective. Hence before washing the fine seed slurry, it is thickened in the seed thickeners so that fine seed concentration can be increased and effective filtration can take place in Fine seed wash. 2.6.11 Hydrate Seed Thickener

Introduction Fine seed slurry from the secondary hydro cyclone overflow tanks is pumped into the two online hydrate seed thickeners. Spent liquor filtrate from product disc filter as well as filtrate from fine seed disc filters is pumped into the thickeners. Diluted synthetic flocculant is added into the feed well of the thickeners. Discharge pump will transfer the underflow slurry from each of the two online thickeners to the fine seed wash area. Also each thickener overflow line is connected to a manifold, which is connected to the suction of 3 spent liquor overflow pumps. Out of this 2 are duty whereas 1 is kept standby. The area consists of three (3) hydrate seed thickeners in parallel operation and a flocculent dosing system. The main processes taking place within the area are Thickening of Fine Hydrate Seed and Flocculant Storage, Preparation and Dosing Process Description The Hydrate Seed Thickeners use a gravity settling method, assisted by flocculant for achieving the required settling rate of fine seed particles, to produce an overflow with a low solids concentration of less than 1 gpl and an underflow of Fine Seed at 450-500 gpl. The aim is to draw clear liquor off via the overflow to be used as Spent Liquor and thickened solids via the underflow as Fine seed. The Thickeners are open with platform on the top. The Slurry Feed enters the feed well. The flocculant at the required dosage is fed from the flocculant storage and preparation unit with the facility to add the flocculant at two points, directly in the feedbox and / or the feed well. The settled solids are recovered and recycled as Seed. The clear overflow is spent liquor and is used for various secondary purposes. The majority is sent to the evaporation section through Inter-stage Coolers (ISC) and Plate Heat Exchangers (PHE). The settled solids are gradually raked towards the discharge port at the tank center. The solids level or bed level in the unit is continuously monitored by means of a mud level sensor, which controls the withdrawal rate of the underflow. 2.6.12. Fine Seed Wash

Introduction Fine seed is basically used for agglomeration purpose in the agglomeration section of the precipitation circuit. But for agglomeration, the fine seed slurry seed should be


Global Experts 56

free of solid phase oxalate particles and other impurities. That is why the fine seed slurry coming out of the classification section needs to be washed off of the solid phase oxalates. This is usually done in the fine seed wash section using Disc Filters. The fine seed area processes the fine seed slurry coming out of hydrate seed thickener to produce washed fine seed slurry and an oxalate rich filtrate stream. This is done in three stages. The main processes taking place in area:

• Deliquoring of the fine seeds. • Washing and oxalate dissolution of fine seed with water. • Oxalate rich filtrate removal. • Washed fine seed re-slurry with condensate.

Process Description The fine seed system processes fine seed slurry from classification to produce washed fine seed and an oxalate rich filtrate stream. Spent liquor is also recovered from the fine seed slurry. First Stage Filtration - Deliquoring Stage: The purpose of this stage is the Deliquoring of the fine seed slurry .The input to the area is the fine seed underflow coming from hydrate seed thickener. This stream goes to the first stage Deliquoring filter where after the filtration process the cake is discharged into the first stage reslurry tank through the cake chute where it is reslurried with the help of 2nd Stage filtrate, which is injected through the cake chute of disc filter.. Second Stage Filtration - Rinsing Stage: The stage aims at rinsing any bound caustic the cake obtained from the 1st Stage and dissolving the solid oxalate present in the fine seed. The reslurried cake from the 1st Stage reslurry tank is the input to the second stage filtration. This stage has two (2) disc filters a duty and a stand-by, a filtrate tank and a reslurry tank. The filtrate goes to the second stage filtration tank through a filtrate receiver. The cake is discharged into second stage reslurry tank. The cake is reslurried with the help of third stage oxalate rich filtrate and the density is maintained by filtrate flow rate. The excess filtrate goes to first stage filtrate tank. The cake on the filter is washed with the help of filtered water whose flow rate is controlled by the mass of the fine seeds coming to the rinse filter. Third Stage Filtration - Dewatering Stage: The function of this stage is to dewater the slurry coming from second stage reslurry tank. The cake from the filter is washed with excess filtered water coming from second stage. The filtrate from this stage is used to control the density of the second stage reslurry and the remaining goes for oxalate destruction. The cake of this stage is goes to the agglomeration feed tank. It is reslurried with filtered water. The


Global Experts 57

overflow of the Up flow classifier also comes to the agglomeration feed tank. From this tank the slurry is sent to the agglomeration tanks of precipitation as fine seed. Blowers: There are four (4) Blowers, all of which will be working in parallel. If any of the blowers is out of service then it can be isolated and taken for maintenance. Two headers will come from blower’s discharge. One header will be for working train and one will be for standby train. Vacuum pumps: There are four (4) vacuum pumps, all of which will be in line during normal operations. Any of the vacuum pumps can be isolated and taken out for service. There are two headers coming out from one single header at the suction of vacuum pumps. These two headers are dedicated for two train filters. 2.6.13. Product Filtration Introduction It is not possible for the fine seed to be completely removed from the product hydrate slurry in the cyclone clusters. Therefore a product deliquoring filtration section is employed to remove the fine seed from the product hydrate slurry. The main function of the area is to deliquor, wash and remove the fines from the slurry. The purpose of this area is:

• Product Deliquoring – To achieve very low leachable soda with lower wash condensate rates

• Fines Elutriation – To maintain product size distribution quality by stripping residual >45 μm material whilst contributing to washing

For this the area contains two conventional disc filtration arrangements with associated up flow classifiers. The area consists of two independent trains, one working train and a standby train. Process Description Product filtration consists of two (2) trains of Disc Filters (1 operating, 1 stand by). The purpose of this area is to deliquor, wash and remove fines from the product hydrate slurry coming from hydrate classification area. The filtration is performed on a disc filter. The fines removal is performed in an Up Flow Classifier. Product hydrate slurry from the primary cyclone underflow tank is pumped to the product deliquoring Filter. The filtrate (spent liquor) passes through the product deliquoring filtrate receiver and flows under gravity to the 1st stage filtrate tank in fine seed area, which forms a barometric seal. The filter cake falls through cake chute to the up flow classifier. The chute extends into the classifier and directs the cake to the lower section of the classifier. Wash filtrate from product washing is directed into the cake feed chute assisting to re-


Global Experts 58

slurry the cake prior to entering the classifier tank. The classifier tank is fitted with a gentle radial agitator to maintain well-mixed slurry. Any overflow from the disc filter trough will be directed to the primary cyclone underflow tank. 2.6.14. Hydrate Washing Introduction Soda content in the product hydrate will lead to sub grade alumina from calcination. Hence, soda content in the product hydrate is first washed off before feeding to the calcination section to prevent soda incorporation in final product alumina. This area also contains hydrate storage tanks to accommodate the excess hydrate, which is more, than the actual calcination rate of the plant. The filtration rate of hydrate filtration area is dependent upon the rate of calcinations required which is dependent upon hydrate production in the precipitation area. This area contains 3 Nos. of horizontal pan filter for alumina hydrate deliquoring and washing. Pan filters are driven with VFD to accommodate for the variable feed rate to the filters. Out of the three pan filters, two will be working online while one will be standby. Process Description Area receives hydrate slurry from hydrate filtration area and performs final washing of hydrate. The cake on the filters is washed with steam condensate to reduce soda associated with the cake. The filter cake is conveyed to calcination or diverted into a storage shed for later Calcination. Hydrate Washing: Three (3) filters have been provided two (2) of which will be in Duty during normally operations and the third is a standby unit. Each filter is an independent filtering station with dedicated ancillary equipment such receivers, moisture traps, seal pots and vacuum pumps. The washed and dried solids from the filters are discharged from the filter by means of a Scroll. The slurry from the storage tanks is distributed on the Pan through feed box with multi point outlets of different sizes ensuring uniform radial distribution to obtain uniform thickness of cake for effective washing. As the rotating filter leaves the feed zone it comes under the influence of vacuum. Under these conditions the liquor fraction is separated and passes through the cloth into the receiver via the automatic valve. The solids retained on the cloth form a cake. The cake now passes into the wash zone and is washed for soda removal using counter current technique. The first stage wash comprises of the weak liquor obtained from second wash. The weak wash liquor passes through the cake to leach out bulk of the soda retained in the cake. Subsequently the cake enters the second wash zone. In this zone hot water at 95 °C is sprayed on the cake. At this stage most of the soda is leached out and the filtrate constitutes the weak liquor, which is


Global Experts 59

then used for first stage washing. Once the cake is washed free of soda it is dried. The drying zone is divided into two sections. First the cake passes into a hooded section where, steam is passed through the cake to remove the entrained moisture. Subsequently the cake passes into the discharge zone where the rotating scroll removes the cake on to a conveyor and is transferred to the Calciner. Filtration: Three different filtrates, which are a mixture of liquid and air, are screened from the filters and are segregated based on the caustic concentrations of the individual streams. They are classified as:

• Mother Liquor • Strong liquor • Weak liquor

The Filtrates are collected separately in different Receivers. The gases exiting the receivers enter the moisture trap, which is similar to the filtrate receiver. The mother liquor and strong liquor down comers from the individual receivers and gravitate to the Mother Liquor tank from where it is pumped out to Up flow classifier. The weak wash liquor from the three filters is collected in the Weak wash filtrate tank. Counter current washing is used to reduce the consumption of water and hence the dilution of the liquor. Hot water is added as the last wash, which then becomes the weak liquor. Water ring type Vacuum Pumps are provided for each filter to generate the required amount of Vacuum for filtration. While Air Blowers are provided for supplying air to Air tank which in turn supply to all the three filters individually. This air is required for loosening the heal cake so that uniform filtration rate is maintained throughout the operation. HYDRATE STORAGE AREA AND RECLAMATION The washed dried hydrate cake either is conveyed directly to the Calciner or can be diverted to the storage area. In case of maintenance of Calciner, Cake from pan filter has to be diverted to hydrate storage shed. And in case of insufficient hydrate slurry flow from product filtration area, hydrate has to be reclaimed from hydrate storage shed. A conveyor delivers the hydrate solids from the storage area to mixing tank. The solids are made into slurry with mother liquor. A flow transmitter is used to measure the flow of mother liquor to mixing tank. This flow is compared with the weightometer reading of reclaimed hydrate feed conveyor thus based on this reading a ratio is fixed. Based on this ratio with feed Hydrate powder the control valve on mother liquor line will be controlled. Separate pumps deliver the prepared slurry to any desired filter for filtration and subsequent transfer to the Calciner.


Global Experts 60

2.6.15. Calcination Introduction In calcination step alumina is obtained by drying the hydrate at high temperature in the range of 1000-1100 °C. Calcination process can broadly be divided into 4 stages.

• Drying • Preheating • Calcination • Soaking

Alumina hydrate, when calcined first loses water of crystallization forming an active absorptive alumina with a 300 m2/gm maximum at about 300 °C. Calcination at higher temperature produces alumina which is less active and absorptive while at a temperature above 1400 °C, the alumina is in alpha-form and is inert. Gas Suspension Calciner Gas suspension calciner is used. The GSC facility is basically consisting of two units having capacity of 2500 TPD, each which have minimum common equipments on line and are capable of working independent of each other. So only the description for one unit is described here, which are identical. Process Description The calcination operation can be divided into few major parts. These are:

• Hydrate Feed System • Gas suspension Calcination system • Fluid Bed Cooler system • Alumina Transport System • Burner System • Water Spray System • ESP, de-dusting and dust return system

2.6.16. Alumina Handling Introduction Alumina handling area begins at the discharge of the two fluid bed coolers of calciners and ends after the rail weighbridge below the Silos. The objective of the area is temporary storage of alumina in Silos and Loading of alumina in to railway wagon for rail transport and into bulk bags for truck transport. Process Description Conveyors: Alumina from the two Calciners is fed onto a single belt conveyor. This belt conveyor feeds the single Alumina transport pipe conveyor and conveys to the Alumina


Global Experts 61

distribution Box. Two belt scales are installed below the belt conveyor after the fluid bed coolers of Train 1 and 2 Calciners. This allows monitoring of individual Calciner outputs. The bag filter system, installed above the belt conveyor arrests dust generated during operation. The distribution box distributes received alumina to both silos as required. Bottom of the distribution box has open air slide to assist the distribution of material to both the silo. Silos and associated equipment: A distribution box for Silo 1 is installed just below the main distribution box, thus alumina gravitates from silo 1 to main distribution box. Transfer of alumina from distribution box is assisted by the air slides. Alumina form distribution box is distributed at the top of both the of each capacity of 12500 MT through four air slides, one operating at a time, located at a angle of 90 degrees to avoid the asymmetric stress developed by uneven loading of silo. Bag filters installed above the silos arrest the dust generated during feeding of silo. To assist the reclamation from silos during wagon loading their bottom is equipped with Air slides operated in zone and sector fluidization mode. Discharge of each silo gets diverted to two loading station through two air slides. Blowers supply air to the Air slides of both the silos installed at the bottom of silos. The alumina from both silos is transferred to railcars via loading spouts. The rail cars are positioned on the weighbridge under the loading points from using a dedicated, rail car haulage and positioning system. Fluidization: The Bottom of the silo is divided in to three (3) zones, X zone, Y zone and Z zone and twelve (12) sectors for proper fluidization of the silo during reclamation of alumina. Silo Extraction and Wagon Loading: Each of the four (4) wagon loading stations is provided to facilitate the operation of the wagon loading system. The operator in the loading station will activate the push button to start the wagon hauler to position the wagon under the loading spouts. Wagon hauler stops automatically, sensed by its travel limit switch. The operator presses the push button of the loading spout local panel to lower the spouts. This initiates all three loading spouts are lowered simultaneously until the respective low limit switch is activated. Once all the three loading spouts are lowered and witnessed for correct position in the wagon, the operator presses the ’load ‘push button available in local panel which initiates the automatic loading of the wagon until reaches the weigh bridge set point. Once the set point is reached, all three loading spouts are raised automatically until reaches the high limit switch with a time delay. This completes one cycle and the operator repeats the operations till complete loading of all the wagons available in the track. Railway car wash down facilities with filtered water is provided to clean rail cars in the event of a spill. A side stream of alumina can be raked off the transfer conveyors and sent by air gravity conveyor to the alumina bulk bag bin from where it is bagged,


Global Experts 62

weighed and transported by forklift to a sealed storage area. From the storage area it is loaded in to trucks for transport. Bag filters are installed to arrest the dust generated during transportation and loading. Fan associated with the bag filters creates vacuum, which draws dust generated at transport points through out the system, into the dust collectors. Jet pulses of instrument air into the collectors return the captured dust to the bins. 2.7 EXPANSION It is envisaged that the existing process and sequence shall be followed for the expansion phase also except some minor changes in the process parameters and type of equipments to optimize the process further for better recoveries and efficiencies. Adequate space has been provided alongside the existing units to repeat the existing plant for increasing the capacity. Phase 1: (Debottlenecking of 1 MMTPA to 2 MMTPA) The proposed debottlenecking is envisaged as follows:

• Increasing plant availability from 92% to 95% and increasing recovery from 93 to 94%.

• Increasing liquor productivity from 80 gpl to 90 gpl. • Increasing design flow upto 16%.

To implement the above action plan, the modification and some major improvements are as follows:

• One Hammer crusher with Vibratory screen system. • One Ball mill of capacity 400 TPH with 2000T Silo. • 2 PDS tanks, 3 nos Digestion mixing tanks & one digester for each line. • One washer train for increased washing efficiency and reduced Evaporation

load • 2 nos Diastar filters & 3 nos PHE in SF & HID area. • 2 nos Precipitation tanks & 9 no.s PHEs for each train. • Increasing solid concentration in Precipitation to achieve 90gpl liquor

productivity. • Introduction of coarse seed filtration to minimize load on seed thickeners • Additional Utilities • Calcination capacity up gradation. • Introduction of condensate polishing unit to improve heat & water balance.

Phase 2: (Additional Streams of 3 x 1 MMTPA) A new bauxite stockpile is proposed near existing switchyard. Bauxite will be received through new a LDC and two new stacker-reclaimer units will reclaim the bauxite and will be conveyed to new crushing unit. Two crushers are proposed. It will be crushed in this unit to reduce the size to 80% passing 20mm, which is suitable for bauxite grinding. The crushed bauxite is thereafter taken to the grinding mill through a set of belt conveyors.


Global Experts 63

It is proposed to put 4 Ball Mills of 400TPH capacity (3W + 1S) to grind the bauxite to a cut-off size of 1.2 mm. Spent liquor is added to the mill to get a desired concentration of 800 gpl in the product stream. The grounded bauxite will be sent to predisilication unit through a set of heat exchangers. Two trains of predesilication is proposed with 4 tanks in each train. The bauxite slurry received from grinding unit will be desilicated before sending it to digestion unit. The residence time would be around 17hrs. 3 new trains of digestion units each of 1 MMTPA is proposed to be added for the expansion. The digestion would be medium pressure digestion operating at 4-5 bar and 145 °C. Slurry from the predesilication unit along with digestion liquor will be sent to digestion unit to digest the remaining alumina. The digestion unit would consist of 4 live steam heat exchangers (3W + 1S), 5 pairs of flash steam heat exchangers (4W + 1S), 8 digesters (7W + 1S). It would also consist of a dilution tank and a mixing tank which would receive the blow-off slurry and first washer overflow. The digested slurry will then be sent to 2 trains of settler-washer units. The settler-washer unit will consist of 2 settlers and 7 washers with a common standby in each train. Each unit would cater to 1.5 MMTPA capacity. The overflow fro the settler will be sent to settler overflow tanks in security filtration. The underflow from the settler is sent to the washers where it is counter currently washed with water and the mud will be pumped off to the red mud pond through HCSD technology. The settler overflow will then be filtered through a set of diaster filters of 600 m2 area. 9 diaster filters are proposed (6W + 3S). Lime would be added to settler over tanks as a filter aid. The filtered liquor would then be sent to seed filtration unit through plate heat exchangers. 2 trains of plate heat exchangers are proposed. Each train would consist of 3 sets (2W + 1S) of heat exchangers. Each set would consist of 3 PHEs operating with spent liquor as cooling media and 1 PHE operating with water as cooling media. Water PHE will be used to attain the desired temperature of first precipitator. The cooled liquor will then be sent to seed slurry tank and sent to first precipitator alond with the seed. 4 trains of precipitators of 0.75 MMTPA capacity are proposed. Each train would consist of 21 tanks (19W + 2S). The proposed precipitator would operate in single stage technology mode. 11 ISCs are proposed in each train of precipitator. The ISCs will be kept on the top of the precipitators. The classification unit is proposed on the top of the precipitators. 2 units of classification units are proposed. The underflow of the cyclones would be sent to product filtration unit. The overflow will be sent to seed filtration unit. The seed filtration unit would consist of 4 trains. Each train would consist of 4 disc filters (3W + 1S). The filtered seed would be sent back to first precipitator repulped with pregnant liquor. The spent liquor would be filtered again with diaster filter to remove the floating hydrate and sent to evaporation unit.


Global Experts 64

The product filtration unit would consist of 3 pan filters (2W + 1S). The filtered and washed cake would then be sent to 3 calciners of 3300TPD capacity. The spent liquor would be sent to filtered and sent to evaporation unit. The calciner proposed is fluidized bed type. The calcined alumina would be sent to 3 new proposed silos. The spent liquor from pan filter unit and seed filtration unit would be received in spent liquor tanks. 3 units of evaporation each of 300TPH capacity are proposed. The strong liquor from evaporation unit will be reused in Ball Mill and Digestion units. Phase 3: (Debottlenecking of 5 MMTPA to 6 MMTPA) SSL is planning to undertake a lot of research in collaboration with National Laboratories/Research centre including application of Bio-Technology, Magnetic Separation Technology waste treatment technology etc to make this plant as one of the best and model Alumina Refinery in the globe. It is planned that by incorporation of expected results of such research may further increase the capacity by 20-25%. Hence, further increase in capacity from 5 MMTPA to 6 MMTPA shall be mainly through De-bottlenecking of 5 MTPA plant.


Global Experts 65

FLOW SHEET AFTER IMPLEMENTATION OF ALL THE 3 PHASES


Global Experts 66

2.8 RAW MATERIAL Bauxite Quality It is proposed to use East Coast Bauxite in the Lanjigarh refinery. The typical analysis of Bauxite is as follows:

PARAMETERS UOM 1 MMTPA

(Existing)

6 MMTPA

(After

Expansion)

Total Alumina % 46 – 48 46 – 48

Gibbsitic Alumina % 41 41

Total Silica % 2.70 2.70

Reactive Silica % 2.50 2.50

Moisture % 6-10 6-10

Fe2O3 % 21 – 22 21 – 22

2.8.1 Specific Consumption of Existing and Proposed Plant The consumption of various raw materials for the existing and expanded plant is as follows:

Parameters UOM 1 MMTPA (Existing)

6 MMTPA (After Expansion)

Bauxite (Dry Basis) T/T 3.3 2.58

Caustic Soda (as Na2O) Kg/T 120 65

Lime (CaO – 70%) Kg/T 44 50

Flocculant Kg/T 0.50 0.40

Furnace Oil / LDO L/T 76 70

Steam T/T 2.1 1.9

Coal (3500 Kcal/Kg) T/T 0.67 0.67

Energy (Aluminium) KWh/T 285 220


Global Experts 67

Main Process Parameters of Existing and Proposed Plant:

PARAMETERS UOM 1 MMTPA

(Existing)

6 MMTPA

(After

Expansion)

Plant availability % 92.5 95

Gibbsitic Recovery % 93.6 95

Avg. Bxt. Grinding rate T/hr 363 1980

Digestion Feed Flow (Total) m3/hr 1040 8450

Digestion RP 1.24 1.24

Digestion liquor Conc. gpl 172 190

Mud generation (Dry Basis-

Total) T/hr 143 840

Spent Liquor Productivity gpl 80 92

Net Evaporation T/hr 300 1788

2.8.2 Material Inventory for Existing and Proposed Plant:

Sl. No.

Material

1 MMTPA

(Existing)

6 MMTPA

(After Expansion)

1. Alumina 1 MMTPA 6 MMTPA

2. Bauxite (Dry Basis)

2.61 MMTPA 15.48 MMTPA

3. Caustic Soda

0.07MMTPA 0.39 MMTPA

4. Lime

0.044MMTPA 0.30 MMTPA

5. Fuel Oil

72,000 Kl p.a. 0.456 Million Kl p.a.

6. Coal

0.67 MMTPA 4.02 MMTPA

7 Flocculant 500MTPA 24000 MTPA

Power

75 MW 285 MW


Global Experts 68

2.8.3 Raw Material Source: The source of the required raw materials for the proposed project is as per the table below:

Sl. No.

Material

Existing Source Proposed

Source

Mode of

transport

1 Bauxite

Central/West Coast Bauxite /

OMC

Central/West coast Bauxite /

OMC/Import

Ship/Rail/Road

2 Caustic Soda

Domestic / Imported

Domestic / Imported

Ship/Rail

3 Lime

Katni, Rajasthan Katni, Rajasthan

/ OMC Rail

4 Fuel Oil

HPCL / IOCL HPCL / IOCL Rail

5 Coal

IB-Valley IB-Valley Rail

6 Flocculant Nalco Nalco Road

Power

Captive Captive

Bauxite Analysis Report: Plant has been designed with 41% THA, & <2 R-SiO2

2.8.4 Raw Material Characterization: The detailed chemical analysis of various raw materials using XRF, XRD, AAS and conventional chemical method are given below. Although, as a part of new conditions, it is suggested that petrological studies to be carried out but the same has not much relevance in the expansion phase.as these studies were already carried out as a part of basic design package by Jawaharlal Nehru Aluminium Research Development & Design Centre, Nagpur as a part of “Characterisation and Technological Testing of Lanjigarh Bauxite”. This is available as a part of basic engineering package and hence not included in this EIA report. Further, it may be noted that all raw materials are analyzed for all elements including heavy elements using above techniques and hence, petrological studies may not be relevant for a running plant or expansion similar to proposed expansion. RAW MATERIAL ANALYSIS REPORT: Petrography of Bauxite: Gibbsite (%)

Boehmite (%)

Kaolinite (%)

Goethite (%)

Hematite (%)

Anatase (%)

Rutile (%)

Quartz (%)

65.08 10.82 12.98 5.38 1.75 1.64 0.98 1.38


Global Experts 69

XRF ANALYSIS OF BAUXITE :

Bauxite ore analysis from different sources

SUPPLIER LOI %

THA %

MHA %

TA % T -

SiO2 %

R - SiO2 %

Fe2O3 %

TiO2 %

CaO %

M/S CR MITTAL, MP 22.15 35.67 2.69 42.25 1.95 1.68 25.79 6.24 0.00

M/S LAXMI DAS RAMJI, MP 20.39 31.15 3.89 41.32 3.96 3.72 27.47 5.13 0.00

M/S GEO MAX, JHARKHAND 20.71 32.13 2.72 40.31 4.25 3.73 23.97 8.82 0.00

M/S YOGITA MINERALS, GUJARAT

23.10 34.74 0.00 39.39 4.98 4.29 26.11 2.60 2.17

M/S CREDO MINERALS, GUJARAT

22.39 34.95 0.06 41.32 6.65 4.62 24.77 3.19 0.21

M/S ASHAPURA, MAHARASHTRA

22.70 34.97 0.49 41.38 5.19 4.31 24.92 3.01 1.08

BALCO 22.73 35.95 2.40 44.24 4.16 3.74 21.24 5.83 0.00

IMPORTED (GUINEA BAUXITE) 25.23 42.54 4.30 49.14 1.80 1.21 19.81 2.96 0.00

Due to strong chemical bond monohydrates (MHA) require high temperature & pressure means more energy is required for extraction of Alumina. Non-Reactive Silica (SiO2) can be removed during refining process without significant losses of Alumina or caustic soda; but reactive silica (RxSiO2) which is free to react with caustic soda can not be removed without losses. Process will not be economical with silica >7%.


Global Experts 70

BAUXITE PARAMETERS : OBSERVATIONS FROM 01.04.2011-31.01.2012 Parameter Unit Min Max Moisture % 0.50 10.00 LOI % 19.00 27.00 TA % 35.00 50.00 SiO2 % 1.00 12.00 Fe2O3 % 12.00 31.00 TiO2 % 1.50 10.00 CaO % 0.10 3.88 V2O5 % 0.05 0.25 P2O5 % 0.05 0.25

CAUSTIC SODA LYE ITEMS TEST RESULTS V-802C SODIUM HYDROXIDE(NaOH) 50.24% SODIUM CARBONATE(Na2CO3) 0.05% SODIUM CHLORIDE(NaCl) 38 ppm SODIUM SULPHATE(Na2SO4) LT 10 ppm IRON(AS FE) 1.0 ppm NaClO3 32 ppm SiO2 LT 5.0 ppm COPPER (AS Cu) LT 0.1 ppm MANGANESE (AS Mn) LT 0.1 ppm

LIME ANALYSIS Composite of no. of Wagons %CaO %SiO2 +80 mm 40-80 mm 10 – 40 mm -10 mm

5 78.47 2.82 3.28 59.90 30.19 6.63

FURNACE OIL ANALYSIS REPORT

CHARACTERISTICS UNITS MIN MAX RESULT VALUE

IFO RELATIVE DENSITY 15/15˚ gm/cc - 999998.9933 968.60 IFO FLASH POINT PENSKY MARTENS ˚C 66 - 93

IFO KIN VISCOSITY @ 50˚C cSt 125 180 152

IFO WATER CONTENT % Vol - 1.00 0.1


Global Experts 71

IFO SEDIMENTS % Mass - 0.25 0.077

IFO SULPHUR % Mass - 4.00000 2.51500

IFO POUR POINT ˚C - 27 21

2.8.5 MoU for Coal Linkage The company has already made application for coal linkage to CEA and as per the letter enclosed below it awaiting EC of the project.


Global Experts 72


Global Experts 73

Coal Analysis Report

Month- June'2014

RAKE NO. DATE OF

SAMPLING

IM (%) adb

VM (%) adb

ASH (%) adb

FC (%) adb

GCV (Cal/gm)

adb

TM (%)

GCV (Cal/gm)

arb

S(%) adb

INDIAN COAL (TALCHER)

Rake Sample Talcher-354

03-04.06.2014

4.03 24.19 47.00 24.78 3454.53 10.24 3231.00 0.343


06.06.2014 4.24 29.49 34.50 31.77 4539.19 9.86 4272.79 0.566


11.06.2014 4.03 26.43 40.45 29.09 4012.76 8.92 3808.30 0.596


15.06.2014 4.76 25.92 42.13 27.19 3822.11 10.40 3595.77 0.499


03.07.2014 4.06 25.71 43.42 26.81 3806.18 10.36 3556.24 0.436

INDIAN COAL (IB VALLEY )

Rake Sample

IB Valley-01

08.06.2014 4.04 24.14 46.29 25.53 3285.06 10.38 3068.02 0.479

Rake Sample

IB Valley-02

16.06.2014 4.60 24.39 44.49 26.52 3361.38 12.08 3097.83 0.499

Rake Sample

IB Valley-03

18.06.2014 4.69 24.52 44.60 26.19 3358.27 12.78 3073.22 0.580

Rake Sample

IB Valley-04

21.06.2014 4.67 23.71 46.73 24.89 3200.89 14.15 2882.58 0.428

Rake Sample

IB Valley-05

22-23.06.2014

4.74 25.17 44.07 26.02 3425.78 12.38 3151.03 0.313

Rake Sample

IB Valley-06

24-25.06.2014

4.02 24.20 45.08 26.70 3329.9 14.18 2977.41 0.338

Rake Sample

IB Valley-07

26.06.2014 4.00 24.49 44.74 26.77 3322.15 15.30 2931.11 0.338


Global Experts 74

Rake Sample

IB Valley-08

29.06.2014 4.26 25.66 41.18 28.90 3723.52 12.32 3410.05 0.420

Rake Sample

IB Valley-09

4.90 26.17 38.91 30.02 3871.54 12.84 3548.30 0.410

Rake Sample

IB Valley-10

02.07.2014 4.94 27.68 36.71 30.67 4087.37 14.00 3697.81 0.390

IMPORTED COAL Rake Sample Gandhar-03

28.05.2014 14.53 44.88 2.08 38.51 5537.190 35.01 4210.39

Rake Sample Jharsuguda-

01 30.05.2014 10.68 40.52 5.69 43.11 6113.180 15.23

5801.77

0.551

Rake Sample Gandhar-04

07.06.2014 12.56 41.26 6.43 39.75 5642.930 36.07 4125.71

1.122

Rake Sample Jharsuguda-

02 13.06.2014 10.86 40.73 5.77 42.64 6088.73 14.71

5825.75

0.565

Rake Sample KYORI-16

07-08.06.2014

8.95 41.58 13.13 36.34 5043.200 35.38 3579.26

0.842

Rake Sample Gandhar-05

14.06.2014 16.54 44.13 10.35 28.98 4942.700 33.93 3912.82

Rake Sample Gandhar-06 18.06.14

16.53 42.44 9.97 31.06 5132.13 34.88 4003.89

Transportation of Raw Material and Product Transportation of all the raw materials is done through rail system. However inside the plant Wagon Tippler Mechanisms are incorporated to transport coal & bauxite to the destination. The rotary wagon tippler is usually designed for unloading top open railway carriages by inverting the wagon on its own centre of gravity through an angle of about 170º, thereby discharging its contents into hopper below rail. Two wagon tipplers, one for coal unloading with average discharge rate of 1120MT/hr & another for bauxite unloading with average discharge rate of 880MT/hr will be used for transferring the raw materials to the to the stackyard through the network of receiving conveyor system.


Global Experts 75

2.8.6 Chemical analysis of Redmud Sl No Parameter Concentration % 1 Moisture 20.44 2 LOI 10.91 3 Al2O3 21.56 4 Fe2O3 39.85 5 SiO2 9.11 6 TiO2 9.21 7 Na2O 5.27 8 CaO 3.01 2.9 MASS BALANCE Input Output Bauxite ore (With 42% THA) 2.61MMTPA Alumina (dry) 1.0 MMTPA Redmud(drypowder)1.23 MMTPA Water of evaporation0.38 MMTPA Total 2.61MMTPA Total 2.61MMTPA Material Balance flow sheet enclosed


Global Experts 76

2.10 ENERGY BALANCE


Global Experts 77

2.11 UTILITIES AND SERVICES

General The major raw materials for the alumina refinery are bauxite and caustic soda and their sourcing plan is given under raw material section. In addition to the raw material and consumables, there are various other utilities and services which will be required for proper functioning of the alumina refinery. Major utilities and services are as follows: • Co - generation Plant • Water Supply • Compressed Air • Fuel Oil • Cooling Water • Fire Water System • Central Control Room • Plant Laboratory • Maintenance and Ware House Complex and • Other Facilities

2.11.1 Water Supply Water requirement of the plant, and township will be met entirely from Tel River near Kesinga located at about 67 KM from the plant site. An intake tower and collection field, a two stage pumping facility and a 67 KM long pipeline of 700 mm diameter are in place for the initial development. An intermediate pumping station is located at Lanjigarh Road at about 32 km from the plant. For expansion to 6 MMTPA capacity, the existing pumping facilities will be enhanced, but no further facilities will be required. The existing water requirement of the alumina refinery and township was around 30,000 m3 / day but the same has been reduced to appx. 14,895 m3 / day after adoptining Zero discharge system and recycling of 100% used water. After expansion the water requirement is estimated to be around 50-55,000 M 3/day. As an approval of 56, 500 m3 / day is already in place, additional water approval shall not be required. The break - up of water requirement for existing as well for after proposed expansion is given in Table-2.9. 2.11.2 Existing Water Supply Water is being drawn from River Tel located at Kesinga at a distance of approx. 67 Km from the refinery for the existing facility with an intermediate pumping station at Lanjigarh Road at about 32 Km from Plant. One pipeline supplies water from Tel River to the Raw Water Reservoir in the plant. A Raw Water Treatment Plant (RWTP) has been installed in the plant to treat the water and make it usable for different purposes. RWTP consists of Pressure Sand Filter (PSF) unit, Activated Carbon Filter (ACF) unit and chlorination unit.


Global Experts 78

Water supplied to CGPP DM unit is treated only with PSF and pumped to it. Water for drinking and other purposes is treated through PSF, ACF and chlorination units and pumped accordingly. 2.11.3 Water supply aggrement


Global Experts 79

2.11.4 Proposed Water Supply The approval for drawing 56,500 m3 / day of water is already available. The Copy of the same is given above. The water requirement for the proposed expansion would be met from the allocation already available. No additional water allocation is envisaged for the proposed expansion. This will be achieved by efficient and effective water management. However, an additional pumping system with new pipeline would be set up to meet the requirement of the water. Also, the present Reservoir in the plant is sufficient enough to cater the requirement. But, a new RWTP would be set up to enhance the treatment and pumping capacities. Table-2.3: Existing and proposed water requirement and it’s break-up

Particulars Water requirement

Existing (1 MMTPA)

Water requirement Expansion (6 MMTPA)

CGPP Boiler and Cooling tower 6665 29398 Refinery And Mines Cooling tower make-up and Process make-up 5450 22541 Dust Suppression system CGPP 480 831 Refinery 180 300 Domestic Onsite 120 180 Township 2000 3000 Total 14895 56250

Water Quality & Treatment There will be five types of wastewater sources from the proposed alumina refinery plant, viz.: 1] Alkaline wastewater from various sources of the refinery plant 2] Cooling Tower and boiler Blow down; 3] DM Plant Regeneration; 4] Filter Back wash; and 5] Domestic sewage All these waste water will be recycled back to the process for various usages such as dust suppression, & greenbelt development after necessary treatment. The wastewater quality during constructional and operational phase with its treatment prospect is given below in Table-2.4:


Global Experts 80

Table-2.4: Water Quality & Usage

Phase Water Quality (probable impact)

Treatment Measure

Constructional Increase in suspended solids due to soil run-off during heavy precipitation

Temporary sedimentation Tank will be used

Operational Deterioration of water quality of surface water

Wastewater will be completely recycled for various uses in the plant after necessary treatment if required and no discharge of wastewater outside the premises is envisaged except during monsoon

2.12 COMPRESSED AIR SUPPLY A centralized compressor house caters for the air need of alumina refinery as well as co - generation plant. Dry air is supplied for instrumentation as well as for general purpose compressed air for tools and miscellaneous usage. For the expansion there will be an increase in the compressor capacity by 33%. To increase the process efficiency the compressor house of Alumina refinery and CGPP are separated. Five more compressors would be added to cater the needs of Alumina Refinery. 2.13 FUEL SUPPLY Fuel oil will be required mainly for the calcination plant. Additionally, some fuel oil will also be required as supporting fuel for initial firing of the boilers in the co - generation plant. Railway tankers will supply fuel oil to the alumina refinery. An independent railway tanker unloading station for fuel oil will be provided. A storage facility of 16000 tons will be provided. 3 more storage tanks will be added to the existing storage system of FO. From storage tanks the fuel oil will be distributed up to the battery limits of calcination and co - generation plants. The facilities required for internal distribution of fuel oil including day tanks will be provided as required. 2.14 CAUSTIC SODA UNLOADING AND DISTRIBUTION Infrastructure has been developed for the existing plant which can handle the entire requirement of caustic soda in case of importing of caustic lye having 47 - 50% NaOH. Necessary port and rail facilities have been provided at Visakhapatnam port to handle and transport the imported caustic lye by dedicated rail tankers to the alumina refinery. An independent caustic tanker unloading station is provided. No change to these facilities is required to manage the caustic use of the expanded plant. It is proposed to use a mix of Indian and imported caustic. As a part of overall development philosophy, initiative have been taken to develop an industrial park close to the plant so that ancilliary industry like caustic plant, lime


Global Experts 81

kiln, red mud utilization, etc can be installed and dependency on import can be minimized. Cooling Tower In order to meet the cooling water requirement of various units of the alumina refinery independent closed circuit cooling towers are installed. Four more cooling towers (three for refinery and one for CGPP) will be added to meet the cooling water supply requirement. Fire Water System The existing fire water network and fire fighting systems shall be further augmented/ modified to cover the additional areas proposed to be added in the expansion. Central Control Room The existing plant is being monitored & controlled through a centralized control room & the same will be expanded further to take care of the expansion requirement. The adequate space is already available in the existing control room to accommodate the additional control systems of expansion. However, a new control room for the new co - generation plant shall be added in the power plant area. Plant Laboratory In addition to the state of art distributed control system (DCS), the plant laboratory plays a complimentary role towards fulfillment of overall process control objectives. No additional equipment is required for the expansion. The plant laboratory is equipped with the state of the art instruments which are necessary infrastructural facilities for carrying out the following process control activities: Analysis of raw materials viz. bauxite, lime, coal, fuel oil etc.; Analysis of process samples such as process liquor, red mud, hydrate etc.; and Environmental monitoring. Maintenance and Ware-House Complex To ensure smooth and uninterrupted operation of the plant, repair and maintenance facilities are provided within the plant. No additional facilities apart from local tool rooms or work areas will be required to serve the expanded facilities. Other Facilities In addition to the various facilities mentioned in the above sections, other essential services such as canteen, first - aid, gate - house, fire station, etc. are also being provided within the plant. No changes in the above facilities would be required after expansion.


Global Experts 82

2.15 ORGANIZATION AND MANPOWER 2.15.1 Organization Structure Broadly the organization structure is divided into operational and non-operational groups. The operational group is headed by President /Chief Operating Officer (CEO), followed by the plant managers and operational managers. Environment cell comes under the non-operational group headed by a Senior Executive, responsible for all installations, implementations, and coordination related to any environmental issues and take proactive steps to mitigate the measures. The environmental cell directly reports to the Project Head for all purposes. This is a reinforcible & reversible management practice for sustainability and quality. The existing organization structure is attached as Figure 2.6: 2.15.2 Manpower Requirements There will be considerable potential for generating direct and indirect employment during construction as well as during normal operation of the plant. It is estimated that nearly 6000-8000 people shall be used during construction phase, which will help in improving the socio-economic condition of the area. Existing The existing permanent manpower of SSL is around 500 and for its associated partners the manpower is around 2000. Expansion For 6 MMTPA plant, it is estimated that the total manpower for Vedanta would be around 1200 and its associate partners would be around 2500.


Global Experts 83

Figure 2.6

2.16 PROJECT SCHEDULE As said earlier, the project will be done in three phases. Refinery has reached its full production of 1 MMTPA. Phase I will start immediately after EC and consent to establish.A separate team will work on it to complete the same by September 2015. Phase II will also start parallel and is expected to be commissioned in stages by December 2016, February 2017 & April 2017. Phase III activities will start around July 2016 with an aim to complete the same by July 2017.


Global Experts 84

2.17 CAPITAL COST ESTIMATE The projected estimated cost for the proposed expansion is based on the bulk estimation on the following categories as listed in Table-2.5. This cost is tentative subjected to actual procurement of plant and machinery. The fixed and recurring costs are merged under the mentioned categories for the figurative marks of the proposed cost. The total capital cost of the project including Environment Management cost is Appx Rs 10,000 crores. Table 2.5: Capital Cost Distribution of the Expansion Project

Estimated Cost for Expansion Rs. In Crores

A) PLANT AND MACHINERY Plant & Machinery Land Acquisition Housing / Township R&R Total Cost B) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Pollution Control Equipments & Monitoring CSR Cost Greenbelt Development Total Cost

C) IDC, Pre- Operating Expenses, Commissioning Expenses, Financial Charges

6530.00 150.00 557.00 138.00

7375.00

620.00 50.00 80.00

750.00

1875.00

Total Capital Cost (including Environment

Management)

Rs. 10,000.00


Global Experts 85

CHAPTER-3 PRESENT ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING

3.1 INTRODUCTION This is an outline of the proposed Alumina Refinery Expansion project of M/S Sesa Sterlite Ltd. at Lanjigarh, Dist:Kalahandi ,in the state of Odisha. The Company has existing capacity of 1MMTPA Alumina and 75 MW Captive power Plant. The company now proposes for expansion to 6 MMTPA Alumina and 285 MW Power Plant. This Environmental Impact Assessment study report will give an assessment of various Environmental impacts in and around the surrounding environment due to expansion of the alumina plant. In order to carry out such assessment study, it is necessary to know the existing quality of the environment with respect to the various environmental factors like air, water, noise, soil, landuse, flora & fauna, socio-economic and demographic pattern and meteorological parameters like temperature, humidity, wind speed and direction, cloud cover etc. The field studies/ site survey/ interaction with different government agencies were carried out to collect data/ information. This chapter describes the present baseline environmental condition in respect of Physio-chemical and Biological environment of the Study area.

3.1.1 Study Period

The company is having provision of continuous monitoring of ambient air and Seasonal surface and ground water analysis in various locations of the study area. For the preparation of this EIA report a baseline data collection covering one non-monsoon data carried out in March- May 2014. 3.1.2 Environmental Setting of the Study Area The study area is considered as 10 km radius of the proposed expansion project site. The site is located at Lanjigarh, district Kalahandi in the state of Odisha.The geographical location of the project site is 190 43’ to 190 44’ N and 830 24’ to 830 25’ E.The Nearest state highway SH-6 is at a distance of 6.5 km from the project site.The nearest railway station Ambadola is at distance of 21 km from the site. The geographic location of the project site is illustrated in the Indian Map with 1:10,00,000 scale followed by 1:50,000 for the preparation of 10 Kilometers buffer zone. The map of the study area has been prepared with reference of Survey of India topo-sheet No. 65 M/5, 65 M/6 65 M/9, 65 M/10 high resolution of satellite imagery IRS P-6, and quick bird having 1-5 meter spatial resolution. The brief description of the present environmental scenario is based on primary (monitored) data and partly on secondary data (Government office sources). The description covers the major environmental components like

(i) Physico-chemical (air, water, soil, noise etc) (ii) Biological (flora, fauna, ecology) (iii) Human (socio-economic) and (iv) Aesthetics


Global Experts 86

Figure 3.1: Map showing district boundaries at scale 1:10,000,00


Global Experts 87

Figure 3.2: Map showing topographic features at scale 1:50,000


Global Experts 88

Figure 3.3: Map showing topographic features within 10 kms


Global Experts 89

Figure 3.4: Google Earth image showing 5 km & 10 km study area


Global Experts 90

Figure 3.5: Satellite Imagery within 10 km Buffer zone


Global Experts 91

Figure 3.6: Digital Elevation Model map for the Study Area


Global Experts 92

3.2 LAND ENVIRONMENT 3.2.1 Topography The topography is rugged and undulating with high hillocks, plateaus and valleys. It can be broadly divided into two distinct natural parts the hill tract and the plain country. The hill tract mainly runs from northeast to south west of the district where as the plane countries are mainly the river valleys of Tel and its tributaries. The hill tracts are locally called as Dongarla and the plain is known as Pahilpar. The altitude of the district varies from 150m-1226 m above msl. The district has a sloping trend towards north east direction. Topography of the study area comprises of undulated terrain with a variation in elevation from 325 to 1300m. And plant site elevation varies from 410- 450 m.


Global Experts 93

Figure 3.7: Contour Map of the study area


Global Experts 94

3.2.2 Land Use Pattern of the Core zone The project area under reference covers a part of Lanjigarh village, under Lanjigarh Police station limits of Kalahandi district, Odisha. This area does not form part of any National Park, Wild life sanctuary and Natural/Biosphere reserve. It also does not contain any features of archeological/historical and cultural/aesthetics importance. The existing and proposed land use breakup of the plant site is given in Table -3.1

Table- 3.1: Land use pattern of Core Zone Sl. No.

Land Use Pattern Area Existing Plant (Ha)

Area After Expansion

(Ha) 1 Main Plant (including storages

and green belt) 279.87 420

2 Red mud including green Belt 182.94 783 3 Ash Pond including green Belt 95.42 175.42 4 Township and miscellaneous

including green Belt 52.45 80.45

5 Railway line including green Belt 53.81 93.81 Total 664.49 1552.49

3.2.3 Land Use Pattern of the Buffer zone

The land use map around the likely affected area has been prepared in 1:50,000 scales using remote sensing technology by survey of India. The total area of the expanded Alumina Refinery will be 1552.49 Ha. No forest land will be utilized for the project. The additional land over existing will be acquired through IDCO. The total land required has been optimized and what is being acquired is the bare minimum that is required for setting up of the plant.

Data Base Referred i. Survey of India: Topographical sheets ii. False color composites of LISS Band 2,3, and 4 India Remote Sensing Satellite iii. Limited field investigation

Procedure Followed The general land use/land cover features that are identified are built up land, agricultural land, vegetation and forest, wasteland, water bodies and wet land, and infrastructure and others. The major land class units (LCU) comprising river, canal, major road, railway line etc. were assessed from the topo map and field investigation with help of toposheets of survey of India. The present distribution of land use unit of the study area is represented in the Table -3.2 and pictorially by Fig- 3.8


Global Experts 95

Table-3.2 Land use pattern of buffer zone

Sl. No. Class Area in sq. Kms. Percentage

1 StonyWaste 0.2855655 0.09% 2 Dense Scrub 17.578143 5.54% 3 Fallowland 0.444213 0.14% 4 IndustrialWaste 1.26918 0.40% 5 Industrial Area 1.9989585 0.63% 6 Dense Forest 29.5401645 9.31% 7 Setllement 4.8546135 1.53% 8 River 1.1739915 0.37% 9 Plantation 0.063459 0.02% 10 Barrenland 3.6488925 1.15% 11 OpenScrub 66.758868 21.04% 12 AirStrip 0.0951885 0.03% 13 InlandWB 0.2855655 0.09% 14 Communication 1.586475 0.50% 15 Open Forest 77.1344145 24.31% 16 Cropland 110.5773075 34.85% Total 317.295 100.00%

Land use pie of buffer zone The land use and land cover study has been carried out to study the details of land use pattern. The general land use/land cover features that are identified are built up land, agricultural land, vegetation and forest, wasteland, water bodies and wet land, and infrastructure and others. The major land class units (LCU) comprising river, canal, major road, railway line etc. The buffer zone of the plant site consist of variant land use pattern, out of the total area 34.85 % is covered by the crop land which is followed by open scrub & forest (45.35 %) and dense scrub & forest (14.9%).


Global Experts 96

Figure 3.8: Pie chart of the buffer Zone

The purpose of land use studies are to: • Determine the present land use pattern • Analyze the impact on the land use pattern due to the project. • Give recommendations for optimizing the future land use pattern Vis-a Vis growth

of the industries in the study area and its associated impacts. There are no National Parks or Wildlife Sanctuary within 10 km radius of the project site. The Lanjigarh bauxite deposit is also located within 10 KM of the area for which an extensive wild life management plan has been prepared in consultation with Govt. of Odisha and Wild life Institute of India, Dehradun. Hence, no separate wild life management plan is required for the Refinery.


Global Experts 97

Fig 3.9: Map showing the land use pattern in the study area


Global Experts 98

3.3 GEOLOGY & GEOMORPHOLOGY Two distinct group of geological formation are found to occur in Kalanhandi district. These are (1) The eastern ghat group and (2) the Purana group. Major portion of the district has been occupied with the Eastern Ghat facies comprising of Khodalite, Charnockites, Granites, Phorphyroblastic granite gneisess, vein quatz, Dolerites, Amphibilites and Nepheline synenites. The Purana group of rock like shales phyllites are scanty and only seen in Koksara block. Laterites are found to occure as capping over these formations at places. Discontinuos patches of alluvium are found to occur along the banks of major rivers. The general stratigraphical sequences of Kalahandi area are given below:

Table 3.3: General stratigraphical sequences of kalahandi area Recent to Subrecent Soil alluvium with bauxite

laterite

………………………………………..Unconformity………………………………………..... Gondwana sequence Pebbly and gritty sand

stone Purana Group Vindyan

Upper quartzite Purple shale Sub-arkosic Quartzite

………………………………………..Unconformity………………………………………..... A:Intrusives : R: : C: : H: : E : :Eastern Ghat A: Super Group : N:

Charnockite Suite Khonalite Suite

Nephiline, Hornblende Syenite Anorthosite Metadolerite Pegmatite and Quatz Vein Granite and granitoid Gneiss Leptynite Charnockite Impur limestone Cals granilite and calciphyre, Quartz-garnet-sillimanite Quartizite and quartzite


Global Experts 99

The study area is underlain by hard rock comprising of Khondalite & Charnockites of Eastern Ghat series along with Porphyritic Granite, while high hills are generally occupied by Khondalite and Leptynites. The Langigarh Valley is characterised by Porphyritic Granite & moderately thick weathered zone, which is developed over Porphyritic Granite in Valley. The predominant rock Khondalite is of Archaean age, the weathering of which has given rise to good soil cover for good growth of natural vegetation. Lateritic plateaus of varying sizes are found to occur on top of hills. Lateritisation has taken place in these plateaus as a result of prolonged in-situ weathering and erosion. Some prominent lateritisation is observed in plateaus of Niyamadanger of Niyamagiri reserved forest, at and around “Lamba” of Niyamagiri. Pediments occur in narrow strips on the outer fingers of denudational hill and are distributed sporadically throughout the study area. Open forest largely cover the pediments. Within 10 km study area geological features are classified under two major catagories i.e metasedimentary (83.48%) and granite (16.52%). This metasedimentary rock is future classified different type rock such as Charnockite, Khondalite, and Leptynite etc. Pediplain is another major hydrogeomorphological unit of the study area. They occupy nearly 32% of the study area extending from foot hill till river valley. Valley fill occurs all along the River Vamsadhara, the River Nagavali, Barha Nadi, Sakata Nala, Karikona Nala, Pitadar Nala, Daleiband Nala and other major streams. Flood plans are observed in the meandering river courses of Nagavali River and Vamsadhara River Table 3.4: Minerals and associated rocks of kalahandi is furnished below Mineral Associates Rocks Bauxite Khandolite, Laterite & Granite Graphite Khandolite, Granitegness Quartz Granite, Feldspar, Pebbles Gem Stone Quarztite, Pegmatite, Granite and Mica Iron Granite, Qaurtzite & Laterite Manganese Mangeferous Laterite, Khandolite & Quartzite Galena Charnochite, Khandolite, Pegmatite & Granitegness Bauxite: Good quality Bauxite alongwith laterite occurs as disconnected blankets and lenses lying above 1000 MSL.Over cuddapah shales of Khariar Highland and khondalite group of rocks of Karlapat, Khaguda and Lakharisi areas. The bauxite is pisolitic to massive in nature. The primary aluminous mineral is gibbsite associated with goethite haematite, Behemite and anatase.The alumina % varies from 1-50% and silica 5%. Khandolite: The khandolite suits of rocks contains graphite-sillimanite-schist and gneiss, calciphyre, calc granulite, quartzite and sillimnite quartzite.They are interbanded with charnockite and gneiss and occur mostly in the form of bands of lenses. Quartzite amphibolites bands with the khandolite are common. Usually foliated these consist of minerals like quartz, garnet, sillimanite and graphite. The trend of foliation in these is NE-SW.


Global Experts 100

Fig 3.10: Map showing geological features of the study area


Global Experts 101

Fig 3.11: Map showing geomorphological features of the study area


Global Experts 102

3.4 CLIMATE AND MICROMETEOROLOGY Meteorology of the study area plays an important role in the air pollution studies. The prevailing micro-meteorological conditions at the site will regulate the dispersion and the dilution of air pollutants in the atmosphere. The predominant wind speed at the core zone will decide the direction and the distance of the most affected area from the proposed activity. Regional meteorological scenario helps to understand the trends of the climatic factors. It also helps in determining the sampling stations in predicting the post project environmental scenario. Meteorological Scenario exerts a critical influence on Air Quality as the pollution arises from the interaction of atmospheric contaminants with adverse meteorological conditions such as temperature inversions, atmospheric stability and topographical features like hills, canyons and valleys. The critical weather elements that influence air pollution are wind speed, wind direction, temperature, which together determines atmosphere stability. Hence it is an indispensable part of any Air Pollution Studies and required for interpretation of baseline information. Meteorological data was collected for the study period of three months (Mar - May 2014). The unit is having continuous meteorological station.The data collected during the monitoring period represents the pre-monsoon period. In order to determine the micrometeorological conditions of the study area a continous micro-meteorological monitoring observatory has been set up at the project site. As worst case scenerio site specific data for winter was taken from this continuous monitoring station report. The following parameters were recorded at hourly intervals continually during the study period.

• Wind speed • Wind direction • Relative humidity • Air temperature • Cloud cover

3.4.1 Temperature During the pre monsoon period (i.e. Mar - May 2014),it was found that the temperature was 440C (maximum) in the month of May and minimum 150C in the month of March. This shows that in the said area, May is the hotest month of the year. The overall study of the meteorology of the area has some deviation from the nearest meteorological station at Bhawanipatna. This variation is attributable to the distance and topographical characteristics of the study area as compared to the area of the IMD Station. 3.4.2 Relative Humidity During the period of March-May, the maximum and minimum Relative Humidity varied between 47-26% and Nov-Feb 67-33% respectively. The atmospheric humidity increases in winter conditions.


Global Experts 103

3.4.3 Rainfall Table 3.5: During Premonsoon period the rainfall observed was:

Sl No Month Rainfall measured (in mm)

1 March 6.3 2 April 10.4 3 May 25.0

Average Annual rainfall of the project area for last 12 years is 1489.9 mm. 3.4.4 Wind Speed and Direction During pre-monsoon the average wind directions was mostly from S-SW direction observed for 75% of the total time, with wind speeds and the frequency in the range of 2 -4 m/sec.

Table – 3.6 Micro-Meteorological Data at Plant Site Period: 1st March 2014 to 31st May 2014

Month Temperature

(oC) Relative Humidity

(%)

Rainfall (mm)

Atmospheric Pressure (mb)

Max Min 8.30 hrs

17.30 hrs

Total 8.30 hrs

17.30 hrs

March 40.1 15.5 47 26 7.3 981.9 977.3 April 42.4 20.7 44 28 10 978.2 973.6 May 44.2 22.1 46 29 23.6 974.6 970.1

Total rainfall 40.9 mm


Global Experts 104

Table 3.7: Frequency distribution table Station ID: 43042 Run ID: Project site Year: 2013 2014 Date Range: Jan 1 - Dec 31 Time Range: 00:00 - 23:00 Frequency Distribution (Count) Speed m/s

Wind Direction 0.5 - 2.1

2.1 - 3.6

3.6 - 5.7

5.7 - 8.8

8.8 - 11.1

>= 11.1 Total

348.75 - 11.25 580 0 0 0 0 0 580 11.25 - 33.75 254 1 0 0 0 0 255 33.75 - 56.25 206 4 0 0 0 0 210 56.25 - 78.75 68 0 0 0 0 0 68 78.75 - 101.25 38 0 0 0 0 0 38 101.25 - 123.75 33 0 0 0 0 0 33 123.75 - 146.25 48 0 0 0 0 0 48 146.25 - 168.75 61 0 0 0 0 0 61 168.75 - 191.25 73 0 0 0 0 0 73 191.25 - 213.75 40 0 0 0 0 0 40 213.75 - 236.25 60 0 0 0 0 0 60 236.25 - 258.75 154 0 0 0 0 0 154 258.75 - 281.25 300 0 0 0 0 0 300 281.25 - 303.75 375 2 0 0 0 0 377 303.75 - 326.25 305 1 0 0 0 0 306 326.25 - 348.75 261 0 0 0 0 0 261 Sub-Total: 2856 8 0 0 0 0 2864 Calms: 14 Missing/Incomplete: 2 Total: 2880 Frequency of Calm Winds: 0.49% Average Wind Speed: 1.09 m/s


Global Experts 105

Fig.3.12 Over all Windrose diagram (Mar-May 2014)


Global Experts 106

Fig.3.13 Over all Windrose diagram (Nov, 2013-Feb, 2014)

3.5 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY The ambient air quality with respect to the buffer zone of 10 km radius around the plant site forms the baseline information. The various sources of air pollution in the region are due to traffic, urban and rural activities supplemented by the existing alumina refinery within the core zone. This is also useful for assessing the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality, specified by Central Pollution Control Board (as per NAAQS 2009) during the plant operation. The study area represents mostly the plant area as core zone and residential environment in the buffer zone. 3.5.1 Location and Methodology Selection of sampling locations The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through a scientifically designed ambient air quality-monitoring network. The design of monitoring network in the air quality surveillance program has been based on the following considerations: • Meteorological conditions on synoptic basis; • Topography of the study area; • Representatives of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status • Representatives of likely impact areas.


Global Experts 107

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) Stations were set up at nine locations with due consideration to the above monitoring points. Table-3.8 gives the details of environment setting around each monitoring station. The location of the selected stations with reference to the plant to given in the same table and depicted in Figure-3.14. Necessary care has been taken to fix stations in the upwind and downwind directions covering all areas. Frequency and Parameters for Sampling

Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at a frequency of 24 hours twice a week for the complete season at each location representing Pre-monsoon season. The baseline data of air environment was generated for the below mentioned parameters:

• Particulate matter size less than 10 µm (PM10) • Particulate matter size less than 2.5 µm (PM2.5) • Sulphur dioxide (SO2) • Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Table 3.8 Ambient Air Quality Sampling Locations Code Name of

Sampling Stations

Distance from Project site (Km)

Direction from Project Site

Co-ordinate

A1 Plant site (Project Office)

- - 190 42’26.41”N 830 23’33.44”E

A2 Plant site (CCR)

- - 190 42’37.82”N 830 23’49.18”E

A3 Lanjigarh 4 W 190 42’35.61”N 830 22’00.49”E

A4 Kasibari 2.5 NW 190 42’49.02”N 830 22’58.77”E

A5 Rehab Coloney

2.5 SW 190 41’29.92”N 830 22’47.53”E

A6 Rengopali * (Red Mud Pond)

1.5 SW 190 41’42.64”N 830 23’33.75”E

A7 Chattrapur 6.2 SW 190 42’43.24”N 830 22’37.07”E

A8 Harikrishnapur 3.8 N 190 43’21.01”N 830 25’36.54”E

A9 Bijabandali 5.5 E 190 41’52.35”N 830 27’10.18”E

A10 Kotudar 1.95 S 190 41’25.83”N 830 24’05.94”E

* This location is situated towards down wind direction of the project site.


Global Experts 108

Figure-3.14 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations


Global Experts 109

Table 3.9 Methodology of Sampling & Analysis and Equipment used

Sl. No.

Parameter Instrument/ Apparatus used

Method followed

Reference

1 PM10 Respirable Dust Sampler ENVIROTECH APM 460-BL., Filter Paper (EPM – 2000), Balance

Gravimetry CPCB Notification of 18.11.09

2 PM2.5 Respirable Dust Sampler ENVIROTECH APM 550-BL. Filter Paper (EPM-2000), Balance

Gravimetry CPCB Notification of 18.11.09

3 Nitrogen Oxides (Nox)

HVAS with Impinger tubes, spectrophotometer

Jacob and Hocheiser modified (Na-arsenite) Method

CPCB Notification of 18.11.09

4 Sulphur di-oxide (SO2)

HVAS with Impinger tubes, spectrophotometer

Improved West & Gaecke

CPCB Notification of 18.11.09

5 Carbon Monoxide CO Analyzer NDIR Method CPCB Notification of 18.11.09


Global Experts 110

Table-3.10: National Ambient Air Quality Standards as per MoEF Notification under Schedule-VII, Rule- 3(3B). dt. 18.11.09.

Sl. No.

Pollutant (in µg/m3)

Time Weighed Average

Concentration in Ambient Air Industrial, residential, Rural and

Other Area

Ecologically Sensitive Area

(Notified by Central Govt.)

Methods of Measurement

1 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) (µg/m3)

Annual * 24 hours **

50 80

20 80

- Improved West and Gaeke - Ultraviolet fluorescence

2 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) (µg/m3)


40 80

30 80

- Modified Jacob & Hochheiser (Na-Arsenite)

3

Particulate Matter (size less than 10µm) or PM10 (µg/m3)


60 100

60 100

- Gravimetric -TOEM - Beta attenuation

4

Particulate Matter (size less than 2.5µm or PM2.5) (µg/m3)


40 60

40 60

- Gravimetric - TOEM - Beta attenuation

5 Ozone (O3) (µg/m3)

8 hours ** 1 hour **

100 180

100 180

- UV photometric - Chemilminescence -Chemical Method

6 Lead (Pb) (µg/m3)


0.50 1.0

0.50 1.0

- AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper - ED-XRF using Teflon filter

7 Carbon Monoxide (CO) (mg/m3)

8 hours ** 1 hour **

02 04

02 04

- Non dispersive Infra Red (NDIR) spectroscopy

8 Ammonia (NH3) (µg/m3)


100 400

100 400

- Chemiluminescence - Indophenol blue Method

9 Benzene (C6H6) (µg/m3)

Annual * 05 05

- Gas chromatography based continuous analyzer - Adsorption followed by GC analysis

10

Benzo(a)Pyrene (BaP) – particulate phase only(ng/m3)

Annual * 01 01 - Solvent extraction followed by HPLC/GC analysis

11 Arsenic (As) (ng/m3)

Annual * 06 06 - AAS/ICP method after sampling on EMP 2000 or equivalent filter paper

12 Nickel (Ni) (ng/m3)

Annual * 20 20 - AAS/ICP method after sampling on EMP 2000 or equivalent filter paper


Global Experts 111

* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform intervals.

** 24 hourly or 08 hourly or 01 hourly mentioned values, as applicable, shall be complied with 98 % of the time in a year, 2 % of the time; they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days of monitoring. The existing concentrations of the critical pollutants in the study area are represented in the Table-3.11. The range of maximum and minimum concentrations reflect that the pollution levels are varying depending on the prevailing activity i.e. either industrial, or domestic fuel burning or vehicular traffic etc. Background concentrations of the critical pollutants are established by comparing the concentrations at the site and that of the downwind locations with the pollution concentrations at other locate


Global Experts 112

Table-3.11: Summarized Ambient air quality status of PM10 and PM2.5 of the study area for winter season study period 1st March 2014 to 31th May, 2014

Sl.no Location PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx CO

Max Min 98% Max Min 98% Max Min 98% Max Min 98% Max Min 98%

1 Plant Site - Near Bauxite handling

82.43 74.65 79.61 51.87 46.64 49.36 13.76 9.56 12.3 14.6 10.65 12.83 412 326 398

2 Plant site - CCR 79.68 65.98 77.43 47.63 38.94 45.41 10.65 8.65 9.18 10.54 8.56 9.37 436 354 407

3 Lanjigarh 72.23 62.67 71.16 43.86 36.84 40.15 14.9 10.32 12.8 15.4 12.54 14.75 384 298 383

4 Kasibari 67.81 54.87 65.48 37.94 31.27 35.28 12.45 8.65 11.3 12.6 9.32 11.28 402 314 383

5 Rehab Colony 61.73 51.65 59.31 35.58 30.74 33.72 13.6 9.76 12.3 13.8 8.56 12.91 396 308 355

6 Rengopalli 57.35 47.96 55.62 31.53 27.54 29.16 18.76 11.54 16.4 15.3 11.54 14.13 402 305 394

7 Bijabandali 56.46 52.34 54.37 32.87 27.47 30.41 14.9 11.35 13.4 10.8 7.56 9.52 391 312 379

8 Chattrapur 62.82 55.87 60.18 34.38 28.87 32.86 12.7 8.94 11.2 13.4 9.09 11.68 398 286 335

9 Harekrishnapur 54.87 49.74 52.71 30.74 23.97 28.43 11.65 8.56 10.3 11.43 7.98 10.27 387 272 314

10 Kotudar 54.35 46.45 52.18 30.27 26.45 29.13 16.29 10.73 14.83 13.48 9.68 12.15 380 295 364

RANGE 46.45 - 82.43 23.97 - 51.87 8.56 - 18.76 7.56 - 15.4 272-436

NAAQS 100 60 80 80 4000


Global Experts 113

OBSERVATION Particulate matter (PM10)

The ambient air status observed during the study period is presented in the table above. During the study period, the concentrations of PM10 varied between 46.45-82.43 μg / m3. In core zone the maximum value of PM10 (i.e 82.43 μg / m3) was found in the plant site and in the buffer zone the maximum value was recorded at Lanjigarh village (i.e 72.23 μg / m3). The 98th percentile values of PM10 ranged between 52.71-79.61 μg / m3. The value of PM10 was observed to be highest at the Site due to industrial activities. Besides this high, level of PM10 was observed due to heavy vehicular movement. All other sampling station shows that there is slight increase in PM10 concentration in the study area due to local phenomena viz. unpaved roads, heavy vehicular traffic on roads & agricultural activities leading the generation of dust. Particulate matter (PM2.5) The minimum and maximum concentrations of PM2.5 varied between 23.97 (Harekrishnapur) – 51.87 μg / m3 (plant site). The 98th percentile values of PM2.5 ranged between 28.43 to 49.36 μg/m3 in the study area. The 24 hourly average values of PM10 & PM2.5 were compared with the national ambient air quality standards and it was found that all the sampling stations recorded values was lower than the NAAQ standard of CPCB. It was observed that during the assessment of ambient air quality status the slight increase of PM10 & PM2.5 value were observed at most of the locations due to the local phenomena like dust emanating from unpaved village roads, vehicular activities and dust generating from agricultural activities rather than industrialization. Sulfur dioxide (SO2) The monitoring value shows that the concentration of SO2 at all location varied from 8.56 (Harekrishnapur) – 18.76 (Rengopalli) μg / m3. The 98th percentile values of SO2 varied between 9.18 to 16.4 μg / m3 in all the locations. The 24 hourly average values of SO2 were compared with the national ambient air quality standards and it was found that all the recorded values of all the sampling locations were much lower than the applicable limit of 80 µg/m3 for the Industrial / residential areas. The SO2 values in the residential areas can be attributed to the vehicular traffic and unchecked domestic fuel burnings in the villages. Nitrogen oxide (NOX) The concentrations of NOX values varied from 7.56-15.4 μg/m3 the maximum was observed at and the minimum value was observed at Lanjigarh village. The 98th percentile values of NOx ranged between 9.52 to 14.75 μg/m3 in the study area. The 24 hourly average values of NOx were compared with the National Ambient Air Quality standards and it was found that all the sampling stations recorded values much lower than the applicable limit of 80 µg/m3 for residential areas.


Global Experts 114

Conclusions From the ambient air quality monitoring carried out for three months (Mar-May 2014) during the study period shows that the critical pollutants like PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOX & CO are well within the permissible limits. Any slight increase in the pollutant concentrations in the study area may be attributed to vehicular traffic, unchecked domestic fuel burnings etc in the study area. 3.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT Water is one of the fundamental resources and is one of the most common compounds. Although its chemical formula is deceptively simple, the effect of water on almost everything including the plant and the animal kingdom is far more consequential than might be imagined. Hydrogeology Occurrence & Movement of Groundwater in Rock Formations The occurrence and movement of groundwater is controlled mainly by geomorphic conditions in the study area.The groundwater occurs within the weathered portion of hard rocks as well as in the unconsolidated alluvial sediments. The joints and other opening in the gneiss and granites, the pore spaces in the zone of weathering and bedding planes of the metamorphosis sediments determine the rate of percolation of water into sub-surface and the yield of the wells in the region. Laterite soil allows water to infiltrate slowly after saturation. The impervious calcareous clay bed below laterite soil prevents the downward movement of water. Whereas, the areas covered by Red Loam/ Sandy Soils have relatively greater percolation because of its relatively high porosity and permeability. 3.7 WATER RESOURCE Selected water quality parameters of surface and ground water resources within 10 km radius of the study area has been studied for assessing the water environment and evaluate anticipated impact of the proposed project. Understanding the water quality is essential for Environmental Impact Assessment study and to identify critical issues with a view to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation. The purpose of this study is to:

• Assess the water quality characteristics for critical parameters; • Evaluate the impacts on agricultural productivity, habitat conditions

recreational resources and aesthetics in the vicinity; and • Predict impact on water quality by this project and related activities.

The information required has been collected through primary surveys and secondary sources like Ground Water Board reports, and OSPCB Status reports.


Global Experts 115

3.7.1. Surface Water Resources The nearest surface water source is from River Tel at around 67 km from the project site. The necessary water will be drawn from Tel River via private pipeline to a reservoir located within the premises. Also the run off rain water will replenish the tentative water deficit during the off season. The reservoir has a capacity to hold 3960000 KL of water to be used for two months. Besides these few surface water bodies in the form of water tanks & reservoirs and streams & canals also present which from main surface water resources for domestic and industrial use. Groundwater from dug wells, tube wells cater to the drinking water needs of the villages in the region. Drainage The river Tel and its tributary like Udanti, Raul, Utei, Hati, Ret, Sagada etc. serve the important drainage system of the district though the river like Indravati, Nagavali and Vansadhara originated in south and sourtheastern part of district but they pump out water to neighbouring district rayagada and Nawranpur. The drainage pattern represented by these rivers and some important nalas is of dentitic type. The district has a sloping trend towards northeast direction. The important drainage network of the study area include Vanshadhara river, Panimunda Nadi, Ret river, Jhikirhi Nala. Slop of the drainage network is mostly towards the east. But Slope of Ret river is towards north. The Jhirki Nala flows from north and joins Vanshadahara river near Baterlima village. Panimunda River flows from through villages like Kebarhatula, sitarampur and finally joins with Vansdhara river near Karadanga village.


Global Experts 116

Fig 3.15 Surface water bodies and drainade pattern of the study area


Global Experts 117

3.7.2 Ground Water Resources The average groundwater depth varies from 2 – 4 m within the core zone. Based on the groundwater potential, the area can be classified as moderately available zone. The occurrence of groundwater is confined to weathered Khondalitic lithology and where the surface rocks are weathered. Further the fractures within the Khondalite beneath the surface soil are potential sources of ground water. Due to the topographic location, the surface runoff is more and during the rainy season, the groundwater table rises to 1 – 2 m above the general water table. Again other than the fractured zones, the seepage factor is very low for any ground water recharge conditions. The existing project has not explored the groundwater resources for any purposes. The satellite data is been interpreted for the buffer zone for the groundwater potential analysis for the area and is represented in Figure- 3.16. The 50% of the study area is has poor ground water reserve. Core zone has moderate ground water reserve and 33% of the study area has moderate groundwater.


Global Experts 118

Figure 3.16: Ground Water Potentiality of the Study area


Global Experts 119

Location and Methodology for Surface Water and Ground Water Water samples were collected from eighteen locations. These samples were taken as grab samples and were analyzed for various parameters to compare with the standards for drinking water as per IS: 10500 (1991) for ground water sources and IS: 2296 for surface water sources. The water sampling locations are identified in Table-3.12. The surface water locations are as depicted in Figure-3.17 and for groundwater it is depicted in Figure- 3.18. Water quality parameters of surface and ground water resources within 10-km radius of the study area have been studied for assessing the water environment and to evaluate anticipated impact of the proposed project. Understanding of the water quality is essential in preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment and to identify critical issues in view to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation. Ten ground water and eight surface water sources covering 10 km radial distance were examined for physic-chemical, heavy metals and bacteriological parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on surface and ground water. The samples were analyzed as per the procedures specified in ‘Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater’ published by American Public Health Association (APHA). Table 3.12 Surface and Ground Water Sampling Locations

Sl. No.

Code Location Distance (KM)

Direction Co-Ordinates

w.r. t proposed plant site

Surface water 1 SW1 Stream near. Tetulipadar 5.8 SW 190 40’23.50”N

830 21’21.03”E 2 SW2 Stream near Kenduguda 2.0 W 190 42’38.34”N

830 23’37.17”E 3 SW3 Stream near Rengopali# 2.0. S 190 41’42.91”N

830 23’34.41”E 4 SW4 * Vansadhara river near

Lanjigarh 4.0 W 190 42’42.80”N

830 21’53.60”E 5 SW5 Vansadhara river near

Chatrapur 1.6 N 190 42’47.67”N

830 24’25.60”E 6 SW6 Vansadhara river near

Balabhadrapur 4.0 E 190 40’23.67”N

830 21’23.63”E 7 SW7 Turi Nala near

Raghunathpur 2.45 N 190 43’34.62”N

830 24’56.32”E 8 SW8 Pond near

Harekrushnapur 2.82 NE 190 43’24.40”N

830 25’10.64”E Ground water 1 GW1 Plant Site - - 190 42’35.04”N

830 23’40.78”E 2 GW2 Bore well at Lanjigarh 4 W 190 42’36.14”N

830 21’57.23”E 3 GW3 Bore well at Rengopali# 2 S 190 41’42.50”N


Global Experts 120

830 23’33.52”E 4 GW4 Bore well at Chhatrapur* 1 N 190 42’36.45”N

830 24’29.34”E 5 GW5 Bore well at Chanalima 1.7 WNW 190 42’42.66”N

830 23’26.93”E 6 GW6 Bore well at Redmud

pond 1.5 SW 190 42’11.50”N

830 23’59.33”E 7 GW7 Bore well at Ash pond 2 W 190 43’16.15”N

830 22’44.07”E 8 GW8 Bore well at Process

water lake 1.97 SW 190 42’07.56”N

830 22’49.82”E 9 GW9 Bore well at Batelima 2.42 E 190 42’26.73”N

830 25’22.61”E 10 GW10 Bore well at Bandhuguda 2.25 SW 190 41’37.80”N

830 24’44.04”E * upstream # downstream The surface water analysis for all seasons is listed in Tables-3.13, Similarly the groundwater analysis results for all seasons are listed in Tables-3.14,


Global Experts 121

Figure-3.17: Surface Water Sampling Locations


Global Experts 122

Figure-3.18: Ground Water Sampling Locations


Global Experts 123

Table 3.13: Surface Water Analysis Report (Pre- Monsoon)

Sl. No.

Characteristics

Unit IS:2296-1982

SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8

1 Alkalinity as CaCO3

mg/l 600 105 110 98 90 120 150 127 135

2 Aluminum as Al mg/l 0.2 0.04 0.39 0.25 0.09 0.05 0.03 0.18 0.11

3 Arsenic mg/l 0.2 <0.00

1 <0.002 <0.002 <0.00

1 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

4 BOD @ 270C for 3 days

mg/l 3.0 2.4 2.2 2.8 2.8 3.2 3.0 2.5 5.3

5 COD mg/l *** 12.4 18.4 20.8 16.4 12.8 12.4 17.38 20.4

6 Calcium as Ca mg/l 200 34.7 23.6 42.06 30.74 24.8 29.0 38.64 34.13

7 Chlorides as Cl mg/l 600 7.99 5.99 6.99 12.49 16.99 10.49 15. 39 23.41

8 Chromium as Cr+6

mg/l 0.05 0.002 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002 ND

9 Colour Hazen 300 4.6 7.9 6.4 5.3 3.6 3.2 3.8 1.2

10 Conductivity @250C

µ(mho/cm)

*** 180.4 137.2 148.8 156.8 158.2 191.8 172.5 190.0

11 Copper mg/l 1.5 0.002 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.003 <0.001


Global Experts 124

12 Dissolved Oxygen

mg/l 4.0 5.6 4.8 4.4 5.2 5.6 5.2 4.8 3.9

13 Faecal coliform (MPN)

Absent/100mL

*** 10 16 8 4 6 4 7 5

14 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 1.5 0.21 0.24 0.18 0.16 0.15 0.18 0.27 0.28

15 Iron as Fe mg/l 50 0.14 0.21 0.16 0.48 0.42 0.34 0.32 0.23

16 Lead as Pb mg/l 0.1 0.001 0.001 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.004 0.001 0.002

17 Magnesium as Mg

mg/l 100 3.87 10.2 4.86 7.47 7.75 6.3 4.5 5.3

18 Manganese as Mn

mg/l 0.5 0.03 0.029 0.039 0.048 0.036 0.04 0.04 0.06

19 Mercury as Hg mg/l

0.001 <0.001

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

20 MPN Total coliform count

MPN/100ml

5000 123 138 114 119 93 87 135 145

21 Nitrate (as NO3- N)

mg/l 50 1.4 1.4 1.3 3.4 4.2 3.9 2.8 3.2

22 Odour - UO UO UO UO UO UO UO UO UO

23 pH - 6.5-8.5 6.73 7.65 7.21 7.17 7.83 7.82 7.53 8.12

24 Phosphate as PO4

mg/l *** 0.81 0.54 0.63 1.7 2.4 2.1 1.26 1.38


Global Experts 125

25

Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbon

mg/l 0.2 Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

26 Residual Free Chlorine

mg/l 0.2 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

27 Selenium as Se mg/l

0.05 <0.004

<0.005 <0.005 <0.006

<0.005 <0.006 <0.003 <0.001

28 Sulphate as So4 mg/l 400 2.82 4.89 3.92 2.83 2.84 1.96 3.82 3.95

29 Temperature 0C *** 30.4 31.2 30.8 31.4 30.7 30.5 24.2 29.8

30 Total Dissolved Solid

mg/l 1500 126 95 107.7 110 114 132 120 131

31 Total Hardness (as CaCo3)

mg/l 300 102.8 91.4 125.2 106.3 94.1 98.6 113.7 104.2

32 Turbidity in NTU NTU *** 3.2 2.8 2.2 2.5 2.7 3.1 3.2 2.1

Note: ND- Not Detected


Global Experts 126

Interpretation of Surface Water Quality Results BOD values of all the samples were found to >3 mg/l except the sample taken from Harikrishnapur. This confirms the presence very low biologically oxidizable organic matter in the receiving water bodies. The pH of the surface water samples varied from 6.53-7.35 indicating the slightly saline nature of water. The oil and grease content of the collected water samples were found to be within the permissible limit. The presence of contaminants in the form of heavy metals viz. lead, cadmium , chromium in the surface waters of all sources were within permissible limit. The total coliform content in all the water samples was found to be 87-138 nos. /100 ml. Interpretation of Water Quality Results The samples were analyzed for physicochemical parameters and results compared with IS: 2296 class C surface water standards to identify and interpret any deviation in the statutory limits set for parameters in the standard. The results for relevant dwater quality parameters have been discussed below. Colour and odour: The colour of the potable water sample collected from different villages in the buffer zone was found to be in the range of 3.2 -7.9 Hazen which conforms with the IS: 2296 class C standards. The tastes of all the samples are “agreeable”. All the collected samples were also “odourless”. pH and turbidity: The pH value for all the sample collected from different location were found within permissible limit. The turbidity values for all the water samples were found to be within range of 2.2-3.2 NTU and in conformance to the IS 2296 standard. Chlorides and Total Dissolved Solids: The chloride concentration of the water samples collected from different locations in the buffer zone were found in the range of 5.99- 16.99 mg/l and therefore it is well within the stipulated permissible limit of 600 mg/l. The concentration of total dissolved solids for the water samples are within the standard requirement of IS: 2296 and was found to be in the range of 95-132 mg/l. Iron and Fluoride: Iron is considered to be an important parameter since at higher concentration it interferes with laundering operations and imparts objectionable stains. Concentration of iron for all the samples were found to be well within the specified desirable limit of 50 mg/l. Fluoride content in the water samples was found to be in the range of 0.15-0.24 mg/l which indicate the sample are within the desirable limit of the water standard of 1.5 mg/l. Nitrate: Nitrate contents of the all the samples taken found to be within a range of 1.3-4.2 mg/lit and were in conformance to the IS:2296 standards.


Global Experts 127

Heavy Metals: The concentration of heavy metals like Cadmium, Arsenic and Lead in the ground water samples of the different sources were not in detectable range.


Global Experts 128

Table-3.14: Ground Water Analysis Report (Pre-Monsoon)

Sl. No.

Characteristics Unit IS : 10500 Limits

GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 GW9 GW10

1 Alkalinity as CaCO3

mg/l 200-600 59.6 273.41 70.8 189.2 86.4 56.8 268.51 76.2 67.4 115.6

2 Aluminum as Al mg/l 0.03-0.2 0.012 0.018 0.016 0.015 0.013 0.018 0.016 0.012 0.018 0.016

3

Anionic Surface Active Agents as (MBAS)

mg/l 0.2 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

4 Arsenic mg/l 0.5 ND 0.001 ND 0.002 0.001 0.004 0.002 0.003 ND ND

5 Boron mg/l 1-5 0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.06 <0.05 <0.05 0.23 <0.05 <0.05 0.07

6 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l

75-200 20.5 77.76 23.5 41.2 16.3 18.27 69.13 10.9 40.44 16.53

7 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l

250-1000 12.69 22.19 10.99 15.99 9.99 11.99 9.99 11.99 20.99 18.69

8 Chromium (as Cr+6) mg/l

0.05 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 <0.002 <0.002

9 Total coliform count

MPN/100ml

Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

10 Colour Hazen

5-25 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 3.0 1.0 2.0

11 Conductivity @250C

µ(mho/cm)

*** 199 678 215 486 189 186 507 196 334 214


Global Experts 129

12 Copper as Cu mg/l 0.5-1.5 0.002 <0.002 0.003 <0.002 <0.002 0.008 <0.002 0.009 0.003 0.003

13 Fluoride as F mg/l 1.0-1.5 0.14 0.18 0.14 0.23 0.18 0.16 0.22 0.19 0.18 0.21

14 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.3-1.0 0.12 0.09 0.43 0.12 0.19 8.79 0.13 8.65 0.28 0.31

15 Lead as Pb mg/l 0.1 <0.002 0.012 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 0.008 0.012 0.009 0.006 <0.002

16 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 30-100 8.44 25.27 4.36 12.49 11.06 4.23 18.11 7.64 10.86 11.12

17 Manganese as Mn mg/l 0.1-0.3 0.15 0.015 0.019 0.013 0.015 0.021 0.016 0.014 0.015 0.015

18 Mercury as Hg mg/l 0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

19 Nitrate (as NO3- N) mg/l 45-100 1.23 11.32 6.23 2.54 2.06 0.28 0.32 6.14 20.32 2.76

20 Odour UO

UO Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

Agreeable Agreeable

21 Pesticide Residue mg/l

Absent-0.001

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

22 pH - 6.5-8.5 6.82 7.16 6.92 7.35 7.28 6.73 7.02 6.91 6.53 7.61

23 Phosphate as PO4 mg/l *** ND 0.018 0.012 0.009 0.016 0.025 0.014 0.021 0.008 0.017

24

Polynuclear Aromatic H d b

mg/l - ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

25 Residual Free Chlorine

mg/l 0.2 ND ND ND 0.05 0.04 ND 0.03 ND 0.02 ND

26 Selenium (as Se) mg/l

0.01 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005


Global Experts 130

Note: ND- Not Detected

27 Sulphate (as So4) mg/l

200-400 86.3 101.2 76.3 94.2 92.8 85.4 102.6 106.8 85.2 91.2

28 Taste -

Agreeable

Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

Agreeable Agreeable

29 Temperature 0C *** 31.4 29.6 31.3 30.2 30.8 29.9 31.2 29.8 31.3 30.8

30 Total Dissolved Solid

mg/l 500-2000

129 363 148 292 136 128 308 138 210 143

31 Total Hardness (as CaCo3)

mg/l 300-600 86 298 76.5 154 86.3 63 247 58.6 145.6 87


Global Experts 131

Interpretation of Ground Water Quality Interpretation of Water Quality Results: The samples were analyzed for physicochemical parameters and results compared with IS: 10500 drinking water standards to identify and interpret any deviation in the statutory limits set for parameters in the standard. The results for relevant drinking water quality parameters have been discussed below. Colour, odour and taste: The colour of the potable water sample collected from different villages in the buffer was found to be <5 Hazen which conforms with the IS: 10500 standards. The tastes of all the samples are “agreeable”. All the collected samples were also “odourless”. pH: The pH value for the samples collected from different location of the study area is range of 6.5-8.5 stating the neutral nature of water and in conformance with the IS standard . Chlorides and Total Dissolved Solids: The chloride concentration of all the water sample collected was found to be less than the standard requirement of IS: 10500. TDS of all the water samples were in the range of 128-363 mg/l, which indicates all the samples have TDS value under permissible limit. Total Hardness: Hardness of water is considered to be an important parameter in determining the suitability of water for domestic uses particularly washing. Total hardness values for all the water samples collected hardness value less than the stipulated standard of 300 mg/l specified under IS: 10500. Iron and Fluoride: Iron is considered to be an important parameter since at higher concentration it interferes with laundering operations and imparts objectionable stains. Concentration of iron in the water samples collected from bore well near red mud pond and Bore well near process water lake has very concentration of iron (i.e 8.79 and 8.65 mg/l respectively) was found to be very high specified desirable limit of 0.3 mg/l and the permissible limit of 1 mg/l. Fluoride content in the potable water samples (<0.2mg/l) was found to be within the desirable limit of the potable drinking water standard of 1.0 mg/l. Nitrate: Nitrate contents of the samples taken from different villages in the study area were found to be <45 mg/lit and were in conformance to the IS standards. Heavy Metals: The concentration of heavy metals like cadmium arsenic (<0.005 mg/l) and lead (< 0.1 mg/l) in the ground water samples collected from different sources in the study area were found to be in compliance to the IS standards. Discussions The analytical results of surface water samples at different location for various parameters reveal that all the parameters comply with IS: 2296 (Class ‘C’) standards indicating their suitability for drinking and other purposes after conventional treatment followed by disinfection.


Global Experts 132

The analysis results of groundwater samples showed that all the parameters are within the prescribed limits as per IS: 10500 standards for drinking water.

Discussions Considering the location of the plant site, Chatrapur location (North of the core zone) is considered as downstream for both surface water and ground water, where as Rengopali location(South of the core zone) is considered as upstream for both groundwater and surface water quality studies with reference to the Vamsadhara River. The River Vamsadhara is referenced for the surface water quality study for pollutant load analysis due to the existing plant and for future estimation of the proposed expansion. The downstream of Vamsadhara River has increased concentration of Alkalinity and hardness, and all other parameters have decreased values which indicate some form of dilution in the downstream river conditions. As there is no industrial discharge to this river, therefore the increased values of Alkalinity and Hardness could be due to some form of surfacial contamination at the downstream. The surface water quality varies with seasonal fluctuations in pH, Alkalinity, Hardness, considering the Vamsadhara River as reference (Figure-3.15). The adjacent groundwater locations have a similar trend in the water quality as the surface water (Figure-3.16). Mostly the downstream water quality for both surface water and ground water shows a form of dilution in concentration, for which the downstream concentrations are lower than the upstream concentrations both in pre-monsoon and post-monsoon seasons. Therefore it can be inference that the net effect from the proposed project will have a minimum impact on the water quality of the area. From the monitoring reports of the study period, it can be seen that there is no appreciable change in the condition of ground water indicating that there is no seepage / pollution from the industry. 3.7.3 Noise Characteristics The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Noise in general is sound which is composed of many frequency components of various loudness distributed over the audible frequency range. Various noise scales have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the response of an average human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at difference loudness levels. The most common and universally Accepted scale is the A weighted Scale which is measured as dB (A). This is more suitable for audible range of 20 to 20,000 Hz. The scale has been designed to weigh various components of noise according to the response of a human ear. The environmental assessment of noise from the industrial activity, construction activity, and vehicular traffic can be undertaken by taking into consideration various factors like potential damage to hearing, physical responses, and annoyance and general community responses. The main objective of noise monitoring in the study area is to assess the baseline noise levels.


Global Experts 133

Parameter Measured During Monitoring A preliminary reconnaissance survey has been undertaken to identify the major noise generating sources in the area. Noise at different noise generating sources has been identified based on the activities in the village area and ambient noise due to traffic. The noise monitoring has been conducted for determination of ambient noise levels in the study area. The areas were chosen at the same sites of the Ambient Air Monitoring stations. The noise levels at each location were recorded for 24 hours. The environment setting of noise monitoring locations is given in Table -3.15 and depicted in Figure -3.19. The comparable standards for Noise Levels are listed in Table-3.16. For noise levels measured over a given period of time interval, it is possible to describe important features of noise using statistical quantities. This is calculated using the percent of the time certain noise levels exceeds the time interval. The notation for the statistical quantities of noise levels is described below: • Hourly Leq values have been computed by integrating sound level meter. • Lday: As per CPCB guidelines the day time limit is between 07:00 hours to

22.00 hours as outlined in Ministry of Environment and Forest Notification S.O. 123 (E) dated 14/02/2000.

• Lnight: As per the CPCB guidelines the night time limit is between 22:00 hours to 07:00 hours as outlined in Ministry of Environmental and Forest Notification S.O. 123 (E) dated 14/02/2000.

A rating developed by Environmental Protecting Agency, (US-EPA) for specification of community noise from all the sources is the Day-Night Sound Level, (Ldn). Ldn: It is similar to a 24 hr equivalent sound level except that during night time period (10 PM to 07 AM) a 10 dB (A) weighting penalty is added to the instantaneous sound level before computing the 24 hr average. This night time penalty is added as more annoying than the same noise during the daytime. The Ldn for a given location in a community may be calculated from the Leq’s, by the following equation.

24

]1010[Log10L

16

1i

8

1i

)10/10ieqL()10/ieqL(

dn

∑ ∑= =

++

=


Global Experts 134

Figure 3.19: Noise Sampling Stations


Global Experts 135

Table-3.15 Noise Level in the Study Area during Pre Monsoon

Station code

Location village

Distance from plant site (Km)

Direction from plant site

Coordinates Lday Lnight Ldaynight

N1 Plant site 190 42’26.41”N 830 23’33.44”E

64.9 59.8 63.8

N2 Lanjigarh 4.0 W 190 42’36.14”N 830 21’57.23”E

52.7 46.5 51.4

N3 Rehab Colony 2.5 SSW 190 41’29.92”N 830 22’47.53”E

50.0 42.4 48.6

N4 Balabhadrapur 6.2 SW 190 40’38.95”N 830 21’31.67”E

49.3 42.6 48.0

N5 Harikrishnapur 3.8 NNE 190 43’21.01”N 830 25’36.54”E

46.2 39.7 44.9

N6 Bijabendeli 5.4 E 190 41’52.35”N 830 27’10.18”E

50.9 42.0 49.4

N7 Kasibari 3.5 NW 190 42’49.02”N 830 22’58.77”E

48.9 42.3 47.6

N8 Chhatrapur 1.6 N 190 42’36.45”N 830 24’29.34”E

46.8 41.1 45.6

N9 Basanthapada 1.5 SE 190 41’26.11”N 830 24’27.99”E

53.3 47.8 52.1


Global Experts 136

N10 Maskapadar 3.5 NW 190 43’28.59”N 830 23’48.30”E

47.1 39.0 45.7

N11 Rangopali (Redmud)

1.5 SW 190 41’42.50”N 830 23’33.52”E

53.5 46.1 52.1

N12 Plant Site (Power Block)

190 42’29.08”N 830 24’00.09”E

66.8 61.2 65.6


Global Experts 137

Table-3.16: Summarized Noise Level in the study area Station code

Location / Village Lday (dBA) Lnight (dBA) Ldaynight

(dBA)

Max Min Max Min Max Min N1 Plant site 64.9 58 59.8 46 63.8 56.4 N2 Lanjigarh 52.7 47.8 46.5 41.7 51.4 46.5 N3 Rehab Colony 53 48 45 42.4 51.6 46.8 N4 Balabhadrapur 54 46 45 42.6 52.5 45.1 N5 Harikrishnapur 46.2 40 39.7 36 44.9 39.0 N6 Bijabendeli 54 46 42 38.2 52.4 44.6 N7 Kasibari 48.9 46 42.3 41 47.6 44.9 N8 Chhatrapur 46.8 42 41.1 38.5 45.6 41.1 N9 Basanthapada 53.3 48 47.8 42 52.1 46.8 N10 Maskapadar 47.1 45 40.4 39 45.8 43.8 N11 Rangopali (Redmud) 53.5 50 46.1 45 52.1 48.9 N12 Plant Site (Power

Block) 78.2 60 66.6 50 76.6 58.5

Table-3.17 Standards with respect to Ambient Noise Level

Land use category Limit in dB(A)

Day time (7 AM to 10 PM) Night time(10 PM to 7

AM) Industrial area 75 70 Commercial area 65 55 Residential area 55 45 Silence area 50 40

Discussions As expected, the noise levels at plant locations are higher than the buffer zone locations. Both day time and night time noise levels are well within the limits as mentioned above. Further reduction of ambient noise level the newer technological implementation like installation of acoustic enclosure at high noisy area and better working environment will further reduce the work zone noise levels. Therefore no noise pollution is anticipated in any form from the proposed expansion project. The Day-Night noise levels at Plant Site and the Lanjigarh Village are symptomatic of the operations at Plant Site and General Traffic conditions near the village areas. This is further to be noticed that including the operational phase in the plant, the noise levels are well within the permissible limit. Further the spiked increase of noise levels in Plant Site has little or no effect on the peripheral areas. All the noise levels are well within the limits as specified in the Ambient Noise level standards. Hence it can be inferred that there is no deterioration in the ambient noise levels.


Global Experts 138

3.7.4 Soil Quality Soil Sampling Samples of soil have been taken within 10 km radius of the study area for assessing environment and evaluate anticipated impact of the proposed project. Understanding the soil quality is essential for Environmental Impact Assessment study and to identify critical issues with a view to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation. The sampling locations for soil are listed in Table-3.18 below and depicted in Figure 3.20.

Table–3.18 Sampling Locations for Soil

Sl. No.

CODE LOCATION

DISTANCE FROM PLANT (KM)

DIRECTION

1 S.S.L.1 Plant Site 190 42’36.14”N 83021’57.23”E

2 S.S.L.2 Lanjigarh 4.0 W 190 42’36.14”N 830 21’57.23”E

3 S.S.L.3 Rengopali 2.0 S 190 41’42.50”N 830 23’33.52”E

4 S.S.L.4 Chhatrapur 1.6 N 190 42’36.45”N 830 24’29.34”E

5 S.S.L.5 Chananlima 1.7 WNW 190 42’32.13”N 830 23’22.57”E

6 S.S.L.6 Nead Redmud pond

1.5 SW 190 42’14.58”N 830 23’22.80”E

7 S.S.L.7 Process Water Lake

1.6 NW 190 42’14.58”N 830 23’22.80”E

8 S.S.L.8 Near Ash pond 4.0 NW 190 43’15.82”N 830 22’43.56”E

9 S.S.L.9 Bundel 4.0 W 190 41’55.28”N 830 23’48.22”E

10.

S.S.L.10

Rehab colony 3.0 SW 190 41’29.92”N 830 22’47.53”E

The laboratory analysis results of the soil samples for the time period (1st Mar 14 to 31th May 14) premonsoon is given in Tables-3.19 and the soil sampling location map is attached in Table-3.20 respectively.


Global Experts 139

Figure-3.20 Soil Sampling Locations


Global Experts 140

Table-3.19 Soil Analysis Report

Sl No Parameter Protocol Unit

S-1 Plant Site

S-2 Lanjigarh

S-3 Rengopali

S-4 Chatrapur

S-5 Chanalima

S-6 Red mud pond

S-7 Process Wat

S-8 Ash Pond

S-9 Bundel

S-10 Niyamgiri Vedant

1 Available Nitrogen(As N)

GEN.SOP/CAL.LAB-38

ppm (mg\kg)

180.31

183.62

192.34

221.15

175.34

202.34

122.24

130.05

169.84 139.34

2 Available Phosphorus

GEN.SOP/CAL.LAB-38

ppm (mg\kg)

1.61 3.19 1.86 1.77 48.87

1.71 1.20 3.07 46.41 1.25

3 Available Potassium (as

GEN.SOP/CAL.LAB-38

ppm (mg\kg)

0.20 0.15 0.17 0.10 0.10

0.09 0.04 0.05 0.12 0.19

4 Boron BY ICP-OES mg/kg 56.96

33.33 49.35 29.78 17.02

45.20 13.30

7.31 24.28 52.32

5 Bulk Density GEN.SOP/CAL.LAB-38

g/cc 1.19 1.11 1.30 1.29 1.28

1.11 1.29 1.34 1.20 1.17

6 Chlorides as Cl

APHA 21 st EDN.:2005

mg/kg 181.95

268.89

213.54

370.94

375.02

224.36

353.04

193.60

317.69 213.25

7 Clay GEN.SOP/CAL.LAB-38

% 31.17

24.12 23.67 36.17 31.17

26.16 36.16

29.12

21.62 24.12

8 Colour GEN.SOP/CAL.LAB-38

Redish

Wheatish

Redish

Redish

Redish

Redish

Wheatish

Wheatish

Redish Redish

9 Copper as Cu GEN.SOP/CAL.LAB-69

mg\kg

14.42

17.67 16.55 11.82 9.71

11.42 7.05 5.25 10.35 16.68

10 Electrical Conductivity

GEN.SOP/CAL.LAB-38

micromho/cm

38.3 16.4 23.3 17.1 39.6

24.6 12.8 13.1 32.1 18.4

11 Magnesium (Available)

GEN.SOP/CAL.LAB-69

mg\kg 0.18 0.21 0.18 0.10 0.06

0.09 0.04 0.05 0.10 0.18


Global Experts 141

12 Organic Matter GEN.SOP/CAL.LAB-38

% 1.02 1.43 1.07 1.24 1.17

1.16 0.55 0.62 1.12 0.88

13 pH (5% w/v aqueous

GEN.SOP/CAL.LAB-38

6.68 6.50 6.54 6..73 6.72

6.89 7.06 6.52 6.45 6.52

14 Sand GEN.SOP/CAL.LAB-38

% 41.33

55.89 61.33 53.84 56.33

63.84 51.34

55.88

60.88 55.88

15 Silt GEN.SOP/CAL.LAB-38

% 27.50

20.00 15.00 10.00 12.50

10.00 12.50

15.00

17.50 20.00

16 Zinc GEN.SOP/CAL.LAB-69

% 35.94

33.41 40.59 22.58 24.27

23.85 11.39

12.47

29.13 45.47


Global Experts 142

Observations It has been observed that the pH of the soil Quality ranges from 6.45-7.06 indicating the soil is Neutral in nature & good for cultivation. The Bulk density of soil ranges from 1.11-1.34. The Electrical conductivity was observed to be in range of 13.1-39.6 µmho/cm, which is average for crop growth, Organic matter having the range between 0.55 – 1.43 indicate that the soil in the area contain sufficient quantity of organic carbon. The Nitrogen Values ranged between 122.24 – 221.25 mg/kg indicating that the soil contains good quantity of nitrogen that is considered as fertile. The phosphorus value ranging between 1.20 – 48.87 mg/kg indicating that the soil is having fair amount of phosphorous which is suitable for cultivation. Overall soil quality of the area does not vary much within the whole buffer and core zone. Further the pH and nutrient content of the soil indicates that there is none or minimal effect due to the existing red mud pond and ash pond. This further indicates that there is no leakage or overflow from the red mud pond and ash pond to any land mass nearby. Therefore it may be inference that the proposed expansion will have none or minimal effect on soil pollution of the area and therefore any groundwater contamination as a subsequent result. 3.8 GEOTECHNICAL SUMMARY Subsoil in general is of good quality. Subsoil is mainly residual in origin and has very high shear strength and medium to low compressibility. Underlying the top very stiff to hard silty sandy clay layer, we have a residual soil. Below this, the weathered rock layer starts. With increase in depth, the weathering action becomes lesser and the rock turns hard. 3.9 ECOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT The proposed study area of 10 k.m radius covers 2 districts i.e Kalahandi & Rayagada District. It is bounded by Bolangir West and east forest division of Balangir district on North. The forest of Kalahandi displays a great floristic diversity due to wide variation in topography, altitude, climate, rock and soil. The general character of vegetation is tropophilous. So the forest mostly belongs to topical both dry and moist. It ranges from tropical evergreen forest to dry deciduous scrubs. There is no rain forest. The remarkable feature of the forest flora is the presence of Sal, the only member of family Dipterocarpaceae.The natural occurrence of both Sal and Teak known as transition belt or ecotone is a special characteristic feature of the forests of Kalahandi.The functional attribute of the locality factors results in the wide variance in floristic composition, which have been described under different forest types of the Division. Tree is a large woody perennial plant having a single well-defined stem (bole or trunk) and a more or less definite crown. It is a dominant form of plant communities. The tree species along with herbs, shrubs, climbers etc. available in the forest of Kalahandi has been furnished under the glossary of terms in which local name and botanical name has been given in alphabetical order.


Global Experts 143

The environment comprises of air, water, land and interrelationship that exists among and between air, water, land and human beings, other living creatures, plants, microorganisms and property. Therefore all living and nonliving components of environment must live in harmony. The establishment of Large-scale industrial or any developmental projects alters the natural surrounding and hence affects the ecosystems and the ecosystem components viz. flora and fauna. Therefore, while implementing such projects it is imperative to understand the baseline status of floral and faunal diversity. The ecological studies will help in identifying the pattern of change in weather conditions, appearance and disappearance of flora and fauna, changes in vegetation pattern in respect of their quantity and quality. Ecological assessment therefore is very critical for decision making and for the sitting of a developmental project or an industry 3.9.1 Flora and Fauna Studies Introduction An ecological survey of the study area was conducted particularly with reference to listing of species and assessment of the existing baseline ecological (Terrestrial and Aquatic ecosystem) conditions.

Objectives of Ecological Studies

The present study was undertaken with the following objectives:

• To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation in and around the plant site; • To assess the distribution of animal life spectra; • To understand the productivity of the water bodies; • To assess the biodiversity and to understand the resource potential; and • To ascertain migratory routes of fauna and possibility of breeding grounds.

Methodology Adopted for the Survey To achieve the above objectives a detailed study of the area was undertaken in 10- km radius from the plant site and general area of 20-km radius. Primary Data was generated by undertaking systematic ecological studies in the area.The present report gives the review of published secondary data and the results of field sampling conducted.

Forest Blocks in Study Area

The list of forest blocks are presented in Table-3.20. Nearest forest block is Patragurha Reserved Forest on Northeast direction mainly composed of Shorea robusta. The vegetation map of the area is presented in Figure 3.21.


Global Experts 144

Table-3.20: List of Forest Blocks in 10 Km Radius

Sr. No.

Name of the Forest Block

Distance from Proposed Plant

Location

Direction from Plant

Site 1 Bori reserve forest 5.2 NW 2 Hatsal reserve forest 3.5 NW 3 Raula jhimiri reserve

forest 5.2 WNW

4 Tiramunhii reserve forest

7.8 SW

5 Khambesi reserve forest

2.0 SW

6 Kudilima reserve forest 9.7 SE 7 Patra gurha reserve

forest 6.4

(Rayagada district)

ESE

8 Batarilima reserve forest

2.3 E

9 Dahikhala reserve forest

2.5 E

11 Nimagiri reserve forest 9.0 S 12 Nachinigurha reserve

forest 9.8 S

13 Manjurakupa reserve forest

7.8 NE

14 Siringul reserve forest 8.78 NE 15 Katubarhi reserve

forest 9.76 NE

16 Ambadala reserve forest

9.34 NE

Terrestrial Ecological Status: Primary Survey A preliminary survey was made in and around proposed plant site and nine locations were selected for detailed study. The selected locations are given in Table-3.21.


Global Experts 145

Table-3.21 Details of Terrestrial Ecological Sampling Locations

Station Code

Name of the Station Distance from the Center of the Plant Site

(km)

Direction w.r.t.

Proposed Plant Site

TE-1 Lanjigarh village 4.0 W TE-2 Kasibarhi village 3.5 NW TE-3 Niyamgiri Vedanta nagar 2.5 SSW TE-4 Balabadrapur village 6.2 SW TE-5 Harikrishnapur village 3.8 NE TE-6 Bijamendeli village 5.4 E TE-7 Bhaliapadar village 11.0 SE TE-8 Trilochanapur village 10.5 SW TE-9 Hill Top(Mine area) 5.0 S

Primary data was generated through site visit, and sampling of species based on the Dept. of Environment & Forest publication of flora and fauna of the area. Primarily the visual assessment of the flora and fauna along with the identified species were recorded for the study purposes. Subsequently a general checklist of all plants encountered was prepared for the study area. This is meant to indicate the biodiversity for wild and cultivated plants. The plants so encountered were classified into life form spectrum according to the classification of Raunkiaer’s classification of life form spectrum. The bird population of migratory and local birds was determined by taking 10 random readings at every location. Observing mammals, amphibians and reptiles, noting their calls, droppings, burrows, pugmarks and other signs through physical observations were also carried out from the area for two twelve hour observation periods, (one during day time and the other during night time for terrestrial fauna). Local inhabitants were also interviewed for usage of plants and animals and to gather the ethno-biological data. Cryptogamic Vegetation The area shows many algae, fungi, bryophytes and ferns. Algae are present in aquatic bodies or in marshy places. Fungi, particularly from ascomycetes and basidiomycetes are located on ground or epiphytically. Lichens of crustose, foliose and fruticose types are present on different substrates Life Form Spectrum Raunkiaer defined life forms as the sum of adaptations of plants to the climate. Braun-Blanquet (1951), whose system is adapted in this study, modified the Raunkiaer’s system. The following five best of the ten classes created by Braun-Blanquet is present in the study area. The details of classification are presented in Table-3.22.


Global Experts 146

Table-3.22: Classification of Life form Spectrum

Phanerophytes These are trees, shrubs and climbers where the growing buds are located on the upright shoot much above the ground surface and they are the least protected.

Therophytes These are plants which survive the adverse season in the forms of seeds. The plants produce flowers and seeds in the favourable season. They are annuals, predominantly found in extremes of dry, hot or cold conditions.

Hydrophytes Water plants except plankton (free floating and submerged macrophytes.

Hemicryptophytes

This type of plant species is again predominantly present in cold climatic regions. Perenneting buds are present just under the surface soil and remain protected there. Mostly these are biennial or perennial herbs whose vegetative growth and aerial parts are conspicuous in warm seasons only. Buds may also be present at the soil surface but they are never exposed. They remain concealed under dead leaves and twigs

Geophytes Plants, with pertaining parts buried in substratum such as bulb and rhizomes

Epiphytes Parasitic plants

During field survey, maximum 451 numbers of plant species are studied and their analysis is presented in Table-3.23.


Global Experts 147

Figure -3.21: Vegetation / Forest Cover / Settlements in Buffer zone


Global Experts 148

Table-3.23 Class Wise Distribution of Plant Species in the Study Area

Type of Species Winter season and pre-monsoon seasons No. %

Phanerophytes (P) 221 49.00 Therophytes (T) 134 29.71 Hydrophytes (H) 16 3.55 Hemicryptophytes (He) 50 11.09 Geophytes (G) 10 2.22 Epiphytes 20 4.43 Total 451 100

In the study area, maximum number of species are phanerophytes (49.00) followed by therophytes (29.71%). These classes are followed by hemicryptophytes (11.09%) and epiphytes (4.43%). Geophytes and hydrophytes were found in very few numbers. Presence of large number of phanerophytes (shrubs and trees) and therophytes (annuals or herbaceous vegetation) indicates semiarid to tropical vegetation structure. Hemicryptophytes (predominantly grasses and sedges) were found to be significant in the area. These indicate fertile and wet soil in upper layer of soil profile. Hydrophytes were present in both the seasonal and perennial water bodies. Floristic Composition- Plant site and surrounding area The major crops in the area are rice, jowar, maize and commercial crops of Brassica nigra and Gossypium sp. All these crops mainly depend on rains. The commonly observed plant species in and around the plant site are presented in Table-3.24. Table-3.24 Details of Dominant Plant Species around Plant Site

Name of the Plant Species

Local Name Family

Shorea robusta Sal Dipterocarpaceae Acacia Nicotica Babul Mymosaceae Acacia auriculaeformis Akasia Mymosaceae Albizia odoratissima Tinia Fabaceae Albizia procera Tentra, Dhal siris Momosaceae Anogeissus latifolia Dhaura Combretaceae Bambusa arundanacea Daba bans Bambusaceae Bauhinia malabarica Koteli Ceasalpiniaceae


Global Experts 149

Name of the Plant Species

Local Name Family

Bauhinia racemosa Ambalata Fabaceae Bauhinia variegate Kanchana Ceasalpiniaceae Boswellia serrata Salai Burseraceae Cassia fistula Sunari Ceasalpiniaceae Cassia siamea Chakunda Ceasalpiniaceae Mangifera indica Am Anacardiaceae Emblica officinalis Anla Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia nivula Sijju Euphorbiaceae Ficus hispida Burgad Moraceae Terminalia arjuna Kahun Combretaceae Tamarindus indica Imli Ceasalpiniaceae Terminalia chebula Chebula Combretaceae Citronella sp Cironella Gramineae Raufulfia serpertiana sarpagandi Apocynaceae Androgarphis paniculata Bhuinimba Acanthaceae Costus specieosus Keu Zingeberaceae Curcuma angustifolia Arawroot Zingeberaceae Curcuma aromatica Jungli Haladi Zingeberaceae Aregemone mexicana Satyanashi Papaveraceae

Figure3.22: Pie Chart showing distribution of the different floral spiece


Global Experts 150

Endangered Plants The study area did not record the presence of any critically threatened species. The records of Botanical Survey of India and Forest department also did not indicate presence of any endangered and or vulnerable species in this area. Terrestrial Fauna and Ornithology Details of National Park/Sanctuary As per Ministry of Environment Notifications and local forest notifications reveals that no Wildlife sanctuaries, National parks/bio-spheres in 10 km radius from proposed plant site. Primary Survey Detailed field studies were conducted to identify faunal components in study area of 10 km radius from plant site and their conservation status as Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 are presented in Table-3.25. About 112 faunal components recorded/reported in 10 km radius from plant site, out of which, 7 belongs to Sch-I, 9 belongs to Sch-II, belongs to Sch-III and rest belongs to sch-IV as per Wildlife Protection Act,1972. Elephants, leopard and pythons are present in this area, which falls under Schedule-I of Wildlife Protection Act, 1972.

Table-3.25 Fauna and their Conservation status from Study Area (10 km radius)

Technical Name English Name/

Local Name Conservation status as per Wild Life Protection Act (1972)

Aves Milvus migrans Common Kite Sch-IV Quills contronix Grey quail Sch-IV Corvus corvus Jungle crow Sch-IV Corvus splendens House crow Sch-IV Turdoides striatus White headed babler Sch-IV Aegithina tiphia Iora Sch-IV Pycnonotus cafer Red vented bulbul Sch-IV Pycnonotus jokokus White browed Bulbul Sch-IV Saxicoloides fulicata Indian robin Sch-IV Gallus gallus Red Jungle fowl Sch-IV Columbus livibus Rock Pigeon Sch-IV


Global Experts 151

Technical Name English Name/ Local Name

Conservation status as per Wild Life Protection Act (1972)

Bubo bubo Indian great horned Owl

Sch-IV

Copsychus saularis Magpie Robin Sch-IV Tchitrea 151hysic151i

Paradise Fl ycatcher Sch-IV

Tephrodornis pondiceraianus

Common Wood shrike Sch-IV

Lalage sykesi Black headed cochoo Shrike

Sch-IV

Artamus fuscus Ashy Swallow Shrike Sch-IV Dicrurus macrocerus Black Drongo Sch-IV Dicrurus longicaudatus

Grey Drongo Sch-IV

Dissemurus paradiseus

Rackete tailed Drongo Sch-IV

Oriolus oriolus Indian Oriole Sch-IV Black Headed Oriole Oriolus xanthornus Sch-IV Temenuchus pagodarum

Brahmny Myna Sch-IV

Acridotheres tristicus Common myna Sch-IV Ploceus 151hysic151ines

Weaver bird Sch-IV

Uroloncha striata Spotted munia Sch-IV Passer domisticus House Sparrow Sch-IV Redrumped Swallow Hirundo daurica Sch-IV Motacilla cinerea Grey wagtail Sch-IV Motacilla maderaspatensis

Large pied wagtail Sch-IV

Cinnyris lotensis Loten’s sunbird Sch-IV Cinnyris asiatica Purple Sunbird Sch-IV Brachypternus bengalensis

Malabar Golden acked wood

Sch-IV

Megalaima merulinus Indian Cuckoo Sch-IV Hierococys varius Common Hawk uckoo Sch-IV Eudynamis scolopaceus

Koel Sch-IV

Centropus sinensis Crow Pheasant Sch-IV Psittacula Krammeri Rose ringed parakeet Sch-IV Coryllis vaeralis Lorikeet Sch-IV


Global Experts 152



Coracias benghalensis

Indian Roller Sch-IV

Merops orinetalis Common Bee Eater Sch-IV Merops leschenaulti Chestnut headed Bee

Eater Sch-IV

Alcedo atthis Common Kingfisher Sch-IV Halcyon smyrensis White breasted

kingfisher Sch-IV

Microfus affinis House swift Sch-IV Cyprirus parvus Palm swift Sch-IV Caprimulgus asiaticus Common Indian jar Sch-IV Tylo alba Barn Owl Sch-IV Haliastur Indus Brahmny kite Sch-IV Milvus migrans Pariah kite Sch-IV Circus aeruginosus Marsh harrier Sch-IV Astur badius Shikra Sch-IV Chalcophaps indica Emerald Dove Sch-IV Lobvanella indicus Redwattled Lapwing Sch-IV Lobpluvia malabaraica

Yellow wattled lapwing

Sch-IV

Anhinga melanogaster

Darter Sch-IV

Egretta garzetta Little Egret Sch-IV Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Sch-IV Ardeola grayii Pond Heron Sch-IV Anas querquedula Gangney Teal Sch-IV Anas acuta Common Teal Sch-IV Aythya feroma White eyed Pochard Sch-IV Gallinula chlorpus Moore hen Sch-IV Sterna albifrons Indian River Tern Sch-IV Galerida malabarica Malabar Crested Lark Sch-IV Reptiles Hemidactylus sp House Lizard Sch-IV Calotes versicolor Garden Lizard Sch-IV Chameleon zeylanicus

Lizard Sch-IV

Varassnus benghalensis

Varanus Part-II of Sch-II

Ptyas mucosus Rat snake Part-II of Sch-II Naja naja Cobra Part-II of Sch-II


Global Experts 153



Hemibungarus sps Indian coral snake Sch-III Bungarus candidus Krait Sch-III Vipera russeli Viper Part-II of Sch-II Python sp Python Part-II of Sch-I Caloductyloides aureus Golden Gecko Part-II of Sch-I Butterflies Triodes minos Southern Birdwing Sch-IV Pachliopta hector Crimson rose Sch-IV Papilo demoleus Lime butterfly Sch-IV Graphium agamemnos Tailed jay Sch-IV Papilo polymnstor Blue mormon Sch-IV Junonia atlites Grey pansey Sch-IV Juninia almanac Peacock pansey Sch-IV Neptis hylas Common sailor Sch-IV Parantica aglea Glassy tiger Sch-IV Amphibians Rana hexadactyla Frog Sch-IV Rana tigrina Bull frog Sch-IV Cocopus sps Burrowing frog Sch-IV Varanus salvator Indian cobra/Naga Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian

krait/Chiti

Bungarus candidus Krait/Rana Natrix piscator Checkeered keel back/

Pani dhanda

Mammals Lepus nigricollis Hare/Thekua Sch-IV Hyaena hyaena Hyaena/Heta bagha Sch-III Canis auries Jackal / Bilua Part-II of Sch-II Presbytis entellus Langur Part-II of Sch-II Presbytis phayrei Monkey Part-I of Sch-I Funambulus spp. Squirrel Sch-IV Funambulus palmarum Squirrel/gunduchi musa Sch-IV Sus sucrofa Wild pig Sch-III Rattus norvegicus Field mouse Sch-IV Herpestes edwardii Common mongoose/

Neula Part-II of SCh-II

Bandicota indica Bandicoot Sch-IV Bandicota bengalensis Bandicoot Sch-IV Vulpus benghalensis Wild fox Part-II of Sch-II Elephas maximus Elephant/Hati Part-I of Sch-I Hysrix indica Porcuppine/Jhinka Sch-IV Melsurus ursinus Wild bear Sch-III


Global Experts 154



Cervus unicolor Sambhar SCh-III Axis axis Deer Sch-III Panthera pardus Leopard/Karlapatria Part-I of Sch-I Manis crasssicaudata Pangolin/Bajrakapta Part-I of Sch-I Bos gaurus Bison/Gayal Part-I of sch-I Cuon alpines Wild Dog/Balia kukura Part-II of Sch-II Muntiacus muntajack Barking Deer/Kutura Part-III

On comparison of the check list given in the Schedule-I of the Act and the list of wildlife recorded in the study area, it can be concluded that 7 species of schedule-I and 9 species of schedule II exist in the study area. Table 26: Birds observed in the study area

English Name/

Local Name

Zoological Name

Indian peafowl/Mayura Pavo cristatus Indian Red jungle fowl/Bana kukuda Gallus gallus murghi Indian Baya/Baya chadhei Ploceus philippinus Pariah kite/Matia chila Milvus mirgrans govinda Indian Roller/Bhadabhadalia Coracias benghalensis benghalensis House crow/Indian house crow Corvus splendens splendens Spotted Dove/Indian Spotted dove Streptopelia chinensis suratensis Cattle egret/Gaya Baga Bubulcus ibis coromandus Indian House Sparrow/Ghara Chatia Passer domesticus indicus Yellow legged green pigeon/Harada Chadhei

Teron phonicopitera phonicopitera

Indian pond Heron/Kantia Baga Ardeola grayii grayii South Indian Black Drongo/kajalapati Dicrurus adsimilis macrocerus North Brown Crowned Pigmy wood pecker/Kathahana

Picoides nanus nanus

Indian Koel/Koili Eudynamys scolopacea scolopacea Common crow pheasant/Kumbhatua Centropus sinensis sinensis Barn owl/Pecha Tyto alba stertens Rose-ringed Parakeet/Sua Psittacule krameri manillensis Southern Hill Myna/sari Gracula religiosa indica Indian Myna/bani Acridotheres tristis Cormorant little/Panikua Phalacrocora xniger Pigeon imperial green/Para Ducula aenea Vulture white backedor Bengal/saguna Gyps bengalensis


Global Experts 155

Wild Life Conservation Flora and fauna data was collected from Forest Working Plans (2007-08 to 2016-17) of Rayagada and Kalahandi district. As per the Wild Life Act (1972), those animals which have been enlisted in the schedules of the Wildlife Act have been presented in the above table. The schedules are based on the species namely, rare, endangered, threatened, vulnerable etc. According to threat of extinction Schedule-I contains those species which need topmost priority, while II, III, IV and V have lesser degree of threat. Most of the avi-fauna are listed in Schedule–IV. As per the list of avi-faunal species, these are mostly local migrant species only. As per recent forest working plans and discussion with local forest officials, there are no migratory paths reported from the study area. The following mitigation measures will be taken for protection of fauna in the study area: • Educate the local people to develop awareness to protect the animals; • Formulations of wild life protection committees in nearby villages to check the

poaching and hunting; • Protect and regulate the herbivorous animals in the forest area near to proposed

mine area; • Wild life patrolling committee would be formed to monitor the wild animals

movement; and • Develop thick green belt in and around the plant site with fruit bearing tree which

will attract the avi-fauna in the study area and increase the aesthetic value of the area.

Aquatic Ecosystems Introduction

Protecting the environment and making efficient use of natural resources are two of the most pressing demands in the present stage of social development. The task of preserving the purity of the atmosphere and water basins is of both national and global significance since there are no boundaries to the propagation of anthropogenic contaminants in the water. An essential pre requisite for the successful solution to these problems is to evaluate ecological impacts from the baseline information and undertake effective management plan. So the objective of aquatic ecological study may be outlined as follows:

• To characterize water bodies like fresh waters; • To understand their present biological status; • To characterize water bodies with the help of biota; • To understand the impact of proposed industrial and urbanization

activities; and • To suggest recommendations to counter adverse impacts, if any on the

ecosystem.


Global Experts 156

To meet these objectives following methods were followed: • Generating data by actual field sampling and analysis in these areas

through field visits during study period; • Discussion with local people to get the information for aquatic plants

and aquatic animals; and • Visit to local fishermen societies to study fish catch.

In order to get a clear picture and to assess the biological resources, two sampling locations were identified for Aquatic sampling. Samples were collected during the study period. The sampling locations are presented in Table-3.27. The respective sites are selected based on the density of vegetation, habitation and suggestions from locals. Methodology Adopted for Aquatic Studies

Aquatic ecosystem close to the project area under investigation was considered for a detailed study. Water samples were considered for their 156hysic-chemical characteristics. The details of aquatic ecological locations are presented in Table-3.28.

Table-3.27 Details of Aquatic Ecological Sampling Locations Sr. No. Code Locations Remarks 1 AE-1 River Vamsadhara near Lanjigarh

village Fresh water

2 AE-2 Nala near plant boundary Fresh water

Table 3.28: Fishes Observed in the 10 km radius study area (Fresh water)

Local Name/ English Name Zoological name Balia Wallago attu Bhakura Catla catla Mirkali Cirrhina mrigala Rohi Labeo rohita Singi Heteropneustes fossils Kantia Myotus cavasius Mirkali Cirrhina mrigala Gadisha Ophiocaphalus punctatus Chenga Ophiocaphalus gachua Mahurali Amblypharyngodon mola

Biological Parameters Plankton Phytoplankton group reported from two locations are basillariophyceae, chlorophyceae, myxophyceae and euglenophyceae members. About 30 species of phytoplankton were reported from two locations. Density of phytoplankton group among the two locations was highest in lentic ecosystem (AE-2) and lowest in river Vamsadhara (AE-1). Dominance of Bacillariophyceae members followed by myxophyceae was observed in all


Global Experts 157

the locations. The highest percentage of occurrence was Synedra, Cymbellas sp of bacillariophyceae and Anabeana sp of Myxophyceae and the lowest percentage was Euglena sp as observed during the study period. Keratella monospina, Asplancha and Daphnia are secondary dominant species in the area.

The list of plankton recorded in fresh water bodies in study during study period are presented in Table-3.29. Table-3.29 List of Planktonic Flora and Fauna from Study Area

Phytoplankton Zooplankton Gyrosigma sp Keratella monospina Achananthes affinis Brachirous caudatus Gyrosigma accuminatus Asplancha brighwell Pandorina sp Colpidium colpoda Ankistrodesmus falcatus Daphnia sp Ankistrodesmus var.tumidus Ceriodaphnia reticulata Pediastrum boryanum Mesocyclops leuckarti Scenedesmus bijuga Mesocyclops hyalinus Melosira granulate Coleps hirsutus Cyclotella meneghiana Arcella sp Microcystis sp Actinophyros sp Navicula gracilis Asplancha sp Nitzschia gracilis Ceriodaphnia sp Chroococcus minutes Mesocyclops sp Spirulina princepes - Pinnularia braunii - Synedra tabulate - Amphora sp - Cymbella sp - Navicula radiosa - Chlorococcum sp - Pediastrum duplex - Pleurosigma sp - Facus sp - Euglena sp -

Conclusions on Aquatic Ecology

Surface water samples were collected for biological analysis from two locations. Biological samples were analysed and estimated diversity index. Plankton diversity Index for phytoplankton and zooplankton varies from 2.59 to 3.02 and 2.35 to 2.65 respectively. The physic-chemical, biological parameters and diversity index reveals that the studied water bodies are slightly mesotrophic in nature. There was no study on fish or similar species in this area. However as plankton is an indicator of environment, it is apparent that due to mesotrophic distribution of planktons, the aquatic life is not yet polluted for any extinct criteria. It is been anticipated that without any surface water or groundwater contamination, the nearby aquatic ecosystem will be preserved in future even after the expansion project.


Global Experts 158

3.10 BASELINE SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS The socioeconomic features around the plant site have been collected through primary and secondary data collection. The socioeconomic development is closely related to the growth of industrialization of the area. The balanced development of agriculture with the industry in that area will give rise to the development of the area. The setting up of Alumina refinery plant will promote growth of other ancillary industry and will definitely create additional employment potential of the area. The investment through industry will promote other activities like transportation, trade development and others. The local people will be benefited through trickledown effect. The district statistical handbook published by Directorate of Economic and Statistics, Odisha, Bhubaneswar and Census of India publication were referred to gather data on present baseline socioeconomic status of the area. OBJECTIVE: The main objectives are as follows:

• To assess the impact of the project on agricultural situation; • To examine the impact of the project on pattern of demand; • To assess the in impact of the project on consumption pattern; • To examine employment and income effects of the project; • To explore the possibility of local industrialization as an offshoot of the project; • To examine the effect of the project on education status of the people in the

study area; and • To judge peoples perception regarding the project

3.10.1 Description of Study Area and Socio-Economic Parameters The plant is situated at Lanjigarh in Kalahandi district of Odisha State. The plant site is about 5 km from Lanjigarh deposit and nearby villages are Bandagruha, Kapagruha, Basantapara and Sindhabahal. The plant is located on road connecting state highway SH-6 (Bhawanipatna – Rayagada) to Lanjigarh. Niyamdangar forms a topographical high land in the area with an elevation of 1300 m above MSL. Niyamgiri plateau (1210m), Bamandeb dongar (1033 m) and Niyamgiri hill (1306 m) are the major elevated land features in the area. The valleys are mostly narrow and well dissected. The nearest district town is Bhawanipatna at about 65-km (by road). The nearest railway station is at Muniguda at a distance about 25.0 km (by road). The present District of Kalahandi was in ancient time’s part of South Kosala. It was a princely state. The princely state of Kalahandi was merged in Odisha along with other princely states on 1st November 1949. The district is endowed with a large no. of big and small rivers. The district is covered by two major river basins i.e. Mahanadi river basin and Godavari river basin. The Tel River is a major tributary of Mahanadi River. The Indravati River is a major tributary of Godavari River. Tel is the longest and most important river of the District. Amathaguda, Asurgarh, Ampani, Belkhandi, Udahandi, Junagarh, Karlapat, Lanjigarh, Mohangiri, Phurlijharan & Rabandarh are some of the visiting places of this district. The proposed project is located in Lanjigarh CD Block. The socio-economic feature of Kalahandi district is presented in the Table-3.30 & 3.31.


Global Experts 159

Table: 3.30 Socio Economic Features kalahandi district (Administrative Set Up, Respective District)

Source: District Primary Census Statistics of Kalahandi 2009 Table: 3.31 Socio Economic Feature Rayagada district

Source: District Primary Census Statistics of Kalahandi 2009 Table-3.32: Socio Economic Features (Position of District in States Economy

for Kalahandi District vis-a-vis Odisha), 2011 Census Sl. No.

Item Magnitude Kalahandi Rayagada Odisha

Total Population (2011 census) 1 Rural 1,454,882 820945

34,970,562

2 Urban 121,987 146966

7003656

3 Total 1,576,869 967911

41,974,218

4 SC Population in ‘000 nos.

286580

139514

7188463

5 ST Population in 000 nos.

449456

541905

9590756

6. %ge of urban population

7.74 15.18 16.69%

Number of Sub-Division 2

Number of Tehsils 13 Number of Municipality 1 Number of N.A.C. 2 Number of Blocks 13 Number of Police Station 15 Number of Gram Panchayat 273 No. of Inhabited Villages 2099 No. of Uninhabited Villages 137 Total Number of villages 2236

Number of Sub-Division 2

Number of Tehsils 11 Number of Municipality 1 Number of N.A.C. 2 Number of Blocks 11 Number of Police Station 17 Number of Gram Panchayat 171 No. of Inhabited Villages 2467 No. of Uninhabited Villages 200 Total Number of villages 2665


Global Experts 160

7 Sex ratio (Female per 1000 male)

1003 979 979

8 Population Density per sq. km

199 137 270

9. Decennial Growth rate (2001-2011)

18.07 16.46 20.06

10. Workers Total workers 751930

467122

17541589

Main workers. 376757

227815

10707543

Marginal Workers 375173

239307

6834046

9. Average Literacy rates

59.22 49.76 70.22

Source: Directorate of Economic and Statistics, Odisha, Bhubaneswar 3.10.2 Methodology The methodology adopted for the study is based on review of secondary data such as the District Census statistics of Rayagada and Kalahandi districts, 2011 for the parameters of demography and occupational structure of people within the study area of 10-km radius around the proposed plant.

The sociological aspects of this study include human settlements, demography, social such as Scheduled castes and Scheduled Tribes and literacy levels besides infrastructure facilities available in the study area. The economic aspects include occupational structure of workers. The information on socio-economic aspects of the study area has been compiled from secondary sources, which mainly include Census data of 2011 Census, the latest census records available at the village level, besides other public agencies indicated in the above section. The salient features of the demographic and socio-economic aspects are described in the following sections. The socio-economic status of the study area is listed in Table-3.33.


Global Experts 161

Table 3.33: Socio-economic Status of the Study area

Name No_HH TOT_P TOT_M TOT_F Sex Ratio P_SC M_SC F_SC

Sex Ratio P_ST M_ST F_ST Sex Ratio

1 Maguni 63 221 97 124 1278 5 3 2 666.7 0 0 0 0

2 Osurapada 114 495 230 265 1152 229 100 129 1290 242 118 124 1050.85

3 Bijabandili 91 342 175 167 954.3 22 15 7 466.7 186 95 91 957.89

4 Chodoranga 32 125 64 61 953.1 55 30 25 833.3 18 8 10 1250

5 Sarabali 63 259 126 133 1056 102 54 48 888.9 153 71 82 1154.93

6 Kebedatulla 38 143 66 77 1167 0 0 0 0 8 4 4 1000

7 Lotaguda 33 140 73 67 917.8 73 38 35 921.1 67 35 32 914.29

8 Sitarampur 39 145 70 75 1071 42 24 18 750 0 0 0 0

9 Hatadahikhal 80 284 143 141 986 45 23 22 956.5 56 26 30 1153.85

10 Jhilliguda 30 110 57 53 929.8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

11 Majhidohikhal 5 14 7 7 1000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

12 Koradanga 96 374 183 191 1044 172 86 86 1000 200 96 104 1083.33

13 Badadahikhal 187 720 372 348 935.5 72 38 34 894.7 43 42 1 23.81

14 Sunabondho 3 16 6 10 1667 0 0 0 0 16 6 10 1666.67

15 Kodalima 115 406 198 208 1051 76 35 41 1171 0 0 0 0

16 Kukuralima 12 53 26 27 1038 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

17 Sokata 27 213 87 126 1448 1 1 0 0 206 81 125 1543.21

18 Doliakuji 143 462 226 236 1044 248 113 135 1195 38 20 18 900

19 Jumuruguda 95 448 213 235 1103 143 72 71 986.1 232 101 131 1297.03


Global Experts 162

20 Chhelianalo 185 739 350 389 1111 306 148 158 1068 424 199 225 1130.65

21 Dorabariguda 35 173 80 93 1163 0 0 0 0 7 2 5 2500

22 Palama 18 78 39 39 1000 74 38 36 947.4 0 0 0 0

23 Bhaliapadar 138 606 284 322 1134 423 206 217 1053 154 64 90 1406.25

24 Gulgula Haimunda 26 127 61 66 1082 0 0 0 0 127 61 66 1081.97

25 Seregapai 12 54 27 27 1000 0 0 0 0 54 27 27 1000

26 Penubali 25 110 47 63 1340 51 22 29 1318 57 25 32 1280

27 Khambesi 22 105 44 61 1386 0 0 0 0 105 44 61 1386.36

28 Surudipai 7 29 11 18 1636 0 0 0 0 28 11 17 1545.45

29 Kudurumunda 20 71 33 38 1152 71 33 38 1152 0 0 0 0

30 Jamchuan 20 93 44 49 1114 0 0 0 0 91 43 48 1116.28

31 Shyamsundarpur 16 61 32 29 906.3 0 0 0 0 8 5 3 600

32 Bundel 9 52 26 26 1000 22 12 10 833.3 28 13 15 1153.85

33 Titijhola 126 595 298 297 996.6 79 40 39 975 365 180 185 1027.78

34 Kenduguda 8 22 12 10 833.3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

35 Dakariguda 5 19 9 10 1111 6 3 3 1000 13 6 7 1166.67

36 Balisara 26 120 60 60 1000 0 0 0 0 119 60 59 983.33

37 Soroguda 20 91 42 49 1167 58 30 28 933.3 32 11 21 1909.09

38 Ambaguda 21 106 57 49 859.7 0 0 0 0 106 57 49 859.65

39 Olabali 6 28 17 11 647.1 0 0 0 0 28 17 11 647.06

40 Belangabundel 30 108 55 53 963.6 40 20 20 1000 24 12 12 1000

41 Trilochanpur 36 104 55 49 890.9 42 22 20 909.1 1 1 0 0


Global Experts 163

42 Balabhadrapur 156 618 314 304 968.2 101 48 53 1104 136 73 63 863.01

43 Belangabundel 30 108 55 53 963.6 40 20 20 1000 24 12 12 1000

44 Harekrusnapur 260 1102 553 549 992.8 12 5 7 1400 163 78 85 1089.74

45 Raghunathapur 93 320 163 157 963.2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

46 Mohanguda 15 56 35 21 600 25 14 11 785.7 31 21 10 476.19

47 Bhataguda 115 493 270 223 825.9 21 10 11 1100 257 154 103 668.83

48 Maskapadar 152 729 356 373 1048 274 128 146 1141 380 191 189 989.53

49 Barabali 7 32 15 17 1133 0 0 0 0 32 15 17 1133.33

50 Leptaguda 62 284 131 153 1168 23 11 12 1091 260 119 141 1184.87

51 Kokasur 15 63 29 34 1172 0 0 0 0 61 27 34 1259.26

52 Barpali 19 87 46 41 891.3 63 31 32 1032 24 15 9 600

53 Karlijodi 40 182 84 98 1167 0 0 0 0 182 84 98 1166.67

54 Litibundel 78 364 176 188 1068 121 61 60 983.6 243 115 128 1113.04

55 Goipata 51 185 91 94 1033 0 0 0 0 156 77 79 1025.97

56 Tangankana 51 222 110 112 1018 85 36 49 1361 133 71 62 873.24

57 Kashibadi 78 288 143 145 1014 17 8 9 1125 128 60 68 1133.33

58 Kenduguda 60 282 145 137 944.8 107 53 54 1019 170 87 83 954.02

59 Chhatrapur 284 1013 497 516 1038 504 246 258 1049 65 32 33 1031.25

60 Kapaguda 68 257 135 122 903.7 0 0 0 0 216 113 103 911.5

61 Belamba 40 168 76 92 1211 0 0 0 0 167 75 92 1226.67

62 Batelima 88 384 201 183 910.5 72 40 32 800 23 16 7 437.5

63 Kutendeli 25 110 53 57 1075 2 1 1 1000 108 52 56 1076.92


Global Experts 164

64 Banipanga 35 152 77 75 974 0 0 0 0 152 77 75 974.03

65 Rasabundel 24 97 47 50 1064 0 0 0 0 92 46 46 1000

66 Kansari 66 264 128 136 1063 148 79 69 873.4 116 49 67 1367.35

67 Parbatipur 6 31 16 15 937.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

68 Sindhibahali 25 100 48 52 1083 0 0 0 0 69 30 39 1300

69 Dengasargi 27 135 71 64 901.4 0 0 0 0 131 68 63 926.47

70 Basantapada 170 735 378 357 944.4 16 8 8 1000 317 168 149 886.9

71 Bandhaguda 65 249 119 130 1092 123 53 70 1321 99 52 47 903.85

72 Kothadwara 28 114 52 62 1192 92 40 52 1300 17 9 8 888.89

73 Bundel 39 167 83 84 1012 6 3 3 1000 150 73 77 1054.79

74 Rengopali 79 249 123 126 1024 48 20 28 1400 195 100 95 950

75 Lanjigarh 988 4371 2355 2016 856.1 1080 592 488 824.3 648 353 295 835.69

76 Banigaon 36 153 78 75 961.5 0 0 0 0 153 78 75 961.54

77 Bhatajhari 46 227 112 115 1027 0 0 0 0 227 112 115 1026.79

78 Netrei 8 36 17 19 1118 0 0 0 0 36 17 19 1117.65

79 Kotabundel 9 44 18 26 1444 0 0 0 0 44 18 26 1444.44

80 Bandakhal 26 108 46 62 1348 33 14 19 1357 70 29 41 1413.79

81 Dumenijhola-Damenjhola 36 178 77 101 1312 0 0 0 0 178 77 101 1311.69

82 Ghodapokhari 50 242 115 127 1104 125 65 60 923.1 114 49 65 1326.53

83 Baliguda 28 130 66 64 969.7 0 0 0 0 130 66 64 969.7

84 Padmathopa 96 411 213 198 929.6 405 208 197 947.1 0 0 0 0

85 Dhaunrabhata 10 58 30 28 933.3 0 0 0 0 58 30 28 933.33


Global Experts 165

86 Umej 26 105 46 59 1283 101 44 57 1295 0 0 0 0

87 Dangaripadar 312 1278 637 641 1006 306 165 141 854.6 873 423 450 1063.83

88 Dangriguda 73 331 179 152 849.2 122 71 51 718.3 56 37 19 513.51

89 Tentulipada 267 930 459 471 1026 289 149 140 939.6 148 76 72 947.37

90 Thuaguda 39 166 82 84 1024 65 32 33 1031 101 50 51 1020

91 Kutruguda 30 138 65 73 1123 28 12 16 1333 109 52 57 1096.15

92 Jhikimiki 184 744 368 376 1022 354 174 180 1034 200 97 103 1061.86

93 Basantapada 170 735 378 357 944.4 16 8 8 1000 317 168 149 886.9 Source: District Primary Census Statistics of Rayagada and Kalahandi districts, 2011


Global Experts 166

3.10.3 Demography As per the study conducted by IRMA, the overall economic condition has improved since the inception of the existing plant with reduction in unemployment ratio, improvement in drinking water conditions, and upbringing of schools for primary education. Thus it has been an upward trend in the socio-economic status of the people with the corporate social responsibility programs undertaken by SSL since its inception. Socio-economic Analysis Kalahandi is a district well known as Mahakantra (great forest) in ancient India. But now, it is no more than a wasteland. The people of this land, who were once self-sufficient and self contented with abundant forest produce and ample harvest, are now lacking the firewood and facing food problem. The land of Kalahandi, which was famous for paddy cultivation, is now depending upon external aid. Depending on food gathering and food process, the people of this region were self-sufficient. Their multi-village interdependent-economy shaped an integrated worldview in respect of their social, economic and ideological spheres. Kalahandi, also known as Karunda Mandal is the treasure of precious stones like karandam (Manik), Garnet (red stone), and Beruz Neelam (blue stone) etc. The more interesting fact is that since 1985 Kalahandi has been well-known for its misfortune being affected by acute drought, but merchants from distant places of our country and abroad have been arriving at Kalahandi to build up their good fortunes, exploiting the native soil for getting precious stones. On the other hand the native people of this land, being incapable of providing food to members of their poor family are leaving their motherland, migrating to other parts of the country. Kalahandi is known for drought situation that has broken the economic backbone of the cultivators. The bulk of population, which constitutes the landless agricultural labourers, becomes unemployed due to suspension of all sorts of agricultural operations. Besides a long history of drought, the socio-economic traditions followed in the society are the main cause behind the class distinction among the people of Kalahandi. The fact that the agricultural products and the rural Kalahandi produce are being controlled by the urban businessmen is one of the causes of social class distinction. Moreover the custom of loan and mortgage current in the society are the major sources of exploitation. Along with the drought the problem such as rural unemployment, non-industrialization, growth of population and rapid deforestation are some of the major problems of Kalahandi. Hence being gripped both by nature and men, the rural inhabitant of Kalahandi has found no other way of survival. As a result either migrate or scout for wage employment opportunities are the only alternatives. Kalahandi district boasts of its rich natural resources, these are being degraded over a period of time. The degradation of natural resources has not only reduced the economic base of the district but also affected the environment adversely. The adverse impacts like change in climatic condition, increased floods, decreased productivity, water shortage, increased infant mortality and morbidity rate etc are some of the outcomes of continuing degradation. In the absence of proper measures to reduce the degradation of natural resources the problem will only aggravate.


Global Experts 167

The growth of industrial sectors and infrastructure developments in and around the agriculture dominant areas, villages and towns is bound to create its impact on the socio-economic aspects of the local population. The impacts may be positive or negative depending upon the developmental activity. To assess the impacts on the socio-economics of the local people, it is necessary to study the existing socio-economic status of the local population, which will be helpful for making efforts to further improve the quality of life in the area of study. To study the socio-economic aspects of people in the study area around the proposed plant, the required data has been collected from various secondary sources. Demographic Aspects

i) Distribution of Population

As per 2011 census the study area consisted of 28486 persons. The distribution of population in the study area is shown in Table-3.34

Table-3.34: Distribution of Population in General Study Area

Particulars General Study Area No. of Households 6862

Male Population 14263

Female Population 14223

Total Population 28486

Average Household Size 4.25 Sex ratio 1053

Density of population/km2 169.43 Source: District Primary Census Statistics of Rayagada and Kalahandi districts, 2011

The males and females constitute to about 50% and 49.9% in the study area.

ii) Average Household Size The study area had an average family size of 4.25 persons per household in 2011. This is a moderate family when compared with other parts of the district. iii) Population Density The density of population of the study area with about 403.67 km2. area works out to about 169.43 persons per km2. iv) Sex Ratio The configuration of male and female indicates that the males constitute to about 50 % and females to 49.9% of the total population. The sex ratio i.e. the number of females 1053 per 1000 males indirectly reveals certain sociological aspects in relation with female births, infant mortality among female children and single person family structure, a resultant of migration of industrial workers. The study area on an average has 1053 females per 1000 males, which highlights that the females out number the males. v) Social Structure


Global Experts 168

In the study area about 22.55% population belonged to scheduled castes (SC) and 51.67% to the scheduled tribes (ST) indicating that about 62.17% population in the study area belong to the socially weaker sections. The distribution of population in the study area by social structure is shown in Table-3.35

Table-3.35: Distribution of Population by Social Structure

Sr. No.

Particulars Study Area Figures

1 Scheduled Castes 7281

2 % to Total Population 22.55849

3 Scheduled Tribes 10995

4 % to Total Population 51.67984

5 Total SC and ST 18276 6 % to Total Population 64.15

Source: District Primary Census Statistics of Rayagada and Kalahandi districts, 2011 3.10.4 Literacy Levels The analysis of the literacy levels in the study area reveals a lower literacy rate in the study area. The study area experienced a low literacy rate of 32.6. % in 2011. The distribution of literates and literacy rates in the study area is given in Table-3.36.

Table-3.36: Population with the Literacy Rate

Name P_LIT M_LIT F_LIT Literacy Rate

1 Maguni 81 49 32 36.65

2 Osurapada 106 66 40 21.41

3 Bijabandili 106 67 39 30.99

4 Chodoranga 58 38 20 46.4

5 Sarabali 76 44 32 29.34

6 Kebedatulla 25 22 3 17.48

7 Lotaguda 47 34 13 33.57

8 Sitarampur 60 34 26 41.38

9 Hatadahikhal 176 96 80 61.97

10 Jhilliguda 66 40 26 60

11 Majhidohikhal 8 4 4 57.14

12 Koradanga 114 68 46 30.48

13 Badadahikhal 175 124 51 24.31


Global Experts 169

14 Sunabondho 6 3 3 37.5

15 Kodalima 193 130 63 47.54

16 Kukuralima 24 15 9 45.28

17 Sokata 113 53 60 53.05

18 Doliakuji 117 76 41 25.32

19 Jumuruguda 211 115 96 47.1

20 Chhelianalo 161 111 50 21.79

21 Dorabariguda 19 17 2 10.98

22 Palama 19 12 7 24.36

23 Bhaliapadar 237 147 90 39.11

24 Gulgula Haimunda 1 1 0 0.79

25 Seregapai 1 1 0 1.85

26 Penubali 5 2 3 4.55

27 Khambesi 3 3 0 2.86

28 Surudipai 5 4 1 17.24

29 Kudurumunda 19 10 9 26.76

30 Jamchuan 5 3 2 5.38

31 Shyamsundarpur 29 19 10 47.54

32 Bundel 19 12 7 36.54

33 Titijhola 204 128 76 34.29

34 Kenduguda 17 10 7 77.27

35 Dakariguda 4 3 1 21.05

36 Balisara 4 2 2 3.33

37 Soroguda 8 2 6 8.79

38 Ambaguda 44 31 13 41.51

39 Olabali 12 10 2 42.86

40 Belangabundel 56 34 22 51.85

41 Trilochanpur 66 41 25 63.46

42 Balabhadrapur 273 187 86 44.17

43 Belangabundel 56 34 22 51.85

44 Harekrusnapur 550 342 208 49.91

45 Raghunathapur 150 98 52 46.88

46 Mohanguda 19 16 3 33.93

47 Bhataguda 276 182 94 55.98

48 Maskapadar 235 151 84 32.24

49 Barabali 3 2 1 9.38

50 Leptaguda 42 32 10 14.79

51 Kokasur 0 0 0 0

52 Barpali 23 13 10 26.44


Global Experts 170

53 Karlijodi 26 14 12 14.29

54 Litibundel 52 47 5 14.29

55 Goipata 61 45 16 32.97

56 Tangankana 72 51 21 32.43

57 Kashibadi 152 91 61 52.78

58 Kenduguda 134 88 46 47.52

59 Chhatrapur 519 312 207 51.23

60 Kapaguda 100 65 35 38.91

61 Belamba 67 43 24 39.88

62 Batelima 202 145 57 52.6

63 Kutendeli 49 32 17 44.55

64 Banipanga 81 55 26 53.29

65 Rasabundel 35 18 17 36.08

66 Kansari 76 59 17 28.79

67 Parbatipur 22 13 9 70.97

68 Sindhibahali 44 32 12 44

69 Dengasargi 51 38 13 37.78

70 Basantapada 248 172 76 33.74

71 Bandhaguda 90 66 24 36.14

72 Kothadwara 38 23 15 33.33

73 Bundel 73 44 29 43.71

74 Rengopali 70 52 18 28.11

75 Lanjigarh 2469 1572 897 56.49

76 Banigaon 55 39 16 35.95

77 Bhatajhari 39 34 5 17.18

78 Netrei 0 0 0 0

79 Kotabundel 2 0 2 4.55

80 Bandakhal 4 4 0 3.7

81 Dumenijhola-Damenjhola 5 5 0 2.81

82 Ghodapokhari 17 14 3 7.02

83 Baliguda 41 36 5 31.54

84 Padmathopa 59 43 16 14.36

85 Dhaunrabhata 16 12 4 27.59

86 Umej 24 14 10 22.86

87 Dangaripadar 323 221 102 25.27

88 Dangriguda 206 132 74 62.24

89 Tentulipada 442 253 189 47.53

90 Thuaguda 38 29 9 22.89

91 Kutruguda 3 2 1 2.17


Global Experts 171

92 Jhikimiki 416 253 163 55.91

93 Basantapada 248 172 76 33.74 Source: District Primary Census Statistics of Rayagada and Kalahandi districts, 2011

Table-3.37: Distribution of Literates and Literacy Rates

Sr. No.

Particulars Study Area Figures

1 Total Literates 10996

2 Average Literacy (%) 32.66

3 Male Literacy (%) 64.36 4 Female Literacy (%) 35.63 5 Male Literates 7078

6 % to Study area Literates 25 7 Female Literates 3918

8 % to Study area Literates 13.7

Source: District Primary Census Statistics of Rayagada and Kalahandi districts, 2011 The male literacy study area works out to be 64.36%. The female literacy rate, which is an important indicator for social change, is observed to be only 35.63% in the study area. This indicates there is a considerable need for sociological development in the region. 3.10.5 Availability of Infrastructure The infrastructure and amenities available in the study area denotes the economic well being of the region. The study area as a whole possesses poor to moderate level of infrastructure facilities. A review of infrastructure facilities available in the area has been done based on the information given in District Census Handbook. The Infrastructure facilities available in the study area are described in the subsequent sections. Eductional Facilities The educational facilities are not evenly distributed in the area. It has a good level of educational facilities including 2631 primary schools, 1085 middle schools 337 high schools and 47 other educational institutions. Some smaller villages are devoid of any educational facility. The available educational facilities and the educational status of the study area are given in Table-3.38.


Global Experts 172

Table-3.38: Educational Facilities in Kalahandi District Sr. No. Institution Total

1 Primary Schools 1392 2 Middle Schools 656 3 High Schools 241 4 Other Education Center 34

Source: Statistical Hand Book of Kalahandi districts 2009

Table-3.39 Educational Facilities in Rayagada District

Sr. No. Institution Total 1 Primary Schools 1239 2 Middle Schools 429 3 High Schools 96 4 Other Education Center 13

Source: Statistical Hand Book of Rayagada districts 2009 Health Services Different types of health facilities available in the study area include primary health center, sub- center, dispensary, family planning canter, registered practitioners and a couple of health workers. The available health facilities in the rural areas of the study area are given in Table-3.40.

Table-3.40: Health Facilities in Kalahandi District

Sr. No. Type of Institution Number of Institutions in Study Area

1 Govt.Medical Colleges/ Hospital

9

2 Community Health Centre 14 3 Primary Health Centre 41 4 Sub Centre 228 5 Private Hospital/Nursing

Homes/ Medical college Hospital

6

Source: District Primary Census Hand Books of Kalahandi districts 2009


Global Experts 173

Table-3.41: Health Facilities in Rayagada

Sr. No. Type of Institution Number of Institutions in Study Area

1 Govt.Medical Colleges/ Hospital

2

2 Community Health Centre 4 3 Primary Health Centre 44 4 Sub Centre 237 5 Private Hospital/Nursing

Homes/ Medical college Hospital

2

Source: District Primary Census Hand Books of Rayagada districts 2009 Access to Drinking Water Water supply in the study area is mainly from wells, tanks and tube-wells. Almost all villages fetch water from wells and tube wells. Considerable numbers of villages depend on village tanks and river for water. Transport and Communication The study area is served by rail and road transport facilities. As a whole, the study area has a poor level of communication network. About 11 villages of the study area have bus facility and one village has the railway station facility. About 28 villages have pucca approach roads while the remaining villages have kachcha approach roads only. Additional access roads are been constructed by the Company for connectivity between rural and urban areas of the said district, with accessibility to the plant site. With the business growing in-and-around Lanjigarh area, the local tele-communication infrastructure has expanded to various Wireless Providers within this area. The communication outlines are drawn in Table-3.42.

Table-3.42: Communication Length of Railway route 38 Kms. Length of National Highway 129 Kms Length of State Highway 255 kms. Length of Major Dist. Road 282 Kms Length of C.V.Rs. 269 Kms. Length of other Dist. Road 111 Kms Length of P.S. Roads 517 Kms. Length of G.P. Roads 9955 Kms

Posts & Telegraphs The study area had poor level of Post and Telegraphic services. Only 7 villages in the study area have post office facilities.


Global Experts 174

Electricity Supply Most of the villages in the study area are electrified and electricity is supplied for domestic, agricultural and public lighting purposes. Banking Banking units of SBI with ATM Facility has been installed at Lanjigarh for public access and utilization. 3.10.6 Economic Profile Agriculture Over seventy percent of the population of Kalahandi district depends on Agriculture. The present cultivable area in the district is 3, 93,550 Ha and the respective crop areas and crop pattern are listed in Table-3.43 and Table 3.44 respectively.

Table-3.43: Area under Different Crops

Area under different Crops Area in ‘000 Ha Production

(in ‘000 MT) Cereals

Autumn Rice 98 90

Winter Rice 139 194 Summer Rice 29 59 Total Rice 266 342 Jowar 1.17 0.55 Bajra 0.04 0.02 Maize 1.51 1.12 Ragi 3.10 1.32 Wheat 0.07 0.10 Small Millets 0.45 0.17 Total Cereals 272.74 345.28

Pulses

Mung 5.58 0.98 Biri 5.06 0.68 Kulthi 5.98 1.00 Other Pulses 29.29 20.81 Total Pulses 46.18 23.47

Total Food Grains 318.12 368.75 In Kalahandi district, paddy is the principal crop, which accounts for 69% of gross cropped area. The other important crops grown in the districts are pulses grown in 12% of the cropped area followed by oil seeds, which is grown in 5%, fiber in 4%, vegetable in 2% and other food crops like spices and condiments etc.


Global Experts 175

Table-3.44: Crop Patterns and their distribution

Area under different Crops Area in ‘000 Ha Production in ‘000 MT

Oil Seeds Ground Nut 1.83 1.54 Sesamum (Til) 2.60 0.27 Mustard 0.54 0.06 Lin seed 3.10 1.38 Caster Seed 2.44 1.71 Other Oil Seeds

8.54 3.36

Total Oil Seeds 19.05 8.32 Vegetables

Potato Scarce Scarce

Onion 1.21 11.37 Others 4.73 44.59

Total Vegetables 5.94 55.96 Cash Crops Sugarcane 1.14 50.35

Tobacco 0.43 0.11 Total Cash Crops 1.57 50.46

Condiments & Spices

Chilies 1.70 1.49 Ginger 0.09 0.16 Turmeric 0.11 0.25 Other Spices 1.41 1.68

Total Condiments & Spices 3.31 3.58 Massive Waste Land Massive cultivable wasteland is available and this wasteland with the help of land and water conservation measures can be turned into productive assets for livelihood. Hence efforts are required to initiate agri-horti-pisiculture practices along with micro-watershed projects through massive labor-intensive operations to transform the available wasteland into productive territories. This will also help the burgeoning landless and BPL families immensely. The hectare wise distribution of land for the whole area is listed in Table 3.45.

Table-3.45: Hectare-wise distribution of land

Agriculture Geographical Area 7920 Sq. KM Normal rainfall 1378.20 mm Actual rainfall ( 2000 ) 1291.80 mm Total cultivated area 3,93,550 Ha i) High Land 2,12,800 Ha. ii) Medium Land 1,09,750 Ha. iii) Low Land 71,000 Ha. Total Paddy Land 1,83,000 Ha i) High Land 49,809 Ha. ii) Medium Land. 66,696 Ha


Global Experts 176

iii)Low Land 66,955 Ha. Other Crop Area: 2,10,090 Ha

Occupational Structure The occupational structure of residents in the study area is studied with reference to main workers, marginal workers and non-workers. The main workers include 10 categories of workers defined by the Census Department consisting of cultivators, agricultural laborers, those engaged in household industry and other than household industry and other services. The marginal workers are those workers engaged in some work for a period of less than six months during the reference year prior to the census survey. The non-workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties, students, retired persons, dependents, beggars, vagrants etc.; institutional inmates or all other none workers who do not fall under the above categories. As per 2011 census records altogether the main workers works out to 18% of the total population. The marginal workers and non-workers constitute to 28% and 54% of the total population respectively. The occupational structure of the study area is shown in Table-3.46.


Global Experts 177

Table-3.46: Occupational structure of the study area SI No Name

TOT_WORK_P

MAINWORK_P

MAINWORK_M

MAINWORK_F

MARGWORK_P

MARGWORK_M

MARGWORK_F

NON_WORK_P

NON_WORK_M

NON_WORK_F

1 Maguni 156 155 74 81 1 1 0 65 22 43 2 Osurapada 125 63 51 12 62 48 14 370 131 239 3 Bijabandili 142 22 20 2 120 91 29 200 64 136

4 Chodoranga 49 18 15 3 31 18 13 76 31 45

5 Sarabali 87 18 15 3 69 45 24 172 66 106

6 Kebedatulla 44 15 15 0 29 25 4 99 26 73

7 Lotaguda 84 29 26 3 55 15 40 56 32 24 8 Sitarampur 102 92 44 48 10 6 4 43 20 23

9 Hatadahikhal 149 70 60 10 79 24 55 135 59 76

10 Jhilliguda 57 21 20 1 36 9 27 53 28 25

11 Majhidohikhal 8 3 3 0 5 1 4 6 3 3

12 Koradanga 199 66 56 10 133 41 92 175 86 89

13 Badadahikhal 435 43 40 3 392 173 219 285 159 126

14 Sunabondho 7 3 3 0 4 0 4 9 3 6

15 Kodalima 264 91 87 4 173 41 132 142 70 72 16 Kukuralima 27 11 11 0 16 2 14 26 13 13 17 Sokata 46 6 4 2 40 15 25 167 68 99 18 Doliakuji 249 248 121 127 1 1 0 213 104 109 19 Jumurugud 180 8 6 2 172 91 81 268 116 152


Global Experts 178

a

20 Chhelianalo 390 164 114 50 226 82 144 349 154 195

21 Dorabariguda 97 35 29 6 62 20 42 76 31 45

22 Palama 36 1 1 0 35 17 18 42 21 21

23 Bhaliapadar 318 42 29 13 276 126 150 288 129 159

24 Gulgula Haimunda 56 0 0 0 56 23 33 71 38 33

25 Seregapai 29 1 1 0 28 16 12 25 10 15 26 Penubali 36 0 0 0 36 14 22 74 33 41 27 Khambesi 61 0 0 0 61 23 38 44 21 23 28 Surudipai 17 2 1 1 15 8 7 12 2 10

29 Kudurumunda 23 1 1 0 22 18 4 48 14 34

30 Jamchuan 48 12 12 0 36 11 25 45 21 24

31 Shyamsundarpur 34 34 19 15 0 0 0 27 13 14

32 Bundel 27 12 9 3 15 4 11 25 13 12 33 Titijhola 258 187 148 39 71 4 67 337 146 191 34 Kenduguda 15 7 7 0 8 2 6 7 3 4

35 Dakariguda 11 2 2 0 9 3 6 8 4 4

36 Balisara 96 0 0 0 96 48 48 24 12 12 37 Soroguda 69 0 0 0 69 28 41 22 14 8 38 Ambaguda 41 21 19 2 20 11 9 65 27 38 39 Olabali 15 6 5 1 9 6 3 13 6 7 40 Belangabu 50 30 25 5 20 7 13 58 23 35


Global Experts 179

ndel

41 Trilochanpur 66 65 33 32 1 1 0 38 21 17

42 Balabhadrapur 274 114 107 7 160 61 99 344 146 198

43 Belangabundel 50 30 25 5 20 7 13 58 23 35

44 Harekrusnapur 369 237 218 19 132 71 61 733 264 469

45 Raghunathapur 199 80 79 1 119 26 93 121 58 63

46 Mohanguda 34 9 8 1 25 10 15 22 17 5

47 Bhataguda 223 53 43 10 170 90 80 270 137 133

48 Maskapadar 376 17 15 2 359 169 190 353 172 181

49 Barabali 14 1 1 0 13 8 5 18 6 12 50 Leptaguda 137 0 0 0 137 79 58 147 52 95 51 Kokasur 41 0 0 0 41 21 20 22 8 14 52 Barpali 52 1 1 0 51 25 26 35 20 15 53 Karlijodi 119 19 10 9 100 47 53 63 27 36 54 Litibundel 185 6 3 3 179 80 99 179 93 86 55 Goipata 69 6 4 2 63 46 17 116 41 75

56 Tangankana 85 7 6 1 78 50 28 137 54 83

57 Kashibadi 144 28 24 4 116 57 59 144 62 82 58 Kenduguda 111 18 16 2 93 57 36 171 72 99 59 Chhatrapur 473 330 229 101 143 46 97 540 222 318 60 Kapaguda 84 82 68 14 2 1 1 173 66 107


Global Experts 180

61 Belamba 56 52 42 10 4 2 2 112 32 80 62 Batelima 209 84 75 9 125 39 86 175 87 88 63 Kutendeli 70 27 24 3 43 12 31 40 17 23 64 Banipanga 85 35 28 7 50 11 39 67 38 29

65 Rasabundel 54 24 20 4 30 5 25 43 22 21

66 Kansari 67 1 1 0 66 51 15 197 76 121 67 Parbatipur 15 5 4 1 10 5 5 16 7 9

68 Sindhibahali 27 0 0 0 27 23 4 73 25 48

69 Dengasargi 34 0 0 0 34 25 9 101 46 55

70 Basantapada 228 5 3 2 223 133 90 507 242 265

71 Bandhaguda 100 60 32 28 40 18 22 149 69 80

72 Kothadwara 40 31 16 15 9 4 5 74 32 42

73 Bundel 56 52 36 16 4 2 2 111 45 66 74 Rengopali 168 62 52 10 106 26 80 81 45 36 75 Lanjigarh 1298 943 834 109 355 206 149 3073 1315 1758 76 Banigaon 70 1 1 0 69 36 33 83 41 42 77 Bhatajhari 106 11 11 0 95 40 55 121 61 60 78 Netrei 23 0 0 0 23 10 13 13 7 6 79 Kotabundel 23 8 5 3 15 7 8 21 6 15 80 Bandakhal 64 7 7 0 57 22 35 44 17 27

81

Dumenijhola-Damenjhola 97 18 17 1 79 31 48 81 29 52


Global Experts 181

82 Ghodapokhari 130 22 22 0 108 36 72 112 57 55

83 Baliguda 33 28 27 1 5 1 4 97 38 59

84 Padmathopa 196 42 40 2 154 53 101 215 120 95

85 Dhaunrabhata 29 1 1 0 28 13 15 29 16 13

86 Umej 56 49 23 26 7 1 6 49 22 27

87 Dangaripadar 786 377 273 104 409 166 243 492 198 294

88 Dangriguda 190 108 83 25 82 10 72 141 86 55

89 Tentulipada 627 305 240 65 322 78 244 303 141 162

90 Thuaguda 89 65 35 30 24 5 19 77 42 35 91 Kutruguda 69 5 4 1 64 30 34 69 31 38 92 Jhikimiki 435 56 53 3 379 157 222 309 158 151

93 Basantapada 228 5 3 2 223 133 90 507 242 265


Global Experts 182

Table-3.47: Occupational Structure

Sr. No

Occupation Study Area

No. of Workers % to Population 1 Total Main

Workers 5131

18.01%

Male 3995

14%

Female 1136

4% 2

Marginal Workers 7869

28%

Male 3461

13

Female 4408

15 3

Non-Workers 15486

54

Male 6807

24

Female 8679

30 Total Population 28486 100.00

Source: District Primary Census Statistics of Rayagada and Kalahandi, 2011 *****Note: Socio-Economic aspect of the study area is dealt in detailed manner in “Environmental Social Management Plan Report” prepared by Global Experts is attached in Annexure-XII


Global Experts 183

CHAPTER-4 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT PREDICTION & ASSESSMENT

After screening and scoping the identification of potentially significant environmental impacts constitute one of the preliminary steps of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). There are three principal methods for identifying environmental effects and impacts; these are checklists, matrices and flow diagram. 4.1 CHECKLISTS Checklists are comprehensive lists of environmental effects and impact indicators designed to stimulate the analysts to think broadly about possible consequence of contemplated action. The checklist methodologies range from listing of environmental factors to highly structured approaches involving importance weightings for factors and the application of scaling techniques for the impacts of each alternative on each factor. The environmental issues that need to be considered include:

• Air quality; • Noise and vibration; • Water management and water quality; • Soil conservation; • Flora and fauna; • Archeology and heritage protection • Transport; • Rehabilitation; • Visual impacts; • Hazard and risk assessment; • Waste management; • Socio-economic issues.

MATRICES

Matrices typically employ a list of human action in addition to a list of impact indicators. The two are related in a matrix, which can be used to identify cause and effect relationships. The environmental attributes that may be affected due to the construction and operation of the proposed project are:

• Air Environment • Noise Environment • Surface Water Environment • Ground Water Environment • Discharge of wastewater • Land environment • Biological Environment • Socio-Economic and Cultural Environment • Infrastructure • Aesthetics


Global Experts 184

The construction, operation and future activities and considered to identify the possible impact. The matrix method has been chosen to list the potential impacts of the proposed project. The activities have been arranged in columns and the environmental attributes in the row of the matrix. The impact identification matrix is shown in the Table-4.1. The impacts have been analysed in the chapter on prediction and evaluation of impacts.


Global Experts 185

Table 4.1: Impact Identification Matrix

ACTIVITY CONSTRUCTION OPERATION POST OPERATION

Attribute Earth work

Mech. Fabrication

Labor Force

Raw material handling

& storage

Water work

Process Pollution control

Env. Mgt.

Industrialization

Transport

Urbanization

Air _ _ _ _ _ _ Surface water Quality _ _ _ _ _ Ground water quality _ _ _ Water resources _ _ _ _ _ Noise _ _ _ _ _ _ Soil _ _ _ Land Use _ _ _ _ _ Ecology _ _ Economic benefits + + + + + + + Employment + + + + + Infrastructure development

+ + + + + +

Peripheral soRSL development

+ + + + + +

Health safety _ _ _ _ _ + Aesthetic _ _ _ _ _ _ Displacement and rehabilitation

_ _ _ _

_ Negative or adverse Impact + Positive or beneficial Impact


Global Experts 186

The description of the proposed expansion of the alumina refinery and power plant of M/s SESA Sterlite Ltd. Lanjigarh, Kalahandi,Odisha, and the baseline status in the core as well as in the buffer zone has been dealt in details in the earlier chapters. These information forms the basis of impact prediction and assessment component of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of the proposed project and the same is discussed in this chapter and the evaluation of these impact is described in subsequent chapter.

4.2 OBJECTIVE OF IMPACT PREDICTION Impact prediction is a way of ‘mapping’ the environmental consequences of the significant aspects of the project and its alternatives. Environmental impact can never be predicted with absolute certainty and this is all the more reason to consider all possible factors and take all possible precautions for reducing the degree of uncertainty. The following impacts of the project in general is assessed: Air

– Changes in ambient levels and ground level concentrations due to total emissions from point, line and area sources

– Effects on soils, materials, vegetation, and human health Noise

– Changes in ambient levels due to noise generated from equipment and movement of vehicles

– Effect on fauna and human health Water

– Availability to competing users – Changes in quality – Sediment transport

Land – Changes in land use and drainage pattern – Changes in land quality including effects of waste disposal – Changes in shoreline/riverbank and their stability

Biological – Deforestation/tree-cutting and shrinkage of animal habitat. – Impact on fauna and flora (including aquatic species if any) due to

contaminants/pollutants – Impact on breeding and nesting grounds

Socio-Economic – Impact on the local community including demographic changes. – Impact on economic status – Impact on human health. – Impact of increased traffic

The objective of having an EIA for the proposed plant under consideration is to identify the potential impacts on the site specific prevailing environmental setting and degree of impacts. This will enable to draw up an appropriate Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to consider other alternatives so as to ensure that the proposed activity does not impair the present environmental setting beyond the


Global Experts 187

assimilative capacity of the region and ambient and other environmental standards are not exceeded at any point of time. This is because ambient standards are maintained to protect human health with an adequate margin of safety. The description of the proposed project and the existing baseline status in the core as well as in the buffer zone has been dealt in details in the earlier chapters. These information forms the basis of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of the proposed project and the same is discussed in this chapter with the prediction and assessment of significance of these impact. 4.3 IMPACT PREDICTION & ASSESSMENT The description of the proposed project and the existing baseline status in the core as well as in the buffer zone has been dealt in detail in the earlier chapters. These information forms the basis of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of the proposed project and the same is discussed in this chapter with prediction and evaluation of these impacts.The objective of having an EIA for the proposed project under consideration is to identify the potential impacts on the site specific prevailing environmental setting and degree of impacts. This will enable to draw up an appropriate Environment Management Plan (EMP) to consider other alternatives so as to ensure that the proposed project activity does not impair the present environmental setting. POLLUTION POTENTIAL The coal based power generation process and alumina refining by Bayer’s process using bauxite as raw material may cause considerable pollution problem. The sources and type of pollution in the process operation are presented in the Table 4.2. It may be observed that heat, dusts, SO2, CO, and NO X to the air environment are the prime pollution parameters from the proposed project. However with proper planning and innovative management technique and the use of suitable pollution control devices, it is possible to run the manufacturing processes without much endangering the air environment. Table 4.2- Sources and type of Pollution from the Proposed Project Process activity Release to the

Environment Type of pollution

Raw material unloading, stock piling, and material transfer.

Coal dusts, bauxite ore dusts, other fugitive emission from transfer points and Noise, auto emissions.

Air pollution and Noise pollution.

Raw material preparation Coal , dust, Noise Air pollution and Noise pollution

Alumina refinery Wastewater,dust,solid waste and noise

Air pollution, Water pollution,solid waste and Noise pollution


Global Experts 188

Plant sanitary waste water Waste water with biodegradable pollutants.

Water pollution.

Process solid waste Red Mud , Fly Ash, Water pollution, Air Pollution

4.4 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION Construction activity will constitute excavation, civil construction and mechanical erection. Transport of various construction materials and stockpiling them will also be a major activity. These activities will be of transient nature and its impact on environment will be of significance during construction phase only. Several temporary measures will be taken during construction period to minimize the impact.

4.4.1 Impact on Ambient Air Quality Civil work and erection of structures are to be undertaken during construction phase. These construction activities along with transportation of construction material shall generate dust. Welding of different structures also produces gases. But these dusts are inorganic in nature and are generated at ground level and due to the very nature of dust, it is not expected to be carried over to long distance to cause inconvenience to surrounding people. The impact on ambient air quality due to fugitive dust generated during construction period is not permanent in nature, and will cease with the completion of construction activity. The bulk of civil work is expected to be completed within 12 months. With the completion of construction phase, the impact on air quality due to fugitive dust will be minimized and this impact is reversible in nature. Considering the meteorlogical data of the area SSL has constructed its township in the SW direction of the existing plant. 4.4.2 Impact on Water Environment Water requirement during construction activity will be met from the existing facility A lot of debris, and other solid waste are expected to be generated during construction period, and during monsoon with the surface runoff, the debris may be washed away to contribute suspended solids in nearby stream. This will be minimized through provision of temporary garland drains around the dumping site of debris. Again this is temporary in nature and shall be ceased with the completion of the project. 4.4.3 Impact on Noise & Soil Quality The major sources of noise during the construction phase are vehicular traffic, construction equipment like dozers, scrapers, concrete mixers, cranes, generators, pumps, compressors, rock drills, pneumatic tools, saws, vibrators etc. The operation of these equipments will generate noise ranging between 70-85 dB (A). The noise produced during the construction will have significant impact on the existing ambient noise levels. The major work will be carried out during the daytime. The construction equipment may have high noise levels, which can affect the personnel, operating the machines. Use of proper personal protective equipment will mitigate any significant impact of the noise generated by such equipment.


Global Experts 189

There won’t be any toxic chemical or waste to be disposed off on ground either during construction or during operation. Therefore the observed soil quality will be protected in as-is condition for the said project after implementation. 4.4.4 Impact on Ecology The proposed layout sites do not cover any area with thick vegetation and ecological sensitive area, thus the construction activity will have least impact on the ecology of the area. It will have no impact on the buffer zone. Due to zero discharge condition of the project, there would be no water contamination and hence degradation of the aquatic life. 4.4.5 Socio-Economic Impacts The construction activity will help in infusing a lot of funds in the area and thus will generate some direct/indirect employment opportunity, infrastructure development and business opportunities. Socioeconomic conditions of the area will improve during construction phase of the project. The R & R package that is being given to project affected peoples is as per the R & R policy of Govt. of Odisha is been strictly followed with intensive effort towards CSR activities and peripheral development, which has not only provided shelter and job, but has created a separate economic upliftment of the local community. 4.5 IMPACT PREDICTION & ASSESSMENT DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE With the expansion of the Alumina Refinery Plant along with Co-generation Power Plant, the impacts both beneficial and adverse are anticipated on Ambient Air Quality, Noise level, Water, Land Use, Soil, Ecology and beneficial impacts on Socioeconomic Environment, which is dealt in detail in subsequent paragraphs. The anticipated environmental impacts are predicted in Table-4.3.


Global Experts 190

Table-4.3 Anticipated Environmental Impacts

Operation Impact

Potential Negative Impacts Probable Source

Air Quality Increase in SO2, NOx and PM10,PM 2.5 level in ambient air

Alumina Plant and Co-generation plant

Water Quality Deterioration of surface water quality

Discharge from plant rejects, filter backwash, service water waste and effluents

Noise Increase in noise levels in the plant area

Equipment in main plant and auxiliaries

Terrestrial Ecology

Impact on plant species Emissions from stacks

Aquatic Ecology

Impact on aquatic species Wastewater, if any, from Alumina plant, heat exchanger, cooling tower, power plant etc.

Demography and Socio-Economics

Strain on existing amenities like housing, water sources, sanitation, medical and infrastructure facilities

Influx of people (employees as well as contractor’s employees/ Laborers)

Land environment

Depletion of cultivable area, if any

Land acquisition for red mud pond, ash pond and township

4.5.1 Impact on Air Environment The impacts on air environment from the proposed expansion and debottlenecking of Alumina plant with coal based Co- generation plant depends on various factors like production capacity, plant configuration, process technology involved, type of raw material used, type of fuel used, in plant control measures adopted, operation and maintenance of the various units of the plant. Apart from these, there will be other activities associated e.g., transportation of raw material and finished products, storage facilities, and material handling within plant premises which may contribute to air pollution. The coal based co- generation plant and calcination operations shall affect the air quality parameters like PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx. The other process units like raw material crushing and other supporting services like storage and transportation will emit lot of dust in the form of PM10, PM2.5 Needless to say that adequate air pollution control measures will be taken up both at design and operational stage to conform to the emission parameters within the standard limit. The project proponent will take necessary action by providing closed containers for transportation of raw materials, by products and end products to avoid fugitive emission during transportation.


Global Experts 191

Necessary dust scrubber and dust suppression facility will be provided at the unloading and loading points. The impact on air quality due to emission from a single source or group of sources is evaluated by use of mathematical models. When the air pollutants enter into the atmosphere, they transport and diffuse in the atmosphere resulting in pollutant dilution. Air meteorology is important factor in pollution status evaluation. Air quality models are designed to simulate these processes mathematically, and relate emission of primary pollutants to the resulting down wind air. The model inputs are emission load and nature, meteorology and topographic features. Plant Emissions Stacks are major sources of air pollution from the proposed plant. Expansion Project is to be provided with necessary air pollution control devices like Electro Static Precipitators (ESP), bag filters, dust catchers, etc to control dust and gases and also limit emission within the prescribed standard. Emission factors, air handling capacity of the proposed installation and emission norm have been used to estimate amount of emission from the proposed plant with the height of emission. The emission inventory is prepared on the basics of following assumptions and calculations.

Emission Calculation The detail calculation of the Stack emissions for the proposed expansion is listed in Table 4.4. The SO2 and NOx calculations are based on the sulphur content of the fuel and the design parameters are derived from the project plan of the proposed expansion project of alumina refinery of VAL. While preparing the inventory of emission, the existing plant’s emission has also been taken in to account though the same has already been addressed in the baseline data. The reason for taking this is because of the increase in the capacity of the equipment due to debottlenecking. The emissions have been computed based on the following: a) Particulate matter (SPM) has been calculated considering emission rate of 50

mg/Nm3 from the stack. b) Sulphur dioxide emission is calculated on the basis sulfur content of 0.5 % in

coal and 3 % in Furnace oil. Lime and ammonia injection shall be carried out for SO2 reduction


Global Experts 192

Table- 4.4 Stack and emissions data

All the stacks will be provided with suitable port hole and platform for stack monitoring. Air Quality Modeling and Prediction The impacts of primary air pollutants on air quality due to emission from single source or a group of sources is evaluated by the use of mathematical models. The Industrial Source Complex- Short Term Version 3 (ISCST-3) is the state of the art model with USEPA, which is extensively used for predicting ground level concentration (GLC) of conservative pollutants from point, area and volume sources. The impacts of conservative pollutants were predicted using this air quality model keeping in view the plain terrain at and around the ground site. ISCST-3 is an hour-by-hour steady state Gaussian Model. It may be noted that the vertical term includes the effect of source elevation, receptor elevation, plume rise, limited mixing in the vertical and gravitational settling and dry deposition of particulates. The options used for short-term computations are:

The plume rise is estimated by Briggs formula, but final rise is always limited to that of mixing layer; Stack tip down wash is not considered; Buoyancy induced dispersion is used to describe the increasing plume dispersion during the accession phase; Calms processing routine is used by default; Wind profile exponents are used by default, ‘Irwin’; Flat terrain is used for computations; It is assumed that the pollutants do not undergo any Physico-chemical transformations and there is no pollutant removal by dry deposition; Washout by rain is not considered; and Cartesian co-ordinate system has been used for computations.

Source Height (m)

Dia (m)

Temp (k)

Velocity (m/s)

Flow Nm3/hr

SPM gm/s

SO2 gm/s

NOx gm/s

APC Equipment

PP(E) 145 3 418 5.7 575679.66 8.66 161.11 83.22 ESP

PP(P) 150 18.3 418 1.05 537500 - - 432.6 ESP

Cal 1(E) 120 2.72 423 5.34 447302.8 6.67 66.66 101.36 ESP Cal 2(E) 120 2.72 423 5.34 447302.8 6.67 66.66 101.36 ESP Cal3(P)

108 2.6 438 5 380171.45 5.28 66.66

80.23 ESP Cal4(P)

108 2.6 438 5 380171.45 5.28 66.66

80.23 ESP Cal5(P)

108 2.6 438 5 380171.45 5.28 66.66

80.23 ESP


Global Experts 193

The input data requirement of each source include data specific to the source and its type viz. point area or volume source. The source input requirement for running the program is the emission height location and strength. The impact has been predicted over a radius of 10Km area with center of the plant as center. The receptors are defined with respect to 16 radial wind directions (N to NNW) and radial distance from center. GLC have been calculated at every 500m grids points to have better result. The meteorological data input to the model is obtained as per wind rose diagram given in chapter 3. Stability has been computed as per Turner’s method and mixing height has been obtained from literature. Based on the data compiled above the air quality predictions were carried out for the TSP, NOX and SO2, the important values are tabulated at the Table 4.5 and the isopleths are presented in the figure 4.1,4.2 &4.3. The predominant wind direction has been from SE to NW followed by NNE to SSW. The incremental GLC from the project when added to existing ambient GLC at buffer zone sampling site (in the predominant wind direction),the worst case incremental GLC is calculated from the modeling results .The resultant GLC is estimated by is superimposing incremental GLC with the background GLC at the affected site.


Global Experts 194

Table no --- 4.5 Resultant GLC (Model output) for worst case scenario

Location Name

GLC for GLC SO2 GLC NOX

TSP (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3)

at s

amplin

g s

ite

Pre

dic

ted

incr

emen

tal G

LC

au

Res

ultan

t G

LC

o

toed

GC

at s

amplin

g s

ite

Pre

dic

ted

incr

emen

tal G

LC

au

Res

ultan

t G

LC

o

toed

GC

at s

amplin

g s

ite

Pre

dic

ted

incr

emen

tal G

LC

Res

ultan

t G

LC

Plant site 79.61 2.28 81.89 12.3 16.94

29.24 12.83 11.73 24.56

Plant site CCR 77.43 2.16 79.59 9.18

17.33

26.51 9.37 12.89 22.26

Lanjigarh 71.16 1.4 72.56 12.8 11.15 23.95 14.75 8.39 23.14

Kasibari 65.48 1.74 67.22 11.3 14.04 25.34 11.28 11.31 22.59


Global Experts 195

Rehab Colony 59.39 1.54 60.93 12.3 11.95 24.25 12.91 8.07 20.98

Rengopali 55.62 1.99 57.61 16.4 15.18 31.58 14.13 9.37 23.5

Bijabandali 54.37 0.64 55.01 13.4 4.98 18.38 9.52 3.37 12.89

Chattarpur 60.18 1.44 61.62 11.2 11.41 22.61 11.68 8.22 19.9

Harekrishnapur 52.71 1.07 53.78 10.3 8.56 18.86 10.27 6.54 16.81

Kotudar 52.18 2.16 54.34 14.83 16.42 31.25 12.15 9.79 21.94

NAAQS STD 100 80 80 The Isopleths of TSP, NOx and SO2are enclosed as Fig 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 respectively.


Global Experts 196

Figure 4.1: Isopleths of TSP


Global Experts 197

Figure 4.2: Isopleths of NOX


Global Experts 198

Figure 4.3: Isopleths of SO2


Global Experts 199

4.5.2 Impact on Noise Environment Mathematical Model for Sound Wave Propagation during Operation For an approximate estimation of dispersion of noise in the ambient from the source point, a standard mathematical model for sound wave propagation is used. The sound pressure level generated by noise sources decreases with increasing distance from the source due to wave divergence. An additional decrease in sound pressure level with distance from the source is expected due to atmospheric effect or its interaction with objects in the transmission path. For hemispherical sound wave propagation through homogenous loss free medium, one can estimate noise levels at various locations, due to different sources using model based on first principles, as per the following equation: Lp2 = Lp1 - 20 Log (r2 /r1) .... (1) Where Lp2 and Lp1 are Sound Pressure Levels (SPLs) at points located at distances r2

and r1 from the source. The combined effect of all the sources then can be determined at various locations by logarithmic addition. As a first approximation, one can assume that for all general population in the villages, every noise source in the plant is a point source. The average equivalent sound power level of such a point source can be estimated for different distances and directions from a hypothetical source by applying the following equation: Lp = Lw - 20 Log r - Ae - 8 ....(2) Where Lw is the sound power level of the source, Lp is the sound pressure level at a distance ' r ' and Ae is environmental attenuation factor. A combined noise level Lp (total) of all the sources at a particular place is given by: Lp (total) = 10 Log (10(Lp1/10) + 10(Lp2/10) + ...)... (3) Some of the sources of noise and the estimated levels are given in the following Table-4.6


Global Experts 200

Table-4.6 Estimated Noise Levels from the Plant

Sr. No. Unit Sound Level, dB(A)

1 Gas Suspension Calciner A Blower Room 95-105 B Oil heating Unit 80-85 2 Aluminium Plant A Digestion Unit 90-95 B Ball Mill 95-105 3 Compressor House 90-95 4 Crusher 90-95 5 Vacuum Pump 80-85 6 Cooling Water Pumps 85 7 Power Plant A Steam Turbine 85-90 B Boiler 85-90 C Generator 80-85 8 Coal Handling Plant A Transfer Points 79 B Coal Crushing 73-79 9 Work Shops 65-75

During the normal operation of various plants, boilers, turbines, compressors, purging and blow downs, the ambient noise levels are expected to increase significantly with the attributes of the respective equipment, but these noise will be restricted close to the concerned equipment. Normally the equipments are designed basing on the OSHA standards and noise close to this equipment seldom exceeds the OSHA standards. Therefore all the equipment in the steel plant will be designed/operated in such a way that the noise level shall not exceed 85 dB (A) as per the requirement of OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration). As such noise generated by the equipments are also designed to comply with the Factories Rules and stipulations and will not exceed 85 dB (A) at 1m distance. However noise levels will increase greatly during the bleeding off of excess steam. But frequency of such operation are rare and last only for few minutes only and such impact of noise due to such operation is restricted to the work area only. The noise level within the plant boundary is occupational noise levels and is confined within shops. The noise level will be further greatly reduced when it reaches the plant boundary at an intervening distance and as elaborate greenbelt development is envisaged for attenuation of noise and fugitive emissions from the plant. It may so happen that noise level during operation of certain equipment may increase beyond the OSHA norms, then actions as elaborated in the Environment management plant will be taken to minimise and eliminate such occasions. In addition to the greenbelt development around the plant boundary, greenbelt around each installation will be taken up to minimize propagation of noise levels.


Global Experts 201

4.5.3 Impact on Water Environment 4.5.3.1 Impact on Water Resources The water requirement for the proposed facility will be met from Tel river, which is at a distance of about 67-km. There will not be any tapping of groundwater during the operation of the refinery plant. No groundwater will be used during constructional period and hence there will not be any adverse impact on the groundwater resources. The total requirement of treated water i.e. filtered water for the proposed alumina refinery, mines and drinking water requirement of plant, mines and township after expansion is expected to be 56,250 m3/day after expansion and is proposed to be obtained from the same source. 4.5.3.2 Impact on Water Quality The sources of effluents from various units will be treated separately depending upon the effluent characteristics. Liquid effluents in alumina production are generated from number of units. There are five types of liquid effluents, namely: 1] Alkaline wastewater from various sources of the refinery plant 2] Cooling Tower and boiler Blow down; 3] DM Plant Regeneration; 4] Filter Back wash; and 5] Domestic sewage 4.5.3.3 Impact due to Red Mud Pond and Ash Pond The run-off from the red mud pond will be collected and stored in a holding pond, which is located near the toe of the mud storage area. The stored run-off will be used for sprinkling during dry season. To divert rainwater from outside the mud storage area, suitable garland drains will be provided. Similarly, the constituents of the red mud indicate less solubility of red mud with the water. It can be inferred that the leaching problem is likely to be minimal. Similarly, the overflow from the ash pond area will be collected and reused. Thus, the impact on surface and ground water quality from these areas will be minimized. The wells surrounding the red mud pond and ash pond will be monitored under post project monitoring. Based on the data generated during the study period it can be seen that there is no impact on the water environment due to the operation. 4.5.3.4 Cooling Tower Blow down, DM Plant Regeneration and Filter

Backwash The process wastewater will be coming from Heat exchangers, evaporators (acidic wastewater), Cooling Tower Blow down (CTBD) and Laboratory effluent. Besides, there are alkaline effluents from different units and will be fully recycled within the


Global Experts 202

plant. During monsoon, the effluent will be discharged only after necessary treatment meeting the standards. 4.5.3.5. Sanitary Wastewater The sanitary wastewater will be treated in sewage treatment plant. The treated wastewater will be reused for greenbelt development or discharged during monsoon. Thus, as explained above, the treatment scheme will meet all the necessary disposal standards prescribed by Odisha State Pollution Control Board (OSPCB) and Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB). 4.5.4 Impact of Solid Waste (Red Mud & Fly Ash) The run-off from the red mud pond will be collected and stored in a holding pond, which is located near the toe of the mud storage area. The stored run-off will be used for sprinkling during dry season. To divert rainwater from outside the mud storage area, suitable garland drains will be provided. Similarly, the constituents of the red mud indicate less solubility of red mud with the water. It can be inferred that the leaching problem is likely to be minimal. Similarly, the overflow from the ash pond area will be recycled back to the ash slurry system. Thus, the impact on surface and ground water quality from these areas will be minimized. The wells surrounding the red mud pond and ash pond will be monitored under post project monitoring. Based on the data generated during the study period it can be seen that there is no impact on the water environment due to the operation. 4.5.5 Impact on Traffic and Transportation

At present M/s SSL transports bauxite through rail and in through road from Railway siding at Dahikalu which is located at a distance of 15 km from the plant. The proposed plant after full expansion shall utilize the railway siding within the plant premises. The railway siding will be utilized only in case of exigencies. This main road and all the internal roads will be black topped and properly maintained to prevent the fugitive emission. The vehicles are suitably covered to prevent spillage and emission. Dedicated water tankers with sprinkler are provided to suppress the fugitive emission due to road transport, both inside and outside plant. 4.5.6 Impact on Ecology The expansion will not require any extra land and hence no damage to the ecology. Green cover will be developed around the plant through massive green belt plantation in and around the plant site. The level of pollutants is expected to be well below the threshold level of pollutants, which can cause any damage of plants. Also the highest GLC value will not be always at a particular place, it will be changing with wind speed, direction and vertical dispersion.


Global Experts 203

The effluent from the plants will be completely recycled and reused. Thus, no serious problem is expected in the aquatic life. 4.5.7 Socio Economic Impacts

4.5.7.1 Sampling Design It is rather obvious that nearby villages will have more impact (adverse or beneficial), therefore the study area was divided into three zones with 3 km, 5 km, 10 km radius with central point of the combined project site as the center to assess the socioeconomic impact of the project on the surrounding environment. The interview followed by the questionnaire method was followed to assess the people’s perception of the project and also to assess the change in socioeconomic pattern due to setting up of the integrated steel plant. The sample of villages from each stratum as well as the respondents/households within each sampled village has been selected by two-stage stratified random sampling. On the first stage; villages from each stratum are selected and on the second stage; households/respondents are selected from sampled village by simple random sampling. Efforts are made to allocate sample of villages from each strata in proportion of their size. From each selected village, at least two respondents are selected randomly to account intra village variability among the respondents. The strata wise distribution of sampled respondents is given below in Table 4.7:

Table- 4.7: Strata wise distribution of sampled respondents

Strata with Radius (Km) No. of households 3 10 3-5 15 5-10 15 Total 40

4.5.7.2 Composition of the Questionnaire A detailed questionnaire was designed for this study to assess the impact of the project on the surrounding environment in terms of socioeconomic benefits likely to accrue from this project. The project objective was kept in the mind all along while designing the questionnaire. Households/respondents were interviewed with the structured questionnaire. The questionnaire consists of following major sections:

• Name, age and sex of the respondent. • Composition and size of family • Educational status • Information and agricultural situation (land use, cropping pattern,

productivity, net return etc.) • Income and employment • Information and family budget • Consumption and saving • Family health status


Global Experts 204

• Family asset base • Respondents perception about the project

4.5.7.3 Agricultural Situation The present survey reveals that the majority population in study area belongs to urban communities and thus their economic is basically commercial in nature. Very small proportion (5%) of total population in study area, particularly people from villages are still dependent on agriculture. The productivity of crop patterns is listed in Table 4.8 Table 4.8: Cropping Pattern and Productivity

Sl. No. Crop Area (% of GCA) Productivity (Qtl./Hectare)

1 Paddy 36 15 T

2 Others 64 4 T

4.5.7.4 Employment and Income Effect There will be considerable potential for generating direct and indirect employment during construction as well as during normal operation of the plant. It is estimated that nearly 6000-8000 people shall be used during construction phase, which will help in improving the socio-economic condition of the area.

Existing

The existing permanent manpower of SSL is around 500 and for its associated partners the manpower is around 2000.

Expansion

For 6 MMTPA plant, it is estimated that the total manpower for Vedanta would be around 1200 and its associate partners would be around 2500. 4.5.7.5 Educational Status The local educational levels will be raised with additional facilities provided to schools through various CSR programs, such as scholarships, awareness programs, child care facilities, sponsored sports and cultural events, self help groups and community participation in area developments. 4.5.7.6 Health Status Discussion with the medical officers in Local Govt./Semi Govt. Health Centers, reveals the existence of following type of major disease in the study area. Installation of the plants may bring changes in this scenario. Health awareness among the villages may grow with the industrial development, especially regarding cleanliness. Community development organisers may play a lead role in this regard. The details are given in the Table 4.9.


Global Experts 205

Table-4.9 Health Status of the people in the study area

Program Details Area of Coverage Mobile Health unit Taking medical care to the

door steps of the people Covering 53 Villages

First to Reach Providing emergency medical service

At Thuamul Rampur to 500 persons

Project Sushtha Parivar

Partnering with District Health Department

To all the peripheral villages

Health Awareness Camps

Malaria, TB, AIDS, Sunstroke, Small Family Norms

Coverage- 53 villages in the vicinity of industrial operation

Use of IEC materials – audio/visual methods & street plays

Partnership with District Health Department

To all the peripheral villages

Family Planning Operation Camp

150 eligible women underwent tubectomy

Government Health Department is the partnering agency

Local Women Community

Pulse Polio Program Children in 0-5 years of age were administered polio drops

60 villages covered under 6 booths

All the children of 60 villages

4.5.3.7 Industrialization around the Alumina refinery There is so far no other industry of any type located within a radius of 10 km from the proposed expansion site, other than the existing alumina refinery at the same premises. 4.6. EVALUATION OF IMPACTS 4.6.1 Introduction to Matrix Method The identification and prediction of impacts on various environmental parameters is followed up by quantification of impacts. There are several methods available to quantify the environmental impacts. The Leopold matrix method is one of the most widely adopted and has been used for quantification of impacts for this study. The methodology involves first, the identification of activities, which occur during the two phases of the project and second their likely impacts on the environmental parameters.


Global Experts 206

Matrix Method: In this method, the effect of various activities on the environment is ranked on a scale of 1 to 5 based on the order of increasing importance to arrive at the Parameter Importance Value (PIV). The score of each parameter has been converted to a probability value and then recalculated by multiplying each value by a factor of 1,000 so that the sum of all the recalculated values becomes 1000. The values thus confirm to the units of the standard scale, generally used for evaluating the degree of impact on a set of project activities on total environment. The matrix used for EIA consists of project activities on the X-axis and the environmental components likely to be effected by such activities on the Y-axis. The degree of impact upon the environmental components due to each anticipated project activity is graded as per the index scale given below: SL. NO. DEGREE OF IMPACT IMPACT VALUE 1 Minimal 1-2 2 Moderate 3-4 3 Appreciable 5-6 4 Significant 7-8 5 Extreme 9-10

A (+) or (-) sign has been assigned to each value depending on its beneficial or detrimental effect. The environment impact has been framed with four major project activities as column in X-axis and 14 environmental components as rows in Y-axis. The PIV values for each row as determined in above Table. is placed at the first column. An appropriate impact value based on judicious subjective assessment is assigned to each of the project activity. The impact score for each environmental component (SC1) has been calculated as under: n SCI = (PIV)i ∑ Iij J=i Where is the impact value (on a scale of 1.0 to 10.0 positive or negative) due to the effect of a project activity (j) on the environmental component (i). The n= total number of project activities. The Total Impact Score (TIS) is arrived at as follows: n TIS = (PIV)I ∑ SCi I=1 Where m= total number of environmental components. The Total Impact Score (TIS) is determined as per the procedure outlined above. The score has been evaluated against the following Assessment Value Index Scale. The Impact identification matrix is listed in Table-4.10 and total impact score is given in Table-4.11.


Global Experts 207

Up to (-) 2000 : No appreciable impact on environment. Adverse impact is minimal. (-) 2000 to (-) 4000 : Appreciable impact on environment but not injurious in general. Adequate mitigating measures are important. (-) 4000 to (-) 6000 : Significant impact upon the environment. Major environmental control measures to be taken. (-) 6000 to (-) 8000 : Major injuries impact on environment. Site selection to be considered (-) 8000 and above : Alternative site to be considered. Up to 2000 : Minimally beneficial. Up to 4000 : Moderately beneficial. Up to 6000 : Appreciably beneficial. Up to 8000 : Significantly beneficial. 8000 and above : Extremely beneficial. Table No. 4.10: Impact Identification Matrix (Calculation of PIV)

Environment Components Importance Rank

Weightage (w)

Parameters Importance Value

(PIV)=wx1000 Ambient air Quality 4 4/38 105 Surface water Quality 3 3/38 79 Surface water resources 2 2/38 53 Ground water Quality 2 2/38 53 Noise Quality 2 2/38 53 Soil Quality 3 3/38 79 Land use pattern 2 2/38 53 Flora & Fauna 2 2/38 53 Aesthetics 2 2/38 53 Employment 4 4/38 105 Trade & Business 4 4/38 105 Human Health & Safety 2 2/38 53 Infrastructure Development 3 3/38 79 Social & Educational Development

1 1/38 26

Human displacement & resettlement

2 2/38 53

Total 38 App. 1000


Global Experts 208

Table 4.11 : Total Impact Score (TIS) for Project activities without EMP

Envi

ronm

ent

Com

ponen

ts

PIV

Land

acquis

itio

n

Mec

han

ical

W

ork

& P

roduct

H

andlin

g,

Sto

res

&

Tra

nsp

ort

ati

Pla

nt

Oper

atio

n

Civ

ic

amen

itie

s

Tota

l

TIS

Sco

re

Ambient air Quality

105 -1 -1 -3 -3 -8 -840

Surface water Quality

79 -1 -2 -3 -2 -2 -10 -790

Surface water Resources

53 -2 -2 -2 -6 -318

Ground water Quality

53 -1 -1 -1 -3 -159

Noise Quality

53 -1 -2 -1 -2 -6 -318

Soil Quality 79 -2 -1 -2 -2 -7 -553

Land use Pattern

53 -2 -1 -1 -1 -5 -265

Flora & Fauna

53 -1 -1 -2 -4 -212

Aesthetics 53 -1 -1 -2 -2 -7 -371 Human Health & Safety

53 -1 -2 -2 -5 -265

Total

-4091

From the matrix table Total Impact Score (TIS) is found to be -4091, which means as expected there will be an appreciable adverse impact on the environment without mitigating measures. Therefore it is very much necessary to implement comprehensive environment management plan as envisaged in chapter–6.


Global Experts 209

4.7 IMPACT MITIGATION MEASURE Metallurgical industries in India are covered under the Environment Protection Act (EPA) as well as Environment Protection Rules & Regulations enacted & published by Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF). The entrepreneurs are required to obtain statutory clearances from the Union/State Governments required under the EPA for setting up of plants or its substantial expansion. Further, the companies are required to install specified pollution control equipments/facilities and also operate well within the prescribed Standards/Norms with respect to air, water and noise pollutions as also solid waste generation & utilization. These are monitored by Central/State Pollution Control Boards. MOS helps & facilitates formulation/amendment of Norms and standards. Ministry of Environment & Forests being the nodal Ministry, has evolved statutory norms/ standards for environment management & pollution control in all sectors of economy including Alumina refinery. The compliance of these standards is monitored by Central Pollution Control Boards and State Pollution Control Boards/ Committees. Ministry ofMines co-ordinates with MoEF and CPCB in connection with environment matters relating to Mining & Allied industries in India. The present Environment Management Plan for M/s Sesa Sterlite Limited as per the guide lines shall be based on the concept of 5 R’s i.e. Reduce, Recycle, Recover, Reuse and Responsibility, so that the waste management technique will focus on reuse, recycling of waste, recovery of value from waste and reduce the unnecessary use/ wastage along with fixing the responsibility. Secondly advancement of technology & innovative management plans has made the waste management economically feasible and environmentally compatible. Thus with the implementation of comprehensive EMP, there will be considerable reduction of pollution problems leading to increase in productivity & sustainable development. The comprehensive EMP will also include greenbelt development, disaster management plan and the peripheral socio-economic development plan for the region. The impact score with EMP is calculated and found to be slightly negative and hence the project may be implemented. The details of EMP dealing with air, water, land, noise & other is discussed below: 4.8 EMP AS A MANAGEMENT TOOL The industrial development in the study area needs to be intertwined with judicious utilization of non-renewable resources of the study area and within the limits of permissible assimilative capacity. The assimilative capacity of the study area is the maximum amount of pollution load that can be discharged in the environment without affecting the designated use and is governed by dilution, dispersion, and


Global Experts 210

removal due to physico-chemical and biological processes. The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable development in the study area (10 km) of the proposed industry. Government, Regulating agencies like Pollution Control Board working in the region and more importantly the affected population of the study area need to extend their co-operation and contribution. The identification and quantification of impacts based on scientific and mathematical modeling has been presented in this chapter. Environmental policy at industry level is yet to be defined formally. Standards are stipulated by various regulatory agencies to limit the emission of pollutants in air and water. Similarly, a mandatory practice is recommended for preparing an Environment statement each year in order to encourage the industries to allow efficient use of resources in their production processes and reduce the quantities of wastes per unit of product. This in itself is not sufficient since this does not provide an assurance that it's environmental performance not only meets, will continue to meet, legislative and policy requirements. 4.9 EMP AT DESIGN STAGE The Management Action Plan aims at controlling pollution at the source level to the possible extent with the available and affordable technology followed by treatment measures before they are discharged. The Environmental Management Plan also lists out all these strategies not only for the operational phase of the plant but also for the construction phase. The EMP is prepared keeping in view all possible strategies oriented towards waste minimization, waste treatment, waste disposal and residual attenuation for the proposed industry in a chronological sequence. 4.10 EMP DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Construction Phase

Potential Negative Impacts

Probable Source

Mitigative Measures

Remarks

Water Quality Increase in suspended solids due to soil run-off during heavy precipitation

Soil Erosion Temporary sedimentation Tank

--

Air Quality Increase in dust and NOx concentration

Heavy vehicular movement

Regular sprinkling of water in the construction area.

The impact will be low as the main approach road and all connecting roads are either concreted or black topped.


Global Experts 211

Noise Increase in noise level

Construction equipment

Equipment will be kept in good condition to keep the noise level within 85 dB (A)

Workers will be provided with necessary Personal protective devices e.g. ear plug, ear-muffs

Terrestrial Ecology

Clearing of Vegetation

During construction

Plantation will be done during the start of the project

--

Aquatic Ecology

Impact on surface and ground water resources

Wastewater will be treated in STP

No significant impacts on aquatic life and water resources

4.11 EMP DURING EXPANSION PHASE OF OPERATION

Operation

Impact Potential Negative Impacts

Probable Source

Mitigative Measures

Remarks

Air Quality Increase in SO2, NOx and SPM level in ambient air


Three additional 108 m high stack for calciner and one more 145 m high stack with five flue each of 150m height for CGPP will be provided to ensure wider dispersal of pollutants.

Maximum incremental short term ground level concentration (GLC) of NOx and SO2 due to operation of ESP will be within the permissible limits

Increase in Nox concentration


Boilers will have in-built design for low NOx emission

--

Increase in SPM in ambient air

Vehicular traffic

All motorable roads in the plant area will be paved to reduce dust emission

--


Global Experts 212

Operation Impact


Probable Source

Mitigative Measures

Remarks

Increase in SPM in ambient air

Coal, Lime, Bauxite & Alumina handling area

Dry fog dedusting system as well as water spraying system for Bauxite handling area, wet scrubber for lime handling plant and bag filters for Alumina handling and ash handling plant have already been installed and same will be extended for expansion unit.

--

Water Quality Deterioration of water quality of surface water

Discharge from plant rejects, filter backwash, service water waste and effluents

Wastewater will be completely recycled for various uses in the plant and no discharge of wastewater outside the premises is envisaged. During monsoon only excess treated water meeting norms will be discharged

--


Global Experts 213

Operation Impact


Probable Source

Mitigative Measures

Remarks

Noise Increase in noise levels in the plant area

Equipment in main plant and auxiliaries

Equipments are designed to conform to noise levels prescribed by regulatory agencies. -Provision of acoustic enclosure has been kept for high noise generating equipments. Green belt and inplant plantation has already been developed to help in attenuating noise

--

Terrestrial Ecology

Impact on plant species

Emissions from stacks

Emission will be controlled as well as dispersed through appropriate design

As emissions will be within limits, no active injury to the vegetation is expected

Aquatic Ecology Impact on aquatic species

Wastewater, if any, from Alumina plant, heat exchanger, cooling tower, laboratory, power plant etc.

Wastewater will be completely recycled for various uses in the plant and no discharge of wastewater outside the premises is envisaged

As there is no discharge, no impact on aquatic environment is envisaged

Demography and Socio-Economics

Strain on existing amenities like housing, water sources and sanitation, medical and infrastructure facilities

Influx of expanded people of plant employees as well as contractor’s employees/ Laborers

Existing township will be utilized

--


Global Experts 214

Operation Impact


Probable Source

Mitigative Measures

Remarks

Land environment

Impact on land environment

Disposal of solid waste

Red mud filtration has been provided and Red mud powder will be given to cement plants free of cost.

--

4.12 MANAGEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE The impacts during the construction phase on the environment would be basically of transient nature and are expected to reduce gradually on completion of the construction activities. In order to mitigate them, the following measures are proposed.

• Designation and demarcation of sites for construction camps and ensuring due provision of necessary infrastructure services;

• During excavation and transportation over non-metallic roads near the proposed plant site, there is a scope for local dust emissions. Frequent water sprinkling in the vicinity of the construction activity shall be done and it shall be continued even after the completion of the plant construction, as there is scope for heavy truck mobility. The industry should make provision for water sprinklers;

• Since there is likelihood of fugitive dust from the construction activity, material handling and from the truck movement in the premises of the proposed plant arrangements for water sprinkling at regular intervals has already been made for suppression of fugitive emission and same will be extended for the expansion project. BS- III & IV vehicles only be permitted inside plant premises to avoid smoke with speed limit restricted to 20km/hr to minimize dust.

• The existing sufficient and suitable toilet facilities will be extended to construction workers to maintain proper standards of hygiene.

• The noise effect on the nearest inhabitants due to construction activity will be negligible, however on site workers using high noise equipment shall use noise protection devices like ear muff.

• Noise prone activities shall be restricted to the extent possible during night particularly during the period 10 pm to 6 am in order to have minimum environmental impact;

• As soon as construction is over the surplus earth shall be utilized to fill up low-lying areas, the rubbish shall be cleared and all un-built surfaces reinstated. Appropriate vegetation shall be planned and all such areas shall be landscaped. Hazardous materials (e.g. acids, paints, and explosives) shall be stored in proper and designated areas; and


Global Experts 215

• To prevent burning of fossile fuel/felling of trees by construction workers for their fuel need, existing canteen facility will be extended construction workers.

4.13 MANAGEMENT DURING THE OPERATION PHASE Air Quality Management The gaseous pollutants are generated from the steam generation and Calciner Plant. Besides these gaseous emissions, there will be other sources of dust emissions like lime dust, coal dust and bauxite particulates. This alumina refinery is the only major industry at Lanjigarh. There is no other big or small industry existing at present in the surrounding area. The main sources of air pollution in the proposed refinery plant will be CPP, calciners and dust emissions from bauxite, alumina, lime and fly ash handling. The following methods will be adopted to mitigate the air pollution due to the proposed expanded alumina refinery. Raw Material Handling System

– Includes bauxite crushing,grinding,transfer,storage handling – Dust suppression system comprising of bag filters, spray nozzles, piping

network, swiveling hoods, valves pumps, instrumentation and controls, electrics, water tank etc.

– Dry fog system at transfer points.Covered hoods on all conveyors Coal Based Captive Power Plant (CPP) The main air pollutants will be PM, SO2, NOx in the flue gas from the combustion of coal in the furnace. Particulate emission from the stack will be well below the statutory limit with the installation of ESP with more than 99 % efficiency. As far as coal dust suppression is concerned, water spraying arrangement using cooling tower blow down will be provided at each transfer points, loading and unloading station, coal piles etc. transfer towers and crusher houses will be provided with dust extraction system & additional water sprinklers will be provided in the coal storage area to suppress the coal dust generated during stacking and reclaiming of coal. The stack will be provided with a proper porthole & platform at a suitable location for stack monitoring It is proposed to use closed circuit cooling system for condenser cooling purposes using Cooling Tower where the hot water will be cooled down to specified inlet water temperature. This will result in minimal thermal pollution as hot water will not be


Global Experts 216

released anywhere. The Cooling Tower blow down will be taken to a Settling Tank & then will be reused. Alumina Refinery

The gaseous pollutants are generated from the calciner plant. Besides these gaseous emissions, there will be few sources of dust emissions like lime dust, coal dust and bauxite particulates.

Electro Static Precipitator (ESP) shall be provided to arrest Particulate Matter at each calciner. The stack heights will be such that the dispersion of both particulate matter, Sulphur dioxide and Nitrogen Oxide will be within the permissible limits of concentration at ground level.

Miscellaneous Air Pollution (Fugitive Emission) As the process involves the processing, transporting, storage of huge quantity of different minerals and consequent generation of solid wastes as flue gases from different unit process, there will be fugitive dust emission.

• Fugitive emission shall be controlled with water sprinklers. • Dust suppression system at different raw material transfer & handling location • Separate water tankers for controlling transportation dust • Massive tree plantation

All stacks will be provided with porthole and working platform so that stacks monitoring can be done as per norms of statutory authority. 4.14 POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT Various extaction and control system have been provided at different stages of the process. The list of equipment and facilities provided are detailed in Table-4.12


Global Experts 217

Table 4.12 List of pollution control (PC) equipments for the total Project

Major Process Pollution Control Equipment Purpose Impact

Bauxite Handling, crushing & Grinding

Water sprinklers & Dry Fog System Dust Suppression Air Pollution

Water Sprinkling System for Dust suppression

Dust Suppression Air Pollution

Predesillication SS Lined Sump pits with provision of recycle pumping system

Evaporation SS Lined Sump pits with provision of recycle pumping system

Digestion & Heat Recuperation System

SS Lined Sump pits with provision of recycle pumping system

Settling Lined Sump pits Counter current Mud Washing & Mud Disposal

Red Mud filtration unit for dry disposal of Redmud powder

For solid waste disposal and caustic recovery

Air Pollution during dry season

Process water lake Caustic recovery and reuse in the process

Water pollution

Common System

Dirty Water Pond Caustic recovery and reuse in the process

Water pollution

Caustic Effluent drain Collection of all caustic effluent

Contamination with soil and land

Storm water drain Collection of all storm water Contamination with soil and land


Global Experts 218

Security Filtration Heat Interchange Precipitation Lined Sump pits Caustic recovery and reuse in

the process

Hydrate Classification Lined Sump pits Caustic recovery and reuse in the process

Hydrate Seed thickening Lined Sump pits Caustic recovery and reuse in the process

Fine seed wash Lined Sump pits Caustic recovery and reuse in the process

Product Filtration, Hydrate washing & Storage

Calcination Electro Static Precipitators Alumina dust Air Pollution Stack height On Line gas monitoring System Alumina dust Air Pollution Alumina Handling Bag filter Alumina dust Air Pollution Caustic Storage Dyke wall and spill collection system For spill protection soil and water

pollution Cooling Tower Reuse of Cooling water system

Lime handling System Wet scrubber Dust collection system Power Plant Coal Unloading Water Sprinkling System in wagon tippler Suppress the dusting due to

material handling Dust transmit through air in windy seasons to surrounding areas


Global Experts 219

Coal Storage Fire Hydrant System Suppress any kind of fire Loss of Property & heat stress

Coal Crusher / Grinder Dry Fog System Suppress the suspended particles & dusting due to coal processing

Dusting all around the conveyors causing unsafe work environment for the persons working there

Coal Conveyer Dry Fog System

Coal fired Boiler ESP with Chimney Collect SPM from Flue Gas Dust transmit through air in windy seasons

Ash Pond Reclaim water from Pond Slurry overflow to nearby farming land. Air pollution in dry season

HCSD system Ash Slurry disposal Dusting inside the work area causing unsafe work environment

Turbine Noise and Heat control System Turbine, Steam Pipelines Insulation & Exhaust Ventilators

Heat stress in the work area

Fuel Oil Storage Dyke wall and spill collection system Oil Sewage Pump House to collect leaked/waste oil

Oily sludge overflow to drain leading to nearby water source & pollution


Global Experts 220

D M plant pH neutralization pit 1 for Acid & 1 for Alkali neutralization

Acid/Alkali sludge overflow to drain leading to nearby water source & pollution

Use and diversion of neutralized water to ash slurry and clean water pond

For reuse Loss of water & pollution

Cooling Tower Reuse of Cooling water system Recycling of water Loss of water & pollution

Domestic effluent at plant ST Plant Treatment of liquid waste from Latrine, bathroom and canteen

Water Pollution

Domestic effluent at Colony

ST Plant

Water Supply and Distribution

Water meter with totalizer at Tel River Water cess payment

Water meter for Process with totalizer for domestic

Water meter for Process with totalizer for process

Water meter for Process with totalizer for boiler (D M Plant)

Garland drain for refinery

Environmental Monitoring


Global Experts 221

Sampling location for soil, water, air

Stack sampling point at CFB Environment lab set up Identification dug well sampling point

Observation well point - Bore well at red mud pond, process water lake,ash pond and dirty water pond

Stream flow measurement To monitor the flow of water AAQ station Air quality On Line pH monitoring and Neutralisation

System before dirty water pond

On Line pH monitoring and Neutralisation System before clear water pond

D G Set Stack Height and Accoustic Measure


Global Experts 222

SSL Dust control inside plant & Continuous Emission Monitoring System


Global Experts 223

Water sprinkling system in wagon tippler in coal unloading section


Global Experts 224


Global Experts 225

4.15 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT The solid waste generated will be red mud from the process, fly ash from boiler and sludge from ETP. The 1.0 MMTPA alumina refinery generates approximately 1.28 MMTPA of red mud, which is required to be disposed off. Similarly, after expansion the red mud generation will be reduced to 3.75 MMTPA from the existing calculation of 7.5 MMTPA. Red mud will be pumped by gehu pump to Red Mud filter plant. Rad Mud powder with about 20% moisture will be given to Brick manufacturers/cement plants. Red Mud There is no technically and economically viable and feasible solution available so far for the utilization of red mud. Worldwide, research is going on for finding application of red mud for miscellaneous uses. Some of these are listed below: Red mud can replace a part of clay in brick manufacturing. Ceramic products are also an attractive proposition for red mud, since it contains most of the required ingredients. Attempts are being made to use red mud as a landfill material as it is or after treatment in many countries. It is being treated as a material to be used for land reclamation from marshy lands or abandoned mines. Use of red mud in making paints (because of iron oxide and titanium dioxide in it), as an adsorbent and catalyst are some of the fields where extensive researches are in progress. Old Red mud pond


Global Experts 226

Design of Red Mud Pond The basic design of residue storage area has been done by Worley, Australia which suggested three lined cells (Cell-A, B&C); a decant water dam and a process water lake which is in line with the CPCB and also addresses the local soil conditions. The disposal areas are to be constructed of earthen walls from locally obtained materials; the storage areas are to be lined / sealed against leakage to the environment. Under normal operation one of the three cells is to be supplied with thickened red mud for distribution along the cell perimeter. All solution runoff from the area would overflow through decant towers into the decant dam. The design of the facility also provided overflow spillways for emergency release of excess rainwater under conditions in excess of the design rainfall event (one-in-one-hundred-year return period). The solution collected in the decant water dam would be either pumped or gravity fed to the process water lake. The detail engineering was done by Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore. Keeping in line with the three residue storage areas, a decant water dam and a process water lake; M/s IISc gave the detail alignment of the ponds and construction details of earthen dykes. It suggested four cells- A, B, C & D (Decant Pond) and a Process Water Lake. M/s IISc also suggested 1.5 mm thickness HDPE lining in all the ponds. However, following the geotechnical tests conducted at red mud pond, it maintained that if the pond base is compacted to modified proctor condition (maximum dry density and OMC) the same would serve as impervious barrier/ lining. In order to optimize the cost of construction, the design by M/s IISc was further reviewed by M/s Tailings Management System (TMS), Ontario, Canada. The following changes were suggested by M/s TMS in the overall design:

1. The intermediate dykes between cell- A & B and cell- C & D were to be removed and converted to only two cells namely east cell and west cell respectively. The dyke heights proposed by IISc were altered and revised dyke heights were given by TMS (considering 3 to 3.5 % deposition slope of the residue).

2. The requirement of HDPE lining was waived for red mud pond, instead M/s TMS suggested a composite layer of native soil-bentonite mixture (2 % dry wt/dry wt, 200 mm thickness) and 300 mm native soil seal over it as lining. In Process Water Lake, however, it recommended that HDPE liner to be put as the caustic concentration of the liquid may increase significantly during prolonged periods of evaporation.

Final design is based on the features of both IISc & TMS. While the construction details and cross-section of dyke proposed by IISc have been followed, suggestions made by TMS to convert the four cells into east & west cell and sealing the red mud pond with bentonite-soil mixture have been worked out in the final execution. The construction of West Cell and Process Water Lake is now over and East Cell is going on. In this manual all the as built features, drawings and final dyke top levels of Red Mud Pond (West Cell) and Process Water Lake have been described.


Global Experts 227

RED MUD POND, PROCESS WATER LAKE & ASH POND

DESCRIPTION DYKE LENGTH (In Meter)

Avg Ht. AREA (In Sqm)

AREA (In

Acre) VOLUME (In Cum) East Dyke

North Dyke

West Dyke

South Dyke

TOTAL

Red Mud Pond(West Cell)

367 600 620 698 2285 13.65 300012 74.1 34 Lakhs

Red Mud Pond(East Cell)

825 700 540+367 380 2812 7.715 573688 141.78 38 Lakhs

Process Water Lake 420 570 327 400 1717 7.628 160000 39.43

21.4 Lakhs

Ash Pond (Cell‐A) A1‐A2 ‐ 384m, A2‐A3 ‐ 154m, A3‐A5 ‐ 335m,A5‐A6 ‐ 141m, A6‐A7 ‐ 307m, A7‐A8 ‐ 87m, A8‐A9 ‐ 222M, A9‐A10 ‐ 138m. A10‐A12 ‐ 191m, A12‐A1 ‐ 206m

2422 4.75 357500 88.34 2.9 Lakhs

Ash Pond (Cell‐B) B1‐B2 ‐ 192m, B2‐B3 ‐ 198m, B3‐B4 ‐ 358m, B4‐B5 ‐ 111m, B5‐B6 ‐ 181m, B6‐B7 ‐ 52m, B7‐B10 ‐ 244m,

B10‐B1 ‐ 184m

1520 5.22 149300 36.89 4.2 Lakhs


Global Experts 228

Construction Guidelines for existing & expansion

1 The containment dykes of the ponds have been made by local burrow materials located within the pond perimeter.

2 The earthen dykes have been made by layers of 250-300mm thickness compacted to required density under optimum moisture content.

3 The upstream as well as downstream slopes of the dykes are maintained at 2H: 1V. The top width of dykes is 5.0m.

4 Filter media has been provided on the base under the downstream portion of the embankment along with rock toe as specified in the drawing for releasing the hydraulic pressure generated in the dyke and ensuring stability of the dyke.

5 Pitched toe drains with filter have been provided throughout the length of the dyke at the downstream toe of the dyke as indicated in the drawing. Surface drains have been provided at every 40m interval along the downstream slope which runs into the toe drain.

6 Turfing with pad/doob grass has been provided along the downstream slope of the dyke.

7 WBM road of 110mm thickness and 3.75m width has been provided over the top of dykes with PCC Kerb stones embedded on the outer side of road to channelize the rain water into the surface drains being provided along the downstream slope of dykes.

Sealing of Ponds

• Every precaution has been taken to seal the ponds against environment. • The finished level of pond bottom has been kept at least 1.0m above the

standing water level. • In Red Mud Pond the base has been sealed using composite layer of native

soil-bentonite mixture (2 % dry wt/dry wt, 200 mm thickness) and 300 mm native soil seal over it as outlined by M/s TMS. The upstream slope of dykes has been compacted to 95% Modified Proctor Compaction Density.

• A natural water reservoir is present outside the north-west corner portion of west-cell. So, looking at the risk associated, a catchment pond has been provided at the lowest portion of the region to collect the toe drain water from northern and western dyke, which will pumped back to the pond.

• The lower most region of the West Cell (north-west corner) where all the water of the pond is supposed to accumulate has been lined with HDPE (both base and slope) to make the surface completely impermeable.

• The entire base and slope of Process Water Lake has been lined with 1.5mm thickness HDPE with 500mm compact earth filling over it.

• A natural water reservoir is present outside the north-east corner portion of process Water Lake. So, looking at the risk associated, a catch-ment pond has been provided at the lowest portion of the region to collect the toe drain water from eastern, northern and western dyke, which will pumped back to the pond.


Global Experts 229

Design Parameters: • Red mud generation: 10250 TPD • Mud disposal method: Filtration to dry powder and supply to

Brick/Cement manufacturers • Mud concentration at pumping: 58-65% solid (w/w) • Specific gravity of red mud: 3.7 (as tested) • Slope to be maintained during mud deposition: 3-6% • Specific gravity of carrying water: 1.1 • In situ mud concentration: 78-82%

Zero solid waste M/s SSL has already planned for zero solid waste. The Redmud pond will be a standby only. Red Mud filtered through advanced filtration technologies. This will help in recovery of caustic to maxium and Redmud will be available in powder form. There will be no need of pond rather this will be given to cement plants for making cement and Brick plant for manufacture Redmud Brick. The company will recover valuable metal like Vanadium, Iron, and Titanium from Redmud powder. Redmud bricks are being produced.


Global Experts 230

PRESENT REDMUD FILTRATION PLANT Fly Ash The quantity of ash generated after expansion will be 2388 Tonnes/day. This will be pumped to the ash pond in high concentrated basis. The water will be recycled back to the plant for slurry preparation or for utilization after treatment. The assumptions for Ash Pond design is as per the criteria mentioned below:

• Mud disposal method: HCSD ( High concentration slurry Disposal) • Ash concentration at pumping: 60-65% solid(w/w) • Specific gravity of ash: 2.7 (normal:2.1 to 3.0)) • Slope to be maintained during ash deposition: 3-10% • Specific gravity of carrying water: 1.0 • In situ mud concentration: 80-82% • Ash pond area (only pond A as pond B shall be used for water retention)

VOLUME, m3 POND A POND B POND 1800000 3600000 ADDITIONAL @3% 1282166 2564332 ADDITIONAL @6% 2243750 4487500 ADDITIONAL @8% 2991720 5983440


Global Experts 231

For accommodating the generated ash disposal, the Pond A has a dimension of 850X600m (average radius: 350M), and the Pond B is proposed for a initial dimension of 1700X1200m (average radius: 350m) within the extra land of 314.37 ha. Generation of ash on daily basis is as per the specifications below: PUMPING OF ASH(DAILYBASIS): SOLID,TPD LIQUID,TPD %SOLID PULP,TPD PULP,M3/D SP.GR.

2388 1592 0.60 3980 2332 1.71 ASH AFTER DEPOSITION: SOLID,TPD LIQUID,TPD %SOLID PULP,TPD PULP,M3/D SP.GR.

2388 597 0.80 2985 1427 2.09 WATER AVAILABLE FOR RECIRCULATION: 83 m3/hr The total volume of ash generated in yearly basis is 18216858 m3. This is planned to be accommodated within the two Ash Ponds of above design, however for future utilization of ash alternative solutions will be adopted along with advent of new technological solutions. The industry will take steps to utilize ash to a maximum extent by itself and provide all facilities to other users of ash as per direction of Government/OPCB. The industry proposes to encourage local small scale units and promote entrepreneurs for the utilization of ash generated in the plant. The potential users for ash (particularly fly ash) are manufacturers of fly ash brick and fly ash concrete blocks and cement plants. In addition, fly ash in hydrate and semi hardened form can also be used in land reclamation, bund construction or road sub base construction. The various uses of fly ash is given below: • Portland Pozzolana Cement (using fly ash as Pozzolana); • Cement-Fly ash concrete and ready-mixed fly ash concrete; • Precast fly ash concrete building units; • Sintered fly ash light weight aggregate and concrete; • Lime- fly ash cellular concrete; • Cement/Lime/silicate bonded and clay-fly ash building bricks; • Port land cement clinker; • Oil-well cement and masonry cement; • For road and air field pavement construction using; • Lime fly ash concrete; • Lean cement fly ash concrete; • Cement fly ash concrete; • Lime fly ash soil stabilization and lime fly ash bound macadam; • As fill material in embankment construction; • As filler material in bituminous concrete; and • Insulating and semi insulating bricks.


Global Experts 232

Fly ash pond Ash Disposal Alternatives To minimize the ground water contamination and the extent of land occupied by the unproductive ash ponds, various other methods for disposal have to be worked out. Besides, all efforts should be done at all levels at many places to find out ways and means to utilize ash into value added products. The remaining of the total ash generated has to be disposed in the ash pond. The bulk of the ash can be disposed through following alternatives: 1. Land filling with proper cover of soil; 2. Construction of sub-base in cases such as roads, canal, railway line embankment, air ports, dykes, bunds etc.; and 3. Cement Industries However, it is very clear that using ash in such a manner on one hand will certainly reduce the cost of material, but on the other hand the cost of transporting and handling the ash will slightly increase. Basically, construction of roads, canals, railways embankments etc. in the vicinity can be implemented as well as used in cement plants. For disposal of solid waste generated from the proposed production facility, following specified disposal facility is under construction for the proposed plan period as shown in Table 4.13.


Global Experts 233

Table 4.13: Proposed Solid Waste Disposal Facilities Particular Area Volume Life Ash pond A 3.57 Lakh m2 18 Lakh m3 12-13 years Ash pond B 20.4 Lakh m2 36 Lakh m3 12-13 years Red mud west cell Pond 2.8 Lakh m2 32 Lakh m3 3-4 years Red mud East cell pond 89 Lakh m2 104 Lakh m3 9-10 years The above capacities are designed with 75% capacitation of estimated solid waste generation by the plant. In actuality this is further been estimated for 15 years of holding capacity based on the compaction of the Redmud and Ash in their dumpsite. Zero solid waste Under zero solid waste program the company has to supply fly ancilliary industries for manufacture of fly ash bricks. Ancillary units which are in the process of manufacturing bricks and blocks using red mud and fly ash are: 1. M/s Jai Bhagrangbali fly ash products - Champadeipur. Capacity: 3000 no/day employing 30 no of local people. 2. M/s Ramesh Fly ash Industries – Nandalbeda. Capacity: 5000 no/day employing 25 no of local people. 3. M/s Sabita Fly ash bricks and blocks – Bhawanipatna. Capacity: 10000 no/day employing 40 no of local people. 4. M/s Arihant Fly ash bricks– Muniguda. Capacity: 4000 no/day employing 20 no of

local people.


Global Experts 234

Fly ash & Redmud bricks


Global Experts 235

Red Mud Bricks 5. M/s Ganesh Fly ash Industries – Muniguda 6. M/s Banagarama Fly ash bricks – Rayagada 7. M/s Majhi-Gouri Fly ash industries – Rayagada 8. M/s Surendra Mahala Fly ash Industries – Kesinga 9. M/s Eco Fly ash Bricks-Kandhamal Biogas plant M/s SSL at Lanjigarh is arranging mid-day meal for about 10,000 students. The canteen waste and surplus food waste is being converted to Methane gas and this gas is being used as fuel and digested waste as manure.


Global Experts 236


Global Experts 237

4.16 WATER & WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT The raw water will be processed in primary treatment chamber before storing in the designated reservoir.Boiler feed water shall be prepared with detailed filtration and Demineralization processes. The wastewater will be generated from cooling towers in the CGPP and refinery. Besdes, domestic wastewater from canteen and employees wash area will also be generated. The sources of waste water generation are:

Cooling Tower and boiler Blowdown; D M Plant Regeneration; Filter Back wash; and

Domestic wastewater Wastewater from ash pond and red mud pond.

Recycling/reuse of treated wastewater

• Recycling of complete wastewater generated in cooling tower and boiler blowdown

• Treatment of wastewater for recycling in areas of use • Provision of sewage treatment plant to treat domestic sewage from plant • Utilization of treated domestic wastewater in greenbelt development and dust

suppression • Provision of separate storm water system to collect and store run-off water

during monsoon and utilization of the same in the process to reduce the fresh water requirement

Storm water Management

The refinery’s water management system has been designed to minimize the potential for storm water contamination occurring at the site. This has been achieved by incorporating the following features into the storm water management system:

• Runoff from upstream areas will be diverted around the refinery site, unless captured for water supply purposes;

• The quantity of contaminated runoff generated will be minimised by diverting runoff from areas external to the refinery to storm water discharge points;

• Caustic liquor and hazardous material storage areas will be bounded, with

runoff from these areas discharged via the dirty drain system, unless verified as clean;

• Runoff from area external to process areas of the plant will be contained

within a storage system; and

• Rainfall in bayer process areas will be contained within perimeter bunds, and recirculated into the process water circuit either directly from collection sumps or via the dirty pond (in extreme rainfall events).


Global Experts 238

The refinery has been segregated into the following areas for the management of storm water:

• Bayer process areas; • Non bayer process areas and non process areas; • Hazardous material storage areas; and • Areas external to the refinery.

A detailed description of the storm water management for each area is provided below. Run off from the following areas is sent to the external waterways, after suitable sedimentation traps; Bauxite Stockpile, General offices and workshops, Rail line in the vicinity of Alumina Loading, green belts adjacent to the above areas. None of these areas handle caustic.

Runoff from the following areas report to the clean water pond; Power plant and coal handling, Raw water Storage and adjacent green belts. The dirty water storage dam is traditionally of sufficient capacity to contain the ‘first flush’ (first 20 mm of rainfall) flow from the catchment. It is decided to build a water pond of 94,000m3 capacity, sufficient to hold the storm water from approximately 300mm of rain fall. The water from the dam will be returned to the residue washing process. Water will automatically be diverted to the clean water pond in the event that the dirty pond is filled and water is not able to be returned to the process prior to additional run off occurring (for operational or timing reasons). Runoff in excess of the “first flush” will be relatively clean as the majority of the sediment load will already have been removed. The over flow of the clean water pond / system as a whole will only occur in extreme rainfall events. In such circumstances two features ensure that no detectable environmental damage will result.

• The dirty drains system will capture water from the first 300mm of rainfall

during which time any contamination will be flushed to the pond. Hence, overflow from this system to the clean water system will be water from a well-flushed system and hence very low in a contaminants.

• Over flow of the clean water system will only occur after/ during extreme

rainfall events and will hence be very low in contaminants. This overflow will enter a natural system which is also undergoing the effects of an extreme rainfall event.

Run off from Red Mud Pond and Ash Pond Further, the run-off from the red mud pond will be collected and stored in a holding pond, which shall be located near the toe of the mud storage area. The stored run-off shall be used for sprinkling during dry season. Further, to divert rainwater from outside the mud storage area, suitable garland drain shall be provided. Capacity of red mud storage area will be suitably designed to take care of heavy continuous rainfall. The water balance for the red mud pond will be available only during the


Global Experts 239

detailed engineering stage. Further, adequate number of leach pits shall be bored in the red mud disposal area to monitor the ground water quality under post project monitoring scheme. Further, industry should also plan for dry disposal of red mud as stipulated under CREP guidelines in a time bound manner. Similarly, the ash pond overflow effluent will be recycled back to the ash water handling system for slurry making. The water balance for the ash pond will be available only during the detailed engineering stage. Adequate number of observation pits shall be bored around the ash pond to check for ground water contamination.

Raw water reservoir This is the main source of fresh water to the plant and colony. Water from Tel River is pumped into this reservoir and consumed for plant and domestic purposes. Fresh water makeup in plant is done using this water after treatment.

Raw Water Reservoir Storm water pond: This is used to collect mainly the runoff from areas external to process, STP discharge and blow down from non-alkaline cooling towers. This water is utilized for horticulture, ash slurring, dust suppression sprinklers and mud washing.


Global Experts 240

Storm water pond Effluent Treatment Raw sewage from the refinery is generated from toilets, canteens, substations etc is collected through pipelines and sent to Sewage treatment plant (STP) having a capacity of 360 KL/day. Treated water from STP is utilized for plantation, road washing etc.


Global Experts 241

STP EFFLUENT IN USE IN HORTICULTURE & AGRICULTURE IN TOWNSHIP Dirty Storm Water pond: Spillages, washings and rainfall in Bayer process areas is contained within perimeter bunds and re circulated into the process water circuit either directly from collection sumps or via the dirty storm water pond. Dirty Storm Water pond


Global Experts 242

Sanitary Waste Treatment Plant The biological treatment section treats the sanitary waste from alumina/power plant. It will be routed to the sanitary sewage sump. Then it will be pumped to the compact unit comprising digestion chamber, stabilization chamber, clarifier, activated sludge process with facilities like aeration, post chlorination, sludge removal, recirculation and scum removal. The treated effluent after chlorination is collected in the treated effluent sump. The bio-sludge generated is dried in sludge drying beds before final disposal. Besides the above a good house keeping will be practiced in the plant so that waste water generation is minimized. The entire process water will be reused.

4.17 RAIN WATER HARVESTING SSL township after expansion will spread over 45ha of land. The area has an average slope of 5%. 3D view of township has been shown below.


Global Experts 243

Institute of advanced technology & Environmental Studies (IATES), Bhubaneswar has given rainwater harvesting plan for the project, which has already been submitted with supplementary report. Run off co-efficient of township varies from 0.15 to 0.4, hence township has been divided in to eight sectors on the basis of land slope and drainage pattern. Each sector will have tanks to harvest rain water charge to ground table through bore holes. Annual avg rain fall is about 1490mm, but common depressional rain varies from 150 to 300mm. hence 200mm has been considered. Due to either absence of fractures or due to little yield potential, the bore wells have low intake capacity of 60lpm. So most of the tanks are connected one or two recharge borewells. Total runoff generated in township area for the existing unit is about 153209m3 from which 70% can be harvested to about one lakh cub.m per annum. This will be utilized to meet domestic requirement of 2300 people for afull year. With the expansion of the unit the township area will be enhanced and same harvesting procedure shall be adopted. As to rain water harvesting from plant area, the unit has Redmud pond, Caustic water pond, Storm water pond and process Water Lake. The used water collected in these facilities will be reused in plant. Now with the expansion the area of these facilities will increase and with better technology adopted the ponds can harvest more rain water and more water will be recycled to process. It has been estimated that specific consumption of fresh water has been reduced from 6m3/Ton of Alumina to 3.2 m3/Ton and thus energy consumption has been appreciably reduced. 4.18 NOISE MANAGEMENT Noise suppression plays pre dominant role in industrial area. As noise is very high (above 85 dB) it will adversely affect human organs, such as functioning of heart & ears. It also affects the performance of workman & staffs working in that area. In a nutshell sound level should be maintained within the permissible range as recommended by PCB to avert above said issues. Acoustic enclosures are one among the way to suppress the noise level within Permissible range. As the noise level in MP Blower room was around 110 dB, it was very important to install acoustic enclosure to maintain the noise level below 85dB. Same way, in panfilteration area the delivery lines of the blowers are connected to receiver Vessels where the noise level was 108 dB. And also the line connecting MP Blowers to FBC(Fluidized Bed Cooler) & HAL(Hot Air Lift) ,the noise level was 95 dB. All put together, the area around MP Blower room & Panfilteration were very noisy & acoustic Enclosures installation became necessity to protect Workman & Staff and after installation of Acoustic Enclosures in the above said areas the noise level has come down to below 75 dB. Similar steps will be taken for expansion project.


Global Experts 244

Acoustic Enclosures for DG at Power plant, Pan Filter Blowers, MP blower & Blower room at Alumina Handling. 4.19 MEASURES FOR IMPROVEMENT OF ECOLOGY The Local ecology is intended to be preserved as much as possible with retention of the existing species of plantation and further enhancing the density of plantation with the local species. This will be supervised by the plant operation team for sustainability of the species and improvement strategy. 4.20 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT With rapid industrialization and consequent deleterious impact of pollutants on environment, values of environmental protection offered by trees are becoming clear. Trees are very much suitable for detecting, recognizing and monitoring air pollution effects. Monitoring of biological effects of air pollutant by the use of plants as indicators has been applied on local, regional and national scale. Trees function as sinks of air pollutants, besides their bio-esthetical values, owing to its large surface area. The greenbelt development not only functions as foreground and background landscape features resulting in harmonizing and amalgamating the physical structures of the plant with surrounding environment, but also acts as pollution sink. Thus, implementation of afforestation programme is of paramount importance. It will also check soil erosion, make the ecosystem more complex and functionally more stable and make the climate more conducive. Total greenbelt in the project complex will cover one third of the total area. All the unused open spaces are intended to be used for greenbelt landscape development. The pathway-sidings and around residential complexes, a thick grassy land will be created to prevent erosion, and retain moisture content with less post sunset thermal radiation from bare ground. Also some selected variety of trees will be planted along the road sides for partial thermal capping and control of fugitive dust emissions from


Global Experts 245

the said roadways. Till date SSL has covered 196 Ha area under green belt development with high survival rate. The detail green belt plan and its map is given below.


Global Experts 246


Global Experts 247


Global Experts 248

GREENERY AT TOWNSHIP

GREENERY AT PLANT


Global Experts 249

Criteria for selection of species Species selected and proposed to be selected for expansion fulfill following specific requirements of the area. Tolerance to specific conditions or alternatively wide adaptability to eco-physiological conditions.

Rapid growth Capacity to endure water stress and climate extremes after initial

establishment: Differences in height and growth habits Pleasing appearance Providing shade Ability of fixing atmospheric Nitrogen Improving waste lands.

Some Additional Information about Plantation To undertake plantation on site for different purposes, following steps will be taken:

Raising of seedlings in nursery Preparation of pits and preparing them for transfer of seedlings After-care

Raising of seedlings in nursery Seedlings will be raised in nurseries. Adequate number of surplus seedlings will be available considering 10% mortality in seedlings. Healthy seedlings to be ready for transfer to permanent location before rainy season. Preparation of pits and preparing them for transfer of seedlings Standard pit size would be 1 m x 1 m x 1 m The distance between pits would vary depending on their location The pits should be filled using:

Good soil from nearby agricultural fields (3 parts) Farmyard manure (1 part) Rhizobium commercial preparation 1 kg/1000 kg BHC powder, if the soil inhabits white ants (Amount variable) The pits should be watered prior to plantation of seedlings.

Trees are the most important sinks for air pollution. Trees also absorb noise, act as barrier. It will improve the ecology and aesthetics of the area. They have major long-term impacts on soil quality and the ground water table. HOUSEKEEPING Appropriate measures will be taken under the direct guidance of the Environmental cell for appropriate housemanship and conditioned working environment to be maintained within the Plant premises.


Global Experts 250

4.21 SOCIO- ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Vision & Mission of M/s SSL

“Sustainable development of the local community living in the core and periphery habitations and emerging as a responsible Corporate Partner of the Government and the People of Odisha”

The company aims at sustainable Development Practices at par with global standards

M/s Sesa Sterlite Limited aims to develop and manage a diverse portfolio of mining and metals business to provide attractive returns to its shareholders. It aims to achieve this in a socially and environmentally responsible manner and create value for the communities where it operates. Sustainable development principles are fundamental to SSL’s approach. These principles require SSL to monitor and reduce social and environmental risks, to ensure efficient resource use, to minimize pollution, and to create partnership with the local communities. M/s SSL has received Greentech Gold Award 2013 for CSR performance To create partnerships with its local communities, SSL Lanjigarh under its Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) has taken up initiatives on three-focus areas- Education, Health and Sanitation and Sustainable Livelihood. The purpose of the CSR is to bring qualitative improvements in the lives of the community residing in the vicinity of its activities in Lanjigarh area. In addition to this, SSL focuses on sports and youth development programmes, environment protection drives and executes infrastructure development projects. The activities being undertaken under each focus area are as follows: (i) Education:

The local tribals are very backward, educationally. Their total literacy till today is leveled at less than 20 per cent. Their female literacy is alarming low, less than 10 per cent. Their children prefer to do, indoor and outdoor, works rather than going to schools. The incidence of never attending children and dropped out children is very high among the PTGs. Thus the CCD plan indicates educational development intervention by operating the existing 16 Nursery Schools with 16 local teachers having an intake capacity of 640 children for popularizing the goal of education among the PTG children in the age group 3-6 year and promoting their educational ability so as to enable them to compete with other STs boys and girls for taking admission in the ST & SC Development Department Residential Educational Institutions. Besides, the core education programme will be setting up of an ‘Educational Complex’ in every Micro Project o take special educational (both formal and vocational) care for promotion of girls’ education of the PTGs, and raise their literacy and awareness levels and skills and empower them, educationally, economically and socially. Besides, the task of teaching in Nursery Schools, the teachers will play the roles animators and account keepers of SHGs, coordinators and facilitators of different development works organizers of health camps and training and awareness programmes of the Micro Projects at villages.


Global Experts 251

In order to spark the desire for children’s education amongst the rural community, SSL organizes awareness programme and provides supports through Child Care Centres (CCC) and Education Guarantee Scheme Schools (EGSS) in the villages. Children of the age group between three and five and between six and fourteen undergo pre-schooling education and primary education respectively in these centres. VAL has opened thirty four (34) Child Care Centres in 31 villages wherein 1211 children are enrolled. It also supports running one Education Guarantee Scheme School (EGSS) where 120 children are continuing their primary education. This school covers the students from three adjacent villages. All the students at the school get the mid day meal on every working day. Although this scheme has officially ended w.e.f. March 31, 2008, however, VAL continues to support the programme by its own (ii) Health and Nutrition:

The CCD plan reflects health measures through participation of tribal traditional medicine-men in development of herbarium as well as organization of health camps with Micro Projects – NGOs partnership in a select of central villages in every alternative month to extend clinical treatments of common diseases for all affected people and providing live saving medicines for the serious patients. This will check spreading the deadly malaria disease and malnutrition and help cure the people from diseases and save them from health disorders and deaths. (iii) Infrastructure: The development of infrastructure – village link roads and bridges/culverts, irrigation facilities, solar lights, educational and health and market, through cooperative (NFGCS) efforts, is essential for accelerating economic development of the PTG people. The CCD plan investment in village infrastructure will give impetus to economic activities, improve tribal skills, facilitates delivery of social services, generate additional employment and income. The Micro Project in the partnership with the ITDAs and Grampanchayats will have a vital role to play in the process of building up the infrastructure in Dongria Kondh villages.

(iv) Drinking Water and Irrigation: By turn of 2012, the CCD plan initiative will ensure coverage of all the problem villages, where drinking water is scarce, with assess to safe drinking water by constructing cisterns, installing tube wells and stream based gravitational flow tap water projects, wherever they are feasible. The construction of check dams and Diversion Weirs and extending canals and water channels from the dam sites to the farms and fields will ensure potential flow irrigation facilities for the agro-horticulture operations during kharif and rabi seasons. (v) Income Generation: The CCD plan envisages development of land with stone bounding and plantation of fruit bearing trees, like citrus, mango, banana, lichi, yam and spices, such as turmeric and zinger (organic produce), cinnamon and black piper cultivation/intercropping in the hill farms of the Dongarias as the core income


Global Experts 252

generating programme. It will be supplemented by rice cultivation in the small chunks of wetlands, agro-forestry-vocation based skill development trainings to youths and extension of market facilities by strengthening the existing cooperative organization (NGFGCS) and providing transport services for the people and goods. Most of the income generating programmes will be implemented through a group mode (Women SHGs). The schemes, like fruit and food processing and trading of agro-forest produce and their transporting will be implemented by the SHGs, and the NGFGCS will act as a federation of all the SHGs and help extend financial and marketing and transportation supports to them. This will arrest economic exploitations of the Dongaria Kondhs by the Doms. (VI) Health and Sanitation: With a view to facilitating the community people to maintain better health status SSL runs dispensary in the Rehabilitation Colony i.e. Niyamgiri Vedanta Nagar, First Aid Centre in the plant and organizes Rural Health Camps on regular basis through its Mobile Health Unit. In the health camps, doctors do the general health check-ups and suggest medication to the patients. At the same time, the patients and their attendants coming to the health camps are made aware of the methods and benefits to undergo sanitary and hygienic practices, using mosquito nets to keep malarial fever away. (VII) Sustainable Livelihood In view of the enough natural resources available in the Lanjigarh area and the poor economic status of the community residing in the surrounding areas of the plant site SSL initiated the livelihood program. Having considered the low per capita income status in the area SSL identified some feasible enterprises catering to the needs of the area and facilitating income generation scope for the target people. Accordingly it has mobilized SHGs (Self Help Group) for rural women belong to BPL households (Below Poverty Line) and arranged income generating activities for them. 31 women SHGs and 58 farmers SHGs were mobilized with total members of SHGs being 1164. SHGs have mobilized Rs. 10, 88,299/- savings. As means of livelihood 780 farmers from 56 villages have undergone training on best agriculture practices for paddy and vegetable cultivation. Soil-testing camps were conducted in the villages. During 2007 nearly 600 Soil samples were tested and accordingly soil treatment measures were suggested to the farmers. (VIII) Sports and Youth Development To promote sports spirit and strengthen the social cohesiveness SSL organizes sports and youth development program on regular basis. In persuasion of the objective, it promotes volleyball, football games, and cultural programs and supports youth clubs for their active participation in social work and community development initiatives. It has conducted two football matches and facilitated the village youths to form 10 youth clubs. Vedanta also participated in the cultural program of the villagers and supported their festivals.


Global Experts 253

(IX) Infrastructure Development As it is well realized that development of infrastructures provides base to any development program for achieving its objective. So SSL executed infrastructure development projects such as development of mettled roads, pucca drains, installation of hand pumps for clean and safe drinking water, installation of street lights, construction of temples, the Dharani ghars, construction of school buildings, high level bridges, black top roads etc. In addition, a socio – economic survey and need assessment study for Lanjigarh Panchayat was carried out through “The Human Development”. It has recommended different rural development interventions for increasing the number of families engaged in Income generating activities and to improve the quality of life.


Global Experts 254

(X) WOMEN EMPOWERMENT ACTIVITIES

Village level meetings with 24 SHG’s covering 261 women from 12 villages. Skill Development trainings for Women Self Help Groups on Income generation

Activities in Collaboration with District Industries Centre, Kalahandi. The different trades include Appliqué work, Hill broom binding, Leaf and cup plate making, Phenyl making and Agarbatti making.

Vocational Tailoring Training Center at Lanjigarh Market Complex has trained 30 women in its 1st phase and 2nd phase covering another 20 women is continuing in collaboration with Vedanta Foundation.

SHG products show cased at different forums like CII Odisha Event at Bhubaneswar and Kalahandi Utsav.

OUTPUT/IMPACT

• Total savings of SHG’s: 5 lakhs • 17 SHG’s undertaken Income generation activities in seven trades covering

184 women members. • Earning of Rs. 2000-3000 per month by SHG’s

PARTNERS Kutia Kondh Development Agency (KKDA), Lanjigarh Integrated Child Development Scheme (ICDS), Lanjigarh District Industry Centre (DIC), Kalahandi


Global Experts 255

(XI) NIYAMAGIRI VEDANTA NAGAR Nearly 121 families resettled voluntarily. 75 Displaced Families trained and employed at SSL (improved quality of life) Facilities at NVN:

Well equipped Community center with facilities such as, TV, DVD, Music System, Utensils for community gathering etc.

4 Water Tanks with community tap points 9 Tube wells at different clusters as an alternative to provide water supply

during power failures. 5 SHGs (Self Help Groups involved in Phenyl Making, tailoring, appliqué work

etc) 3 Dharani Ghars(Place of worship) for individual community. 2 Ponds for community use Boundary wall of NVN 6 Sitting Platforms in the colony Permanent Pucca Drainage system. Play Ground for sports Burial ground near to the R & R Colony

(XII) Health Programs Focus Areas

Health Surveillance Training and Competence Medical Care and Management Record Keeping and Statistics Health Promotion Employee Assistance Program Industry Life Cycle Planning Community Health

Approach

• Health awareness program through street play, Mobile health unit, Consultants, Doctors

• One to One Counseling by Doctors and Staff • Awareness through ASHA, Anganwadi workers, School teachers, students,

Childcare teachers and coordinators. • Diagnosis and treatment at OHC, NVN Dispensary, MHU, Vedanta Hospital,

PHC, CHC, Referral centers. • Ambulance service • Financial assistance in critical cases to the poor specially tribals. • Disability limitation and rehabilitation through physiotherapy unit, Vedanta

Hospital


Global Experts 256

Health & Sanitation performance of SSL in FY 2013-14 Sl No

Initiative Objective Partner No. of Beneficiaries

Coverage

1 Mobile Health Unit Health service at door step

NA 8652 78 villages

2 SSL Hospital Quality Health facility to local community

Nirmala Kruti Bikas Trust

37127 120 villages of Kalahandi & Rayagada

3 Niyamagiri Vedanta Nagar Outlet

Primary Health service to backward people

NA 4553 12 villages

4 Vedanta Smile Train Cleft Lip & palate surgery Program

To help them to join main stream

NKBT and Smile Train

45 6 KBK districts

5 Sickle Cell Anaemia Detection & Treatment

To reduce the cases in the region

Odisha Sickle Cell & NKBT

603 screening(154 + cases)

Kalahandi & Rayagada

6 Handpump repairing & disinfection

Safe drinking water

RWSS & Local Grampanchyat

23584 34 villages

7 Maleria control drive Preventive measure, Blood test and free health service, creat awareness

NRHM & Health & Family walefare Deptt.

20798 35 villages

8 Intensive Pulse Polio Immunisation Program

Eradication of Polio


7886 50 villages

9 IEC activity Awareness of Health related issue

NA 11176 34 villages

10 Blood donation camp NKBT,CREW, Redcross society, Sambad & AmaOdisha

196 SSL employees & community members

11 General & mega Health camp

Providing basic health facilities


9694 Kalahandi & Raygada district

12 Trauma care To reduce morbidity & mortality of road accident and other falls

NKBT & District Health Authority


13 Alcohol deaddition NKBT 11 Lanjigarh block

14 Tobaco de-addition NKBT 19 Lanjigarh block

14 Reproductive and Child health(pre & post natal)



15 Cataract NKBT, MHU & Disrtict Health

24 Kalahandi & Raygada


Global Experts 257

Authority district 16 HIV NKBT Sample

tested-348, positive 0

Kalahandi & Raygada district

17 Diabetes & Hyper tension

NKBT 363 Kalahandi & Raygada district

(XIII) Environment Protection SSL since its inception has been conscious about the environment protection in and around its industrial operation. In persuasion of this, it organizes environment protection awareness camps and observes plantation week ensuring participation of the community and the employees. It organizes environment awareness camps in the villages and makes the community aware of the importance of saplings plantation. About 2,09,300 saplings of species like Karanj, Mango, Tamarind, Jackfruit, Ashok, Neem, Lemon, Jamun, etc. have been planted. SSL has also developed one Nursery. 4.22 CREP GUIDELINES Following are the CREP guide line for Alumina Refinery

Red Mud Phasing Wet disposal

Red Mud utilisation

To achieve minimum 50% solids in red mud

M/s SSL is making dry disposal of Redmud with about 20% moisture using advanced technology as a result the company is capable of disposing off its entire Redmud powder to Cement and brick manufacturing plants. Red mud utilization Red mud slurry is to be redigested with caustic at higher temperature to recover Boehmite monohydrate alumina, so as to increase the production of Alumina. It will be washed and filtered so as to make it conveyable powder. Valuable metals like Vanadium, Ti, Iron and Gallium are to be economically recovered from Redmud and Powder red mud will be given to cement plant and Brick making plant free of cost. A technology to make steel from Redmud containing about 40% Fe is being explored. 4.23 TOTAL IMPACT SCORE WITH EMP M/s Sesa Sterlite Ltd. Proposed expansion would have had appreciable environmental pollution problems as analysed by a total impact score without EMP (TIS= -4091). But with the implementation of comprehensive environment management plan as described in this chapter and already being implemented for the existing plant; the environmental problem will be considerably reduced as analysed by total impact score after the implementation of EMP found to be (TIS=-1240). Therefore the


Global Experts 258

project may be implemented for the obvious socio-economic development of the region and economic development of the country as well. Total Impact Score (TIS) for Project activities with EMP

Envi

ronm

ent

Com

ponen

ts

PIV

Civ

il Const

ruct

ion

Mec

han

ical

Work

Raw

Mat

eria

l &

Pr

oduct

Handlin

g,

Sto

res

&

Tra

nsp

ort

atio

n

Plan

t O

per

atio

n

Civ

ic a

men

itie

s

Tota

l

Im

pac

t Sco

re

Ambient air Quality

105 - - -1 --1 - -2 -210

Surface water Quality

79 - - -1 -1 - -2 -158

Surface water Resources

53 - - -- -- - 0 -

Ground water Quality

53 - - -1 -1 - -2 -53

Noise Quality 53 - -1 -1 -1 - -3 -159

Soil Quality 79 - - -1 -1 - -2 -158

Land use Pattern

53 - - -1 -1 +1 -1 -79

Flora & Fauna

53 -1 - -1 -2 +1 -3 -159

Aesthetics 79 - - -1 -2 +1 -2 -158

Human Health & Safety

53 - -1 -1 -1 +1 -2 -106

Total Impact Score (TIS)

-1240

Assessment value index

Up to (-) 2000 No appreciable impact on environment. Adverse impact minimal.

(-) 2000 to (-) 4000

Appreciable impact on environment but not injurious in general. Adequate mitigative measures are important.

(-) 4000 to (-) 6000

Significant impact upon the environment. Major environmental control measures to be taken.


Global Experts 259

(-) 6000 to (-) 8000

Major injuries impact on environment. Site selection to be considered

(-) 8000 and above Alternative site to be considered.

Up to 2000 Minimally beneficial.

Up to 2000 Moderately beneficial.

Up to 2000 Appreciably beneficial.

Up to 2000 Significantly beneficial

8000 and above Extremely beneficial.

With value at (-1240) No appreciable impact on environment is anticipated. Adverse impact minimal. 4.24 IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP & ACTION PLAN The effective implementation of EMP will not only reduce pollution load & comply the regulatory requirement but also increase productivity & improve marketability of product. An environmental monitoring plan provides a delivery mechanism to address the adverse environmental impacts of a project during its execution, to enhance project benefits and introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. An environmental monitoring program is important as it provides useful information and helps to: • Assist in detecting the development of any unwanted environmental situation and

thus, provides opportunities for adopting appropriate control measures and • Define the responsibilities of the project proponent, contractors and

environmental monitors and provides means of effectively communicating environmental issues among them.

• Define monitoring mechanism and identify monitoring parameters.


Global Experts 260

CHAPTER-5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

5.1 FORMATION OF AN ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM The environmental management system to be formed by the industry will enable it to maximize its beneficial effects and minimize its adverse effects with emphasis on prevention. It shall: • Identify and evaluate the environmental effects arising from the industry's

existing/proposed activities, products and services to determine those of significance;

• Identify and evaluate the environmental effects arising from incidents, accidents and potential emergency situations:

• Identify the relevant legislative and regulatory requirements: • Enable priorities to be identified and pertinent environmental objectives and

targets to be identified and pertinent environmental objectives and targets to be set:

• Facilitate planning, control, monitoring, auditing and review activities to ensure that the policy is complied with.

• Allow periodic evaluation to suit changing circumstances so that it remains relevant.

5.2 IMPLEMENTATION OF AN ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 5.2.1 Commitment It is essential that the top management is committed for the development of its activities in an environmentally sound manner and supports all efforts in achieving this objective. Experience has shown that all attempts to change the processes and production methods which reduce/ prevent wastes and inefficient use of resources ultimately result not only in environmentally sound practices but also better business returns. 5.2.2 Preparatory Environmental Review An industry with no formal environmental management system first establishes its current position with regards to environment through a preparatory environmental review. This covers four areas:

• Legislative and regulatory requirements. • Evaluation and registration of significant parameters and their environmental

impacts. • Review of existing environmental management practices and procedures. • Assessment of feedback from investigation of previous environmental incidents

and non-compliance with legislation, regulations or existing policies and procedures.


Global Experts 261

The resulting report should address: • The nature and extent of problems and deficiencies • The priorities to be accorded to rectify them 5.2.3 Environmental Policy The industry's management should actively initiate, develop and support the environmental policy, which is relevant to its activities, products and services and their environmental effects. Broadly this should:

• Be consistent with the occupational health and safety policy and other industrial policies (such as quality policy);

• Indicate which of the industrial activities are covered by the environmental management system;

• Be communicated and implemented at all levels of the industry • Be available publicly.

SSL always accords highest priority to Environmental protection, societal development and human rights issue.Accordingly Vedanta has formed a sustainability group at corporate level to oversee the HSE Policy and implementation of corporate philosophy in all the operations.


Global Experts 262


Global Experts 263

5.2.4 Organization and Personnel To facilitate the implementation of the EMS, one of the most important aspects relate to the organization and personnel. The related issues are:

• Define and document the responsibility, authority and interrelations of key personnel involved in the implementation of the environmental policy, objectives and environmental management system;

• Identify the in-house verification requirements and procedures including resources and personnel;

• Appoint a Management Representative (MR); • Communicate to employees at all levels the importance of compliance with the

environmental policy, their role and responsibilities in achieving compliance, the potential consequences of departures from the specified procedures, identify and provide appropriate training

• Establish and maintain procedures to ensure that contractors are made aware of the environmental management system requirements and provisions.

Vedanta Lanjigarh is having a dedicated Environmental Team under the leadership of GM (HSE) who is having more than 20 years experience in managing Alumina Refineries. With the dedicated effort of the team, the unit is in a position to maintain zero LTIFR for the last more than two years and complying with all the Environmental norms. 5.2.5 Environmental Effects The industry should establish and maintain procedures for:

• Receiving, documenting and responding to internal as well as external communications concerning environmental aspects and management

• Identifying, examining and evaluating the environmental effects of its activities under normal and abnormal/emergency situations (including risk assessment) and compiling significant effects in a register.

• Recording all legislative, regulatory and other policy requirements and codes in a register.

As a responsible corporate Vedanta always endeavour to adopt the best practices in the field issued by various International Institutions. As a practice audit is also carried out through third parties so that gaps if any are identified and actions are taken to bridge the gap.

Recently International Financial Corporation (IFC) and Equator Principles (EP) and World Bank have come out with new guidelines and policies on Environmental and social sustainability, Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines. These guidelines are normally in line with the guidelines issued by Institutions like International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM) and OECD. Lanjigarh unit had appointed Environmental Resource Management(ERM), a world renouned Environmental Consultant for carrying out an Independent Environmental and Social performance review of Lanjigarh operations inline with IFC, OECD, EP, ICMM and EHS guidelines and the report prepared by them has already been submitted. From the report it can be observed that Lanjigarh unit is complying with almost all the recommendations


Global Experts 264

made by various International Institution for responsible Environmental Health and Social Development. 5.2.6 Environmental Objectives and Targets The objectives should be set with a view to realizing gradual and steady improvements in environmental performance through application of best available and economically viable technology. The areas targeted for improvement should be those where improvements are most necessary to reduce risks (to environment and industry) and liabilities. These should be identified through cost-benefit analysis wherever practicable and should be quantitative and achievable. Sesa Sterlite always endeavours to be the leader in Environmental and Social development/ management in the field of its operation. 5.2.7 Environmental Management Program The establishment of an Environmental Management Program is the key to compliance with the industry's environmental policy and achievement of the environmental objectives and targets. It should designate the responsibility for achieving the targets at each level and the means thereof. It should deal with the actions required for the consequences of the industry's past activities as well as address the life cycle of developments of new products so as to effectively control adverse impacts. 5.2.8 Environmental Management Manual and Documentation The documentation is intended to provide an adequate description of the environmental management system. The manual is expected to provide a reference to the implementation and maintenance of the system. 5.2.9 Operational Control The management responsibilities should be defined to ensure that the control, verification, measurement and testing of environment parameters within the industry are adequately coordinated and effectively performed. The control, verification, measurement and testing should be made through documented procedures and work instructions defining the manner of conducting activities, the absence of which can lead to violation of the environment policy. In the event of non-compliance, procedures for investigation of the causative mechanism should be established and the factors reported for corrective actions. 5.2.10 Environment Management Records Inline with the best practice, Vedanta has established and maintained a system of records to demonstrate compliance with the environmental management systems and the extent of achievement of the environmental objectives and targets. In


Global Experts 265

addition the other records (legislative, audit and review reports), management records also address the following:

• Details of failure in compliance and corrective action; • Details of indigents and corrective action; • Details of complaints and follow-up action; • Appropriate contractor and supplier information; • Inspection and maintenance reports; • Product identification and composition data; • Monitoring data; • Environmental training records.

5.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AUDIT 5.3.1 Environmental Statement The intention of this statement is: • To identify the process/ production areas where resources can be used more

efficiently through a comparison with the figures of a similar industry (thereby reducing the consumption per unit of product);

• To determine the areas where waste generation can be minimized at source and through end of pipe treatment (thereby reducing the wastes generated and discharged per unit of product);

• Initiate a self-correcting/improvement system through an internal analysis to achieve cost reduction through choice of superior technology and more efficient practices.

5.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT REVIEWS The senior management periodically review the Environmental Management System (EMS) to ensure its suitability and effectiveness. The need for possible changes in the environmental policy and objectives for continuous improvement are ascertained and revisions are made accordingly. EMS based on the above objectives is formulated and implemented at the industry level. 5.5 IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP The effective implementation of EMP will not only reduce pollution load & comply the regulatory requirement but also increase productivity & improve marketability of product. 5.5.1 Environmental Monitoring The regular online and background monitoring of environmental parameters is essential for the successful implementation of EMP.


Global Experts 266

Environmental Monitoring Regular monitoring programme of the environmental parameter’s is essential to take into account the changes in the environment. The objective of monitoring is:

• To verify the result of the impact assessment study in particular with

regards to new developments; • To follow the trend of parameters which have been identified as critical; • To check or assess the efficiency of the controlling measures; • To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact

assessment study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new installations or through the modification in the operation of existing facilities;

• To check assumption made with regard to the development and to detect deviations in order to initiate necessary measures; and

• To establish a database for future Impact Assessment Studies for new projects.

The attributes, which merit regular monitoring, are specified underneath:

1] Air quality; 2] Water and wastewater quality; 3] Noise levels; 4] Ecological preservation and afforestation; and 5] Socio-economic aspects.

The post project monitoring to be carried out at the industry level is discussed below:

5.5.2 Monitoring and Reporting Procedure

Regular monitoring of important and crucial environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of environment during plant operation. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the monitoring programme can serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the plant and suitable mitigatory steps could be taken in time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring. The following routine monitoring programme would therefore be implemented.

A comprehensive monitoring programme is suggested underneath; Environmental attributes should be monitored as given below:

Air Pollution and Meteorological Aspects

• Both ambient air quality and stack emissions should be monitored. The ambient air would be monitored twice in a week [in line with the guidelines of Central Pollution Control Board] at four locations. The locations should be representative indicating the work zone, residential and rural conditions.


Global Experts 267

Further, a meteorological station should be established near the plant site to monitor the climatological data.

Water and Wastewater Quality

• All the effluents emanating from the plant should be monitored monthly for

physico-chemical characteristics. Heavy metals would be monitored on a quarterly basis. It is proposed to monitor the physical and chemical parameters in the effluent as per Table-5.1.

Noise Levels

• Noise levels in the work zone environment such as ST building, refinery plant and compressors will be monitored. The frequency should be once in three months in the work zone. Similarly, ambient noise levels at three locations will be monitored on a seasonal basis.

The environmental monitoring cell will co-ordinate all monitoring programmes at site and data thus generated will be regularly furnished to the State regulatory agencies.

5.5.3 Environmental Laboratory M/s Sesa Sterlite Limited has a full flaged Environmental Laboratory having a) Air Quality and Meteorology

• XRD • XRF • AAS • Flame Photometer • High volume sampler; • Stack monitoring equipment (on line); • Weather station (Continuous); • Spectrophotometer (visible range); • Single pan balance; • Relevant chemicals as per IS:5182; and • CO monitors.

b) Water and Wastewater Quality

The sampling is being done as per the standard procedures laid down by IS:2488. Following equipments are there in lab:

• BOD incubator • COD reflux set up • Refrigerator • Oven • Stop watch • Thermometer • pH meter • Distilled water plant


Global Experts 268

• Pipette box • Titration set • Dissolved oxygen analyzer • Relevant chemicals

c) Noise Levels The Env lab has a sound level meter to record noise levels in different scales like A weighting with slow and fast response options.


Global Experts 269

Table-5.1 Monitoring Schedule for Environmental Parameters

Sr. No.

Particulars Monitoring Frequency

Duration of Sampling Important Monitoring Parameters

1 Air Pollution & Meteorology Air Quality A Stack Monitoring 1 Calciner Stacks On Line Continuous SO2, NOx SPM,CO 2 Boiler Stacks On Line Continuous SO2, NOx, SPM,CO B Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

1. Lanjigarh 2. Bijamendli 3. Rengapalli 4. Mine area or locations specified by OSPCB

Twice in a week 24 hrs continuously SPM, RPM, SO2, NOx and CO

Meteorology a Meteorological data to be

monitored at the proposed plant.

Daily Continuous Monitoring Wind speed and direction, temperature relative humidity and rainfall.

2 Water and Wastewater Quality a Industrial/Domestic 1 Ash pond/redmud pond

effluents Once in a week 24 hr composite As per EPA rules, 1996.

2. Process wastewater Once in a week 24 hr composite As per EPA rules, 1996.


Global Experts 270

Sr. No.



3. Oily waste after treatment Once in a week 24 hr composite As per EPA rules, 1996. 4 Sanitary effluents Once in a week 24 hr composite As per EPA rules, 1996. b Water quality in the study area

Surface Water: 1) Effluent discharge point Ground water: Adequate number of bore wells/leach pits around the ash pond/ red mud pond and alkaline water reservoir.

once in a month except for heavy metal which will be monitored quarterly or as prescribed by OSPCB / CPCB

Grab Parameters specified under IS:2296 (Class C) for surface water and IS:10500 for ground water

3 Industrial Noise Levels 1 Near administrative office Once in 3 months 8 hr continuous with 1 hr

interval Noise level in dB(A)

2 Loading/Unloading points Once in 3 months 8 hr continuous with 1 hr interval

Noise level in dB(A)

3 Co-generation plant Once in 3 months 8 hr continuous with 1 hr interval


4 Calciner unit Once in 3 months 8 hr continuous with 1 hr interval


5 Bauxite crushing unit Once in 3 months 8 hr continuous with 1 hr interval


6 Coal handling area Once in 3 months 8 hr continuous with 1 hr Noise level in dB(A)


Global Experts 271

Sr. No.



interval 7 Lime handling area Once in 3 months 8 hr continuous with 1 hr

interval Noise level in dB(A)

Ambient Noise Levels 1

2 3

Lanjigarh Basanthapada Kansari

Seasonal 24 hrs continuous with one hr interval

Noise levels in dB(A)


Global Experts 272

5.6 EMP CELL Organisational cell for Environmental management Environmental cell of SSL works under G.M Health, Safety & Environment (HSE).Therefore staff of these three departments Health, Safety and Environment work hand in hand to achieve the goal. The environment cell has one Assistant Environment Engineer, two Environment Officers, one Associate and tenTrade Technicians.

In addition to preparing an EMP, this permanent organizational set up also works to ensure its effective implementation. Hence, proposed plant will create a team consisting of officers from various departments to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of the environmental control measures. This team will undertake the activity of monitoring the stack emissions, ambient air quality, noise level etc. either departmentally or by appointing external agencies wherever necessary. The department has a sophisticated Environment Laboratory. Regular monitoring of environmental parameters will be carried out to find out any deterioration in environmental quality and also to take corrective steps, if required, through respective internal departments. The cell will also be responsible for monitoring of the plant safety and safety related systems which include:

Checking of safety related operating conditions. Preparation of a maintenance plan and documentation of maintenance work

specifying different maintenance intervals and the type of work to be performed.

Other responsibilities of the cell will include: Conduct and submit annual Environmental Audit. A SPCB registered agency

will be retained to generate the data in respect of air, water, noise, soil and meteorological data and prepare the Environmental Audit report. Timely renewal of Consolidated Consents & Authorization (CC & A) will also be taken care of.

Submitting environmental monitoring report to SPCB. Data monitored by the cell will be submitted to the Board regularly and as per the requirement of SPCB. The cell will also take mitigative or corrective measures as required or suggested by the Board.

Keeping the management updated on regular basis about the conclusions / results of monitoring activities and proposes measures to improve environment preservation and protection.

Conducting regular safety drills and training programs to educate employees on safety practices. A qualified and experienced safety officer will be responsible for the identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of


Global Experts 273

workers and advise on corrective actions, organise training programs and provide professional expert advice on various issues related to occupational safety and health.

The comprehensive EMP will also include greenbelt development, disaster management plan and the peripheral socio-economic development plan for the region. The impact score with EMP is calculated and found to be slightly negative and hence the project may be implemented. The EMP will implement by the “Environment Management Department (EMD)” members created by the management of the plant.

5.7 COST OF EMP IMPLEMENTATION M/s SSL expects to spend about 700 crores towards the Environmental Management i.e abot 7% of the project cost 10,000 cores. EMP Measures Capital cost

Rs(crores) Annual operating cost Rs(crores)

Air pollution control 140.00 20 Water and waste water management

224.00 22

Solid waste management 3.50 2.5 Noise pollution control 3.50 0.5 Environmental monitoring 14.00 3.0 Green belt development 21.00 2.0 Occupational health 35.00 4.0 EMS & Training 14.00 2.0 Safety & DMP 245.00 12.0 GRAND TOTAL 700.00 68.0


Global Experts 274

CHAPTER-6 ADDITIONAL STUDIES


Global Experts 275

ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE STATUS Vedanta Aluminium Limited has adopted the International best practices in the areas of Environment, Social, Human rights and Technology. Vedanta Policies and Standards are normally in line with International standards like:

• International Financial Corporation (IFC) guidelines • Equator Principles (EP) • International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM) • Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) • World Bank EHS guidelines

Besides above, SSL always ensured compliance with all the regulatory requirements of the country. From the compliance report it can be observed that SSL Lanjigarh is complying with the best practices in the field and always trying to achieve sustainable development through the following principles.

4. Responsible stewardship – By managing all operations in a responsible manner respecting the law, National and International requirements

5. Strong Relationship – By developing strong relationship with all stake holders, shareholders, lenders, employees, communities, industry, government and interested third parties / NGOs.

6. Adding value - VAL always endevour to add value to the lives of the people to the planet and to the company by using relationship and creating win win positions for all.

A compliance report to all the conditions of environmental clearance for the existing plant as well as compliance to conditions imposed by SPCB as a part of consent to operate is given Table below .


Global Experts 276

Status of Compliance of Environmental Clearance for Alumina Refinery Project capacity of 1MMTPA (J-11011/181/2003-IA-II dated 22/09/2004) S. No. MOEF REQUIREMENT COMPLIANCE STATUS A Specific Conditions 1 The Gaseous emissions from various

process units shall conform to the standards prescribed from time to time. The SPCB may specify more stringent standards for the relevant parameters keeping in view the nature of the industry, its size and location. At no time the emission level shall go beyond the prescribed standards. In the event of any failure of any pollution control systems adopted by the unit, the respective unit shall not be restarted until the control measures are rectified to achieve the desired efficiency. Ambient air quality monitoring stations shall be set up in consultation with the Odisha Population Control Board. Data shall be regularly monitored and records maintained and report submitted to the Ministry/CPCB/SPCB once in six months.

All the stacks have been provided with online stack monitoring systems and data is regularly submitted to SPCB/ MOEF as per directions. AAQ monitoring stations have also been installed in consultation with SPCB. Recently, real time ambient monitoring system has also been installed with display at the plant gate.

2 There shall be no discharge of process effluent. As reflected in the EIA/EMP report, proposed refinery shall be designed for zero process discharge. Extensive measures shall be undertaken for water reuse and recycling. The domestic waste water shall be treated in the sewage treatment plant and treated waste water conforming to the standards for land application shall be reused for green belt development.

The plant is operating with zero discharge system and no effluent treated/ untreated is discharged to the outside water bodies. All the waste water/ treated water including two STP of capacity 360KLD and 150KLD installed in plant premises and in township respectively.

3 In-plant control measures for checking fugitive emissions from spillage/ raw materials handling etc. shall be provided. Fluoride emissions should be monitored from the existing pot room, proposed pot room and in the forage around the smelter complex. Further, dry scrubbing system to control the emissions from the pot lines should be provided. The fluoride emissions shall not exceed 0.8 kg/t of aluminium produced.

The latest state of the Art technological systems like dry fog systems in bauxite & coal handling areas, water sprinklers in coal & bauxite yards, Wet scrubbing system in lime handling, bag filters in alumina handling, etc have been installed to control fugitive dust emissions. Besides, all internal roads have been made of RCC & regular water sprinkling is being practiced on internal & external roads. Since there is no aluminium


Global Experts 277

S. No. MOEF REQUIREMENT COMPLIANCE STATUS smelter in Lanjigarh, the comments of fluoride is not relevant.

4 The calciner and boiler stacks shall be provided with electrostatic precipitator and continuous monitoring device for SO2. Particulate emissions shall not exceed 150 mg/NM3. The height of the stacks shall be as per the CPCB guidelines. The boiler and calciner stacks should be equipped with continuous monitoring device to check SPM emission levels. Low NOX burners shall be installed to control the NOX emissions.

Calciner and Boiler stacks have been provided with ESPs and online gas analyser has been installed for continous monitoring of gases. The stack height has been designed as per CPCB guidelines. Provision has been made for low NOx burner to control NOx emissions.

5 The company shall adopt dry disposal (High concentration slurry disposal) system for red mud and ash disposal. Monitoring of groundwater quality around the red mud and ash ponds shall be undertaken by providing piezometeric holes. A leachate study shall be undertaken and report submitted within six months of commissioning of the project. A plan shall be worked out for rehabilitation of red mud pond and ash pond as and when they are filled up. Efforts shall also be made to find out productive uses of red mud.

The plant is operating with high concentration slurry disposal system for red mud and ash. A detailed leachate study carried out by NGRI-Hyderabad is attached as Annexure VII. As a part of zero waste project, red mud filtration project is under implementation which will completely eliminate the storage of wet slurry and practice of dry stacking of red mud shall be started. This will help in minimizing the land requirement for red mud storage by almost 50% besides opening avenues for utilization of red mud. The proposed filtration plant is first of its kind in alumina refinery.

6 Green belt of adequate width and density shall be provided to mitigate the effects of fugitive emission all around the plant. A minimum of 25% of the area shall be developed as green belt with local species in consultation with the DFO, as per CPCB’s guidelines.

Extensive plantation has been carried out in and around the plant covering an area of around 25% and by plantation of more than 3 Lacs of trees in consultation with Forest Department. This is an ongoing process and more areas are being covered under green belt

7 Occupational health surveillance of the workers shall be done on a regular basis and records maintained as per the Factories Act.

It is being carried out & report submitted to the regulatory body.


Global Experts 278

S. No. MOEF REQUIREMENT COMPLIANCE STATUS 8 All the recommendations of the Charter

on Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection (CREP) for the aluminium sector shall be strictly implemented.

Implemented

9 The project authorities shall obtain necessary clearances for the stack of the Captive Power Plant from the Airports Authority of India.

Necessary clearance from Air Port Authority of India for the stacks of power plant & calciner has been obtained.

10 The company shall obtain necessary clearances for the linked mining component before operationalising the alumina refinery and the captive power plant.

The linked mine could not be commissioned. Hence, bauxite is being out sourced from various mines located in various part of the country & having all regulatory clearances in place. The coal is received through linkage approved by The Ministry of Coal. However, some quantity is being procured from external sources mainly washery/ Import.

B General Conditions 1 The project authorities shall strictly adhere

to the stipulations made by the Odisha Pollution Control Board and the State government.

Complied and all reports submitted without fail.

2 No further expansion or modifications in the plant shall be carried out without prior approval of the Ministry of Environment and Forests.

Complied. However, for the construction already started under proposed expansion, explanation has already been submitted to MOEF.

3 Adequate ambient air quality monitoring stations shall be established in the downward direction as well as where maximum ground level concentration of SPM, SO2 and Nox are anticipated in consultation with the State Pollution Control Board. Data on ambient air quality, fugitive emission and stack emissions shall be regularly submitted to this Ministry including its Regional Office at Bhubaneshwar and the State Pollution Control Board/ Central Pollution Control Board once in six months.

Already confirmed under point A (1) above.


Global Experts 279

S. No. MOEF REQUIREMENT COMPLIANCE STATUS 4 The overall noise levels in and around the

plant area shall be kept well within the standards (85 dBA) by providing noise control measures including acoustic hoods, silencers, enclosures etc. on all sources of noise generation. The ambient noise levels shall conform to the standards prescribed under EPA Rules, 1989 viz. 75 dBA (daytime) and 70 dBA (night time).

During detailed engineering stage, care has been taken by providing suitable acoustic measures to contain noise level upto 85dB(A) in frequented areas and to contain plant overall noise level of 75dB(A) during daytime and 70dB(A) during night time.

5 The company shall also comply with all the environmental protection measures and safeguards recommended in the EIA/EMP report. Further, the company shall earmark funds separately for improving socio-economy and ecology of the region.

Already complied and a special purpose vehicle “Lanjigarh Project Area Development Foundation” has been created to undertake such projects through the partnership of NGO, Government & CSR dept. of SSL. The major works undertaken till date are in the areas of Health, Education, Infrastructure, Sports, Livelihood, etc

6 The project authorities shall provide adequate funds both recurring and non-recurring to implement the conditions stipulated by the Ministry of Environment and Forests as well as the State Government along with the implementation schedule for all the conditions stipulated herein. The funds so provided shall not be diverted for any other purposes.

All the conditions imposed by MOEF and SPCB have been completed and no fund has been diverted. Additionally, as and when any direction is issued the same is also complied by allocation of additional funds.

7 The Regional Office of this Ministry at Bhubaneshwar/central Pollution Control Board/State Pollution Control Board will monitor the stipulated conditions. A six monthly compliance report and the monitored data along with statistical interpretation shall be submitted to them regularly.

Complied & reports are being submitted regularly.

8 The company shall inform the public that the project has been accorded environmental clearance by the Ministry and copies of the clearance letter are available with the State Pollution Control Board/Committee and may also be seen at website of the Ministry of Environment and Forests at http:/envfor.nic.in This shall be advertised within seven days from the state of issue of clearance letter, at least

The environmental clearance has been published in local newspaper "Sambad" dated 28-09-2004 and "Dharitri Oriya daily" & the same has been informed to both the offices.


Global Experts 280

S. No. MOEF REQUIREMENT COMPLIANCE STATUS in two local newspapers that are widely circulated in the region of which one shall be in the vernacular language of the locality concerned and a copy of the same should be forwarded to the Regional Office.

9 The project authorities shall inform the Regional Office as well as the Ministry, the date of financial closure and final approval of the project by the concerned authorities and the data of commencing the land development work.

Complied.

a. The Ministry may revoke or suspend the clearance, if implementation of any of the above conditions is not satisfactory.

Noted.

b. The Ministry reserves the right to stipulate additional conditions, if found necessary. The company in a time bound manner will implement these conditions.

Noted

c. The above conditions will be enforced, Interalia under the provisions of the Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, the Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and the Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 along with their amendments and rules.

Noted for compliance.

Table COMPLIANCE REPORT FOR CONDITIONS IMPOSED BY ODISHA POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD IN CONSENT TO OPERATE FOR WATER AND AIR (ORDER NO: 2189, Valid upto 31-03-2012) Sl. No

Particulars Compliance Status

1 There shall not be any discharge of process wastewater from the industry to outside. Extensive measures shall be undertaken for wastewater reuse and recycle to ensure zero discharge.

The plant is operating with zero discharge concept by 100% recycle of waste water as well as other sources of effluents. No discharge is being made to outside water bodies from any of the facilities of the plant except rain water during heavy rains. However all the catchment water of red mud pond, Ash pond, during heavy rain also is collected in either process water lake or Ash Pond Reclaimed water area and no discharge is allowed. The recycled


Global Experts 281

Sl. No


water is used in road sprinkling, water sprinkling in Bauxite and coal yard. As a process water for mud washing, area cleaning and horticulture.

2 Both red mud and ash shall be disposed of using HCSD technology to minimize water requirement for this purpose. The minimum consistency for HCSD shall always be maintained

Both fly ash and red mud is being discharged through HCSD technology. As a step forward, the HCSD for red mud is being replaced with high pressure membrane filtration technology to have dry stacking of red mud pond and to eliminate completely the wet storage of red mud. The project is targeted to be completed by July-12. As claimed by the unit, the new system will be first of its kind across the globe. All materials have been received and civil works are in progress.

3 Greater safety and stability of the dykes of red mud pond, ash pond, process water lake and dirty water pond shall be ensured on a continuous basis. Safety and stability of dykes of all ponds / lakes shall be studied through a competent agency from time to time and action if required shall be taken accordingly

The stability check is regularly being carried out by IISC Bangalore who are the main designer for the red mud pond, process water lake as well as Ash pond .The last inspection report has already been submitted by the unit vide letter no VAL/MK/11/072 dated 9th June 2011.

4 The industry shall make provision to prevent any inflow of surface run-off entering into the red mud pond, ash pond, process water lake and dirty water pond.

Garland drains have been provided around red Mud Pond, Process water Lake and Ash Pond at potential areas. Since, the height of dyke walls have gone much above the nearby ground level, chances of inflow of surface runoff water does not exist. As a extra preventive measure, a big catch pond has been developed upstream of process water lake and overflow from this pond only is allowed to pass through the garland drains.

5 The filtrate from the ash pond shall be reused. Under no circumstances water from the ash pond shall be discharged to outside. All necessary action shall be taken to prevent any seepage from the ash pond.

As the slurry is disposed off at a solid concentration of above 60% hardly any decant water is there from the ash slurry,.However all arrangements have been made for collection and recycling of ash pond water as & when need arises. Presently, there is


Global Experts 282

Sl. No


no overflow of water from Ash Pond to decant water collection area..

6 The extracted water from the red mud pond shall be collected in the process water lake and reutilized completely.

100% red mud decanted water along with the rain water collected during rainy season is recycled back in the plant through process water lake.

7 No seepage water from the red mud pond, process water lake and dirty water pond to nearby areas or to any surface water bodies or on land shall be allowed under any circumstances. The industry shall take appropriate action to prevent generation of seepage water from these waste containment ponds/lakes. In case of seepage is noticed, the industry shall immediately take appropriate remedial action and inform to the Regional Office for verification.

Collection pit with pumping facility has been installed to recycle back the seepage water to red mud pond and process water lake. No seepage observed during the visit. Dirty water pond consisting of two compartment was having some water in the first compartment only from where the water is recycled back. However, the second compartment was found dry and was under cleaning.

8 The industry shall provide adequate arrangement for collection of seepage water if any from red mud pond, process water lake and dirty water pond and provide arrangement for reuse of the same.

This is already covered under point no 7 above .

9 No Overflow from red mud pond, process water lake and dirty water pond shall be allowed.

Free board is always maintained in Red mud pond, Process water lake as well as Ash pond to ensure that no such incident happened. Recently the height of Process water lake has been increased by around 3 meters to accommodate the additional in flow of water from East cell of the red mud pond which has been taken into operation only 3 months back. Similarly the dyke wall of ash pond is being raised by more than 5 meter using fly ash and soil. More than 1 M free board is maintained inside the red mud pond.

10 All necessary action shall be taken to prevent contamination of water of the raw water reservoir

All the sump pits with steel liner, separate alkaline (caustic) drains & process areas with caustic proof flooring have been provided to prevent contamination of raw water


Global Experts 283

Sl. No


reservoir.The pH of Raw water was observed to be 7.5 which indicates that there is no contamination of Raw water reservoir.

11 Daily monitoring of leakages, spillages, overflows from any system shall be done and remedial action shall be taken if warranted. The details of such findings shall be documented on daily basis which shall be verified during inspection by Board official.

Environmental officers as well as area process in-charge are monitoring the leakages, spillages, overflows from any system. The same is being recorded in the respective shift report and a register in environmental department.

12 Steel lined collection system with reuse arrangement shall be provided at all alkaline wastewater conveying pipe line joints & valves for collection of leakages if any.

Every process unit is provided with the steel lined sump fitted with pumps and agitators to collect all overflow and spillages from pipe lines, tanks, valves or during cleaning. The collected water is recycled back into the system. All the sumps are connected with caustic effluents drain which is running outside each process unit and finally connected with the dirty water pond inside the plant. Thus the system provided takes care of all such leakages as well as emergency situation, if happened.

13 Adequate arrangement shall be made for collection of storm water from the entire plant area and reused in the process. However care shall be taken to prevent contamination of storm water.

The storm water along with the any other treated / effluent water is recycled back into the system. However water analysis is being carried out regularly at the end of storm water drainage system near dirty water pond to ensure that there is no contamination of Storm water with alkaline water.

14 There shall not be any discharge of water from the clear water pond to river Vamsadhara. Action shall be taken for its complete use in the plant.

This water is recycled back and used for horticulture, sprinkling in coal and bauxite unloading area and in process as mud wash water.

15 Wastewater from all process areas shall be collected in steel lined sumps and reused in the process. In case of any exigency, it shall be diverted to dirty water pond and reused completely.

Already clarified under point no 12 above.


Global Experts 284

Sl. No


16 Raising of existing red mud pond dyke (West cell) shall be taken up as per the design of Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore submitted to the Board, vide your letter No. VAL/MK/11/047, Dt. 8/4/2011.

The height has already been raised as per the design of IISC, Bangalore.The unit has already submitted the report from IISc Bangalore as mentioned above in point no 3.

17 The height of parapet walls at each process section shall be adequate enough to prevent any overflow of wastewater to outside of the process areas.

All parapet wall height has been raised by 450 mm to prevent any spillages of wastewater to outside of the process areas.

18 Dumping of alkaline sludge near storm water drain or any other places shall not be allowed as it will contaminate offs during monsoon.

No Dumping of alkaline sludge was observed near storm water drain during visit.

19 The dirty water pond shall be full proof and there shall not be any seepages/leakages of the highly alkaline wastewater to outside. In case seepage/leakage is noticed, immediate corrective action shall be taken to stop such seepage/leakage and the matter shall be informed to Regional Officer for verification.

The dirty water pond is of RCC construction .Additionally bentonite layer and LDPE layer has been installed before laying the RCC layer to provide additional safety. All the construction joints are filled with mastic compound (EPOXY) . No seepage / Leakage is observed.

20 The lining in the dirty water pond shall be periodically checked and corrective action be taken to prevent groundwater contamination.

Already covered under point no 19.

21 Wastewater from the oil unloading area shall be adequately treated by providing oil separation unit and the treated water shall be completely reused.

Wastewater from the oil unloading area is passed through oil water separator (OWS) from where oil is recycled back and the water is recycled back into the system through dirty water pond.

22 Wastewater generated from the dust suppression system in bauxite and coal handling system if any shall be diverted to clear water pond for reuse.

No wastewater / effluent are generated from the dust suppression system in bauxite and coal handling system.

23 Cooling water systems in all areas shall be of closed type.

All cooling water systems are of closed type.

24 DM plant effluent, boiler and cooling tower blow down shall be adequately treated so as to meet the prescribe standards and under E (P) Rules, 1986 and shall be

CBD and IBD of boiler are being used in the process. Neutralized water of DM plant and cooling tower blow down is being used for ash slurry making or in process through dirty


Global Experts 285

Sl. No


suitably reused. Under no circumstances, discharge of treated water to outside shall be allowed.

water pond. It is recommended to use in the process .

25 Adequate numbers of observation wells shall be provided around ash pond, red mud pond, process water Lake and dirty water pond for ground water monitoring. Monitoring report of ground water quality shall be submitted to the State Pollution Control Board on monthly basis.

6 no of observation well have been provided for monitoring the ground water quality in and around ash pond, red mud pond, process water Lake and dirty water pond. The report is being submitted on monthly basis. Beside this, 2 nos of Piezometers have also been installed at Red mud pond & Ash Pond Respectively.

26 The adequately treated effluent from the Sewage Treatment Plants (STPs) of the colony / township and plant shall be utilized for gardening/horticultural activities.

Two STPs of capacity 150 KLD (FAB technology) and 360 KLD (RBC technology) are installed in township and plant respectively. The treated water is being used for gardening and horticulture activities.

27 The industry may increase the capacity of red mud and ash ponds by raising dyke as per the approved design.

The height of the dyke wall of the Red mud pond has been increased and Ash Pond is being increased as per approved design provided by IISC Bangalore.

28 A plan shall be worked out for proper rehabilitation of red mud and ash pond when they are filled up and abandoned.

Agreed by the company.

29 Rainwater harvesting shall be followed in the plant as well as in the township for ground water recharging.

Rain water harvesting study has been carried out by IATES, BBSR but no good aquifer could be located in the area However small arrangements through dug wells ( 3 Nos) have been planed and implemented in the plant.

30 A green belt shall be made around the ash pond and red mud pond. Similarly green belt shall be developed on all sides of the plant. The green belt shall be developed as per MoEF guidelines.

Under Progress.

31 A garland drain of adequate size shall be constructed around the refinery plant outside the boundary wall so that run off from the nearby area can be prevented from entering the refinery premises.

A garland drain of adequate size has been constructed around the refinery plant outside the boundary wall to prevent entering of surface water to the refinery premises.


Global Experts 286

Sl. No


32 Treatment system for wastewater generated from the laboratory shall be provided and the treated water be diverted to dirty water pond for reuse.

Laboratory waste water has been diverted to Dirty water pond and it is being reused in the process

33 Backwash water of raw water treatment plant, if any, be treated and reused.

The water is recycled back through clear water pond.

34 Provision of hazardous waste management shall be in place. The unit shall obtain authorization from the Board under Hazardous Waste (M & H) Rules, 1989 and amended thereof.

Hazardous waste authorisation has been obtained from the SPCB under Hazardous Waste (M & H) Rules, 1989 & the same is Valid upto 30.03.2014.

35 Non - hazardous solid wastes generated from the plant shall be stored and disposed of properly.

Lime grit generated is fully utilized in Fly as bricks manufacturing. Empty lime bags are disposed off through plastic recyclers. However, steel scraps generated from the plant is being collected in scrap yard and the same is sold to Scraps dealers.

36 The industry shall comply to the provisions of Fly Ash Utilization Notification, 1999 and amendments thereof.

Fly ash brick manufacturers are being promoted for brick making. Fly ash is also used for land filling of low lying areas and for raising the height of the ash pond dyke wall which is in progress.

37 The Calciners and Boilers shall have ESPs having adequate efficiency so as to meet the prescribed standard. Online monitoring system shall be installed at the appropriate places for monitoring of particulate matter (PM) emission, SO2, NOx, and CO etc. The data generated from the on line monitoring systems shall be submitted to the Board on monthly basis.

The Calciners and Boilers have been provided with ESPs having 99.5 % efficiency. Online monitoring system has been installed for monitoring of particulate matter emission, SO2, NOx, and CO etc. The report is submitted to SPCB on monthly basis.

38 In plant control measures to be taken for minimization of generation of caustic aerosols from the cooling towers.

Fin type cooling tower with packing materials are used to minimise formation of caustic aerosols due to drift losses. Additionally conductivity meters are installed in the returned cooling water circuits to ensure that no caustic liquor is mixed up with normal cooling water.

39 Lime handling shall have adequate dust extraction system and shall be

Wet scrubber system has been installed in lime handling plant for


Global Experts 287

Sl. No


maintained properly. dust extraction and is being maintained properly.

40 Bauxite handling shall be through closed conveyer with appropriate air pollution control systems at all transfer points & Silo. The pollution control systems shall be maintained properly.

Dry fog and water sprinkler system have been installed in bauxite handling area and at all transfer points & Silo. Water sprinkling system is also provided at all the three bauxite stock piles. These pollution control systems are operating on regular basis and maintained properly.

41 Coal handling area shall have adequate provision of dust suppression systems to avoid generation of fugitive dust. The dust suppression systems shall be maintained properly.

Coal handling area has been provided with dry fog and sprinkler system to avoid generation of fugitive dust. The dust suppression system is being maintained properly.

42 The internal roads shall be made concrete to prevent generation of dust during movement of vehicle. Periodical water sprinkling shall also be done on all internal roads to suppress the dust generation.

Almost all the internal roads are converted to RCC to prevent generation of dust during movement of vehicle. Water sprinkling is also being carried out daily on all internal roads to suppress the dust generation during movement of vehicle.

43 The industry shall provide necessary acoustic enclosures at appropriate places to control overall noise level. The overall noise levels shall be kept well within the standards of 75 dB (A) during day time (6 AM – 10 PM) and 70 dB (A) during night time (10 PM- 6 AM).

The additional acoustic enclosures have been provided at various points like Calciner, DG sets and Blowers. The overall noise levels are well within the standards during day time and also during night time.

44 The height of stack connected to the D.G. set shall conform to the following. H=h+0.2 Root KVA, where H=Height of the stack attached to DG set in meter, h=height of the building where it is installed in meter, KVA=Capacity of D.G. set in KVA

DG sets have been installed at two locations viz Power Plant and near HST area. Both the locations have been provided with stack as per the requirement.

45 The water spraying facility shall be provided in the red mud pond and ash pond to keep the red mud and ash surface wet to prevent dust from being air borne.

Both the red mud and fly ash is being disposed through HCSD technology. Hence both the solid will always be in wet condition and flying of dust is very remote. Since, west cell is not in use, it is recommended to install additional sprinklers to keep the surface wet or provide some soil


Global Experts 288

Sl. No


cover before reclamation. In ash pond, most of the area remains wet and no air born dust is noticed. 60-70% of the fly ash has already been used in raising the dyke wall and balance will be used for raising the dyke walls in left out areas.

46 Ambient air quality shall meet the prescribed standards of the Board. At least six permanent ambient air quality monitoring station shall be established and monitoring shall be carried out as per the guidelines of National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

Six AAQ monitoring stations have been installed in consultation with SPCB. The AAQ monitoring is being carried out as per the guidelines of National Ambient Air Quality Standards. Recently a continuous Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Station also has been installed inside the Refinery as per the directives of SPCB.

47 In case coal/bauxite is received through trucks, tippers etc., the same shall be done under covered condition to avoid dust emission and spillage on the road.

Coal is received by Rail and there is no movement of trucks. Some quantity of bauxite is transported by truck overall distance of around 15 km, and the same is being undertaken using covered trucks. Regular water sprinkling is carried out outside road also.

48 In case of transportation of fly ash through trucks, tippers, it shall be done so under covered condition to avoid any spillage and dust emission. Dry fly ash shall be unloaded from the ash silos with the help of telescopic chutes to avoid dust emission.

All the fly ash is disposed off through HCSD method and no truck movements is being practiced.

49 All the recommendations of the Charter on Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection (CREP) for the aluminum sector shall be strictly implemented.

As per CREP, Red Mud should be disposed of through HCSD technology and the same is used in the plant.

50 Water quality of upstream and downstream of river Vamsadhara shall be monitored and the report shall be submitted on monthly basis

The water quality of upstream and downstream of river Vamsadhara is being carried out on daily basis. Testing report for the same is sent to SPCB on monthly basis.

51 Occupational health surveillance of the workers shall be done on a regular basis and records maintained as per the provisions of the Factory Act.

Occupational health surveillance of the employees has been carried out on yearly basis and all records available. .


Global Experts 289

Sl. No


52 The industry shall abide by the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and rules framed there under.

Agreed

53 The Board shall impose further conditions or modify the conditions stipulated in this order at any time if required and may revoke the consent order in case the stipulated conditions are not complied with.

Agreed

54 The industry shall strengthen its environmental group to ensure continuous study of various environmental parameters/ issues in the region.

Environmental Dept is headed by Mr R N Mishra, GM HSE. The department comprises of 4 environmental officers and other laboratory staff.

55 The industry shall implement Environmental Management System (EMS) such as ISO 14001 for continuous improvement in environmental management practices.

The industry is certified to ISO 14001 by BSI since January-09.

POLICY M/s SSL has adopted the International best practices in the areas of Environment, Social, Human rights and Technology. Vedanta corporate HSE Policy and Standards are normally in line with International standards like: International Financial Corporation (IFC) guidelines,Equity Principles (EP),International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM) ,Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD),World Bank EHS guidelines Corporate HSE policy along with technicical standard is attached below in the fig: 8.3.1


Global Experts 290

Fig- 8.3.1


Global Experts 291


Global Experts 292


Global Experts 293


Global Experts 294


Global Experts 295


Global Experts 296


Global Experts 297


Global Experts 298


Global Experts 299


Global Experts 300


Global Experts 301


Global Experts 302


Global Experts 303

CHAPTER-7 PROJECT BENEFITS AND CONCLUSION

After due evaluation of negative & positive impact, the qualitative matrix is drawn for an overall impact assessment in a predictive model. The scores used in this matrix are based on the evaluation criteria as mentioned in Chapter 3, 4, & 5. The Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) had introduced the Corporate Social Responsibility Voluntary Guidelines in 2009. These guidelines have now been incorporated within the 2013 Act and have obtained legal sanctity. Section 135 of the 2013 Act, seeks to provide that every company having a net worth of 500 crore INR, or more or a turnover of 1000 crore INR or more, or a net profit of five crore INR or more, during any financial year shall constitute the corporate social responsibility committee of the board. The 2013 Act mandates that these companies would be required to spend at least 2% of the average net-profits of the immediately preceding three years on CSR activities, and if not spent, explanation for the reasons thereof would need to be given in the director’s report (section 135 of the 2013 Act)

Project Benefit • Direct & indirect Employment opportunity • Infrastructure development. • Revinue generation to central & state government. • Allocation of 2 % of the project cost towards the CSR activites. • Trickle down effect of enhance profitability to the local populace.

The comprehensive Environmental Management Plan will focus on the complete reduce, recover, recycling/reuse of treated waste water achieving a zero discharge standard, the maximum reuse of solid waste, adequate air pollution control measures so as to keep the resultant of the ground level concentration well within the NAAQS residential norms and the adequate green belt cover in one third of the project area for enhancement of the local ecology. M/s SSL has gone a few steps ahead to achieve Zero solid waste, Zero discharge & Zero harm. All these achievements will obviously nullify the adverse impacts of the pollution problem. Then the beneficial impacts like the employment opportunity, improvement in infrastructure facilities, improved business opportunity etc. will obviously improve the socio-economic conditions of the locality


Global Experts 304

Total Impact Score (TIS) for Project activities with comprehensive EMP and project benefits Project activities Environment Components

PIV

Land

acquis

itio

n

Mec

han

ical

W

ork

pro

duct

han

dlin

g,

store

s &

Pla

nt

Oper

atio

n

Civ

ic a

men

itie

s

Tota

l

TIS

Sco

re

TIS with EMP

-1240

Employment 105

- +1 +2 +2 - +6

+525

Trade & Commerce 105 - +1 +2 +2 -

+5

+525

Infrastructure Development

79 - - +1 +1 - +3

+158

Social & Educational Development

26 - - - +1 +2 +3

+78

Total Positive Impact Score

+1444

Final Total Impact Score

+46

The impact score without EMP - 4091 The impact score with comprehensive EMP - 1240 The total positive impact score + 1286 (Taking into all project benefits into consideration) The total impact score due to project + 46 From the above impact score analysis, it is observed that as expected the TIS without EMP comes out to be appreciably negative because of the obvious environmental pollution problem. But with the implementation of comprehensive EMP for the abatement of pollution problem the negative TIS comes down considerably. When the same is superimposed with the project benefits that includes employment. trade & business opportunity, infrastructure development, greenbelt development and peripheral development, the TIS comes out to be positive indicating the clear acceptability of the project.


Global Experts 305

Hence the project may be implemented with the comprehensive Environmental Management Plan and peripheral development plan in place and therefore necessary Environmental Clearance may kindly be given at the earliest.

Note: TIS: Total Impact Score Before EMP; Impact Score: Total Impact Score After EMP Conclusion The total score of the impact on all the subjects as identified important for expansion project of SSL and changes from a negative score to a positive score. This change in the impact after implementation of EMP is due to appropriate installation of the pollution control equipments and taking care of the ecosystem with preservation and quality assurance. It is been observed that the air quality is the most important character in the assessment, with positive impact of employment, trade & business, health care, and eco-friendly technology been key players due to the proposed project. Although the air quality will have some impact on the environment, but considering the socio-economic importance of the project and for a better interest of the State and locals, the project has sustainable environmental impact attaining the projected growth in economy and social welfare. SSL since its inception as VAL has been conscious about the environment protection in and around its industrial operation. And in persuasion of this, it organizes environment protection awareness camps and observes plantation week ensuring participation of the community and the employees


Global Experts 306

CHAPTER-8 EMP (ADMINSTRATIVE ASPECT)

8.1 ADMINISTRATIVE ASPECT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN:

The implementation of environmental management plan needs suitable organization set up and the success of any environmental management plan depends on the efficiency of the group responsible for implementation of the programme. Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is also necessary to evaluate the effectiveness of the management programme so that suitable preventive/ correcting action can be taken in case there are some draw backs in the proposed programme. It is proposed to carryout regular environmental monitoring to provide information to the management for periodic review and alternation of the environmental management plan as necessary so as to ensure that environmental protection is optimized at all stages of the project. It will inform the management of what is going on, what is the status of environment, and how operation is proceeding within the plant. Environmental Monitoring is also required to obtain baseline information about environmental quality before operation begins, and to examine periodically the impact of the operation on water quality (surface and groundwater), native species, chemical contamination of soils, and human health (both at the workplace and outside it, if necessary). The protocols must clearly state the basis for subsequent interpretation, especially if statistical analysis is to be used, or if the results are likely to be used to demonstrate compliance in a court of law. Monitoring results should be interpreted by an appropriate expert and passed on to higher management for information. Where compliance with regulation is one of the objects of monitoring, the analytical requirements may be laid down in detail by the authorities. Through proper monitoring, undesirable environmental impacts can be detected at an early stage and remedial measures taken. Monitoring also is useful to identify economic loss of raw material, product and general operating inefficiencies. Monitoring programmes will differ from site to site given the diversity of climates, ecosystems, land uses, topographies and social factors. The monitoring programme should identify which actions need to be taken to ensure acceptable environmental performance at each site. Environmental monitoring of different parameters will be done regularly and the activity will be coordinated by the Environmental Management Cell (EMC). A separate Environment Management Department (EMD) will be set up to look after the environment related matters of the plant. The Environmental Management Department will be under the direct control Plant Head. The department will have a laboratory which will be adequately equipped to undertake stack emissions monitoring, ambient air monitoring, meteorological monitoring, wastewater monitoring and noise monitoring. EMD will perform the following assignments:


Global Experts 307

a. Regular monitoring of stack emission & fugitive emission and report any abnormalities for immediate corrective measures.

b. Regular monitoring of ambient air quality in and around the plant. c. Regular monitoring of re-circulating water quality, water quality of the storage

ponds, ground water quality and surface water quality. d. Regular noise monitoring of the work zone and surrounding area. e. Green belt plantation, maintenance, development of other forms of greenery

like lawns, nursery, gardens, etc. along the plant boundary and in side the plant premises, Colony and Guest House.

f. Regular monitoring of solid wastes quantity and ascertaining avenues for utilization of solid wastes.

g. Development of schemes for water conservation, rain water harvesting and reuse of treated wastewater.

h. Various measures have been suggested in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for mitigation of impacts. These have to be implemented according to the suggestions and will be monitored regularly to prevent any lapse. The Environmental Management Cell (EMC) will take the overall responsibility for coordination of the actions required for environmental management and mitigation, and for monitoring the progress of the proposed management plans and actions to be taken for the project. The cell will be under the overall supervision of the General Manager (Technical) of M/s Onkar Ispat Limited and responsible for monitoring of the implementation of the various actions which are to be executed by the agencies specified in the EMP. The cell will report on a regular basis to the Executive Director. The Cell will be headed by the Manager Environment and the other members of the cell will include a qualified Environmental Scientist, Scientific Assistant, Lab Assistants and Field Assistants. The EMC will prepare a formal report on environmental management and mitigation for the General Manager at six-monthly intervals. Reports on any urgent or significant issues may be prepared at shorter intervals. Apart from responsibilities listed above, the EMC will have the responsibility of the following: The broad functions of EMC are, therefore two fold:

- Monitoring, assessment and suggesting corrective action. - Implementations and maintenance

Keeping the utility of monitoring results in the implementation of the environmental management programme in view, an organizational chart has been proposed, headed by Manager (environment) as shown in table below. The said team will be responsible for: i) Collecting water and air samples for work zone monitoring of pollutants. ii) Analysis of samples. iii) Implementing the control and protective measures. iv) Coordinating the environment related activities within the organization as well

as with outside agencies. v) Collection statistics of health of workers and population of surrounding

villages. vi) Green belt development. vii) Internal Environmental audit.


Global Experts 308

viii) Monitoring the progress of implantation of environmental management program.

Manpower planned for EMC of the proposed project of M/s. Sesa Sterlite Ltd. is as follows: 8.2 ORGANISATIONAL CELL FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Environmental cell of SSL works under G.M Health, Safety & environment (HSE).Therefore staff of these three departments Health, Safety and Environment work hand in hand to achieve the goal. The environment cell has one Assistant Environment Engineer, two Environment Officers, one Associate and tenTrade Technicians.

In addition to preparing an EMP, this permanent organizational set up also works to ensure its effective implementation. Hence, proposed plant will create a team consisting of officers from various departments to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of the environmental control measures. This team will undertake the activity of monitoring the stack emissions, ambient air quality, noise level etc. either departmentally or by appointing external agencies wherever necessary. The department has a sophisticated Environment Laboratory. Regular monitoring of environmental parameters will be carried out to find out any deterioration in environmental quality and also to take corrective steps, if required, through respective internal departments. The cell will also be responsible for monitoring of the plant safety and safety related systems which include:

Checking of safety related operating conditions. Preparation of a maintenance plan and documentation of maintenance work

specifying different maintenance intervals and the type of work to be performed.

Other responsibilities of the cell will include: Conduct and submit annual Environmental Audit. A SPCB registered agency

will be retained to generate the data in respect of air, water, noise, soil and meteorological data and prepare the Environmental Audit report. Timely renewal of Consolidated Consents & Authorization (CC & A) will also be taken care of.

Submitting environmental monitoring report to SPCB. Data monitored by the cell will be submitted to the Board regularly and as per the requirement of SPCB. The cell will also take mitigative or corrective measures as required or suggested by the Board.

Keeping the management updated on regular basis about the conclusions / results of monitoring activities and proposes measures to improve environment preservation and protection.


Global Experts 309

Conducting regular safety drills and training programs to educate employees on safety practices. A qualified and experienced safety officer will be responsible for the identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of workers and advise on corrective actions, organise training programs and provide professional expert advice on various issues related to occupational safety and health.

The comprehensive EMP will also include greenbelt development, disaster management plan and the peripheral socio-economic development plan for the region. The impact score with EMP is calculated and found to be slightly negative and hence the project may be implemented. The EMP will implement by the “Environment Management Department (EMD)” members created by the management of the plant.

8.3 FUNCTIONS OF EMP CELL

a) Records Inline with the best practice, Vedanta has established and maintained a system of records to demonstrate compliance with the environmental management systems and the extent of achievement of the environmental objectives and targets. In addition the other records (legislative, audit and review reports), management records also address the following:

• Details of failure in compliance and corrective action; • Details of indigents and corrective action; • Details of complaints and follow-up action; • Appropriate contractor and supplier information; • Inspection and maintenance reports; • Product identification and composition data; • Monitoring data; • Environmental training records.

b) Audit As a mandatory requirement under the Environment Protection Rules (1986) as amended through the Notification issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests in April 1993, an Environmental Statement should be prepared annually. This should include the consumption of total resources (raw material and water per tonne of product), quantity and concentration of pollutants (air and water discharged, quantity of hazardous and solid waste generation, pollution abatement measures, conservation of natural resources and cost of production vis-à-vis the investment on pollution abatement. This may be internal or external audits, but carried out impartially and effectively by a person properly trained for it. Broad knowledge of the environmental process and expertise in relevant disciplines is also required.


Global Experts 310

c) Environmental Monitoring

Regular monitoring programme of the environmental parameter’s is essential to take into account the changes in the environment. The objective of monitoring is: • To verify the result of the impact assessment study in particular with

regards to new developments; • To follow the trend of parameters which have been identified as critical; • To check or assess the efficiency of the controlling measures; • To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact

assessment study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new installations or through the modification in the operation of existing facilities;

d) Objectives and Targets The objectives should be set with a view to realizing gradual and steady improvements in environmental performance through application of best available and economically viable technology.

e) Reporting

Performance with respect to monitoring results of various parameters is to be reported in writing to unit Head as well as statutary body like SPCB.

8.4 LABORATORY FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT: M/s SSL has well equipped Environmental Laboratory to moniter all required parameters for the unit and same will also be utilized for the expansion project. Details of Lab equipments have been listed in Chapter-5. 8.5 TRAINING OF MANPOWER:

Basic Consideration: Alumina Refinery operation involves sophisticated machinery, equipment and controls. Personnel employed in the operation and maintenance of the machinery and equipment need to be trained properly so that with the co-ordinate efforts of all the plant staff, Alumina is produced at the lowest possible cost. The operation process is continuous where the machinery and equipment is required to run for 24 hours a day and around 350 days in a year. The company will recruit experienced operators, skilled and semi-skilled workers, who will be able to operate the plant at its optimum efficiency. The operating and maintenance personnel will be imparted with on the job training for manning various positions in the plant.


Global Experts 311

CHAPTER -9 CONSULTANT PROFILE

(A Techno-Enviro Marine Consultant)

1.3.1 Empanelled Consultant of SPCB, Odisha M/s Global Experts is a professionally managed quality conscious organization, which provides environmental solutions to various industrial organizations with sustainable growth and environmental friendly ecosystem. It is a competent technical organization providing environmental solutions with latest technical knowhow, legal advice, liasioning with various authorities and community at large. More than 60 industries have engaged Global Experts as their consultant to obtain environmental & statutory clearances from various statutory bodies and Government Agencies. Presently more than 10 nos. of Integrated Steel Plants (Signed MoU with Govt. of Odisha) have engaged Global Experts for carrying out their EIA/ EMP Studies and other allied environmental clearances. The Global Experts is the first consultant in Odisha to prepare REIA/ EMP Study report for 1.5 MTPA Integrated Steel Project in Odisha. Recently Global Experts is been engaged in environmental clearance from MoEF, New Delhi, VISA Steel Ltd., ACC Bargarh Cement Works, Dungri Limestone Quarry, SPS Steel and Power Ltd., Maithan Ispat Ltd., various mines of Adhunik Metaliks Ltd. M/s Global Experts is the first consulting firm in Eastern and North-Eastern region of India to undertake the EIA/EMP Study along with Liasioning for MoEF clearance for Vedanta International University Project. Global Experts has a distinct track record in the field of liasioning with local public in order to carry out Public Hearing jobs for different Steel Plants to their utmost satisfaction. Our Internal resources and technical acumen blended with highest degree of Public Relationship has been our strength in providing a total solution for Environmental aspects of Mines and Industries. The technical team of Global Experts has wide experience in design, engineering, erection & commissioning of various pollution control devices, carrying out statutory Audits, drawing of water pipe line, Water and Air Quality modeling, Mine Plans, designing of Intake Well and other technical assignment for various industries. Global Experts is also deeply involved in Hazardous Waste Audits, and Water Harvesting Projects etc. We are associated with Administrative Staff College of India (ASCI) for the hazardous waste inventorisation of all industries in Odisha for their initial preparation.


Global Experts 312

OUR MISSION: Our aim is to provide sustainable development for the growth of Industries, a one stop service provider for all types of Industries / Mines related projects, particularly relating to environmental issue.

SERVICES:- Environmental:

Environment Impact Assessment Environmental Management Plan Pollution Prevention & Control (Design, Installation & Maintenance of ETPs,

Air Pollution Control Equipment). Preparation of Comprehensive EMP mitigation measures, advising on air

pollution control, wastewater treatment. Solid Waste Management (Vermin-technology & Bio-Technology)

Industrial Waste, Urban Waste Environmental Monitoring & Survey. Greenery Management (Plantation, Maintenance, Nursery raising & Sailing of

seedling) Watershed Management Liasioning with OSPCB, CPCB & MoEF Environment Auditing, Energy Auditing, Assessing the performance of

environmental systems, environmental liabilities. Bio-medical Waste Management Third Party Hazardous Waste Audit Environmental Monitoring (Air, Water, Soil) Laboratory Testing of different samples in Laboratory


Global Experts 313

Marine Environment Assessment & Management (In line with various International Conventions.)

Environmental Impact Assessment of various hazardous materials generated due to ship building and ship repair activities as detailed below:

(The study will be carried out in concurrence with various International conventions, Requirements and guidelines)

1. All relevant Annexes of MARPOL 1973/78 and amendments there to. 2. Relevant sections of IMO resolutions A.962(23)“IMO Guidelines on ship

recycling” and amendments 3. Impact of exported “aquatic organisms or pathogens” on local Marine

Environment as per IMO Resolution A. 868 (20) and amendments. 4. “Potentially Hazardous materials” as treated in EU Regulation no

259/93 annexes II,III & IV and assessment of their impact on local environment.

Techno-Functional:

Site Selection & Procurement of land. Design, Erection & Commissioning of industrial units, water treatment plant,

Effluent Treatment Plant, Sewage Treatment Plant etc. Preparation of Mining Plan, Environmental Clearance, Forest Diversion

Proposal Rehabilitation & Reclamation. Liasioning with statutory authorities. Mechanical Fabrication. Engineering Designing Turnkey Projects Preparation of DPR for Integrated Steel Plants Preparation of DPR for MSW Management practices Preparation of Feasibility Report for Water Pipeline & Intake-well Design,

Supervision & Commissioning Design, Erection & Commissioning of Dust Suppression Equipments like

Sprinkler System, Dry Fog System & Scrubber etc. Dust Extraction System like Cyclone & Bag filter.

Legal Liasioning: We Advice on various legal matters related to industries / mines, and represent on behalf of clients in interacting with various authorities. We always keep up with the latest Notifications, Circulars of the authoritative bodies for appropriate advice to our clients. We have 87% client retention been maintained over last 7 years, which speaks of our credibility and level of customer service.


Global Experts 314

E S T E E M E D C L I E N T S O F M/S GLOBAL EXPERTS

A. STEEL INDUSTRIES VISA Steel Limited

1.5 MTPY Integrated Steel Plant, MoU Project at Duburi, Jajpur, Odisha. REIA/ EMP Job, 1st Phase clearance of NOC & Consent to Operate. Water pipeline and Intake well project, Green Belt Development, Rain Water Harvesting projects.

Maheswary Ispat Limited

0.25 MTPY Integrated Steel Project coming up in Athgarh area under Cuttack dist. of Odisha. REIA/ EMP Studies, 1st Phase clearance from SPCB, Odisha. Consent to Operate for the Phase – I and several technical alternation job. Water pipeline assessment job is also carried out by Global Experts.

SPS Steels & Power Ltd.

0.5 MTPY Integrated Steel Plant, MoU Project at Jharsuguda, Odisha. REIA/ EMP Report, 1st Phase clearance of NOC & Consent to Operate.

Maharastra Seamless Limited:

0.3 MTPY Integrated Steel Plant, MoU Project at Duburi, Jajpur, Odisha. REIA/ EMP Report and getting NOC from SPCB, Odisha and MoEF, New Delhi.

Maithan Ispat Limited

0.2 MTPY Integrated Steel Plant, MoU Project at Duburi, Jajpur, Odisha. REIA/ EMP Report, 1st Phase clearance of NOC & Consent to Operate from SPCB, Odisha and MoEF, New Delhi.

Agrim Steel Industries Limited

0.3 MTPY Integrated Steel Plant, MoU Project at Jharsuguda, Odisha. Preparation of DPR, REIA/ EMP Report, 1st Phase clearance of NOC & Consent to Operate.

Jindal Stainless Limited

i) 1.6 MTPY Integrated Steel Plant & ii) 4 X 125 MW CPP at Duburi, Jajpur, Odisha. Preparing Executive Summary of EIA/ EMP, Conducting Public Hearing and obtaining NOC from SPCB, Odisha & MoEF, New Delhi.

Bhusan Steel & Strips Ltd.

1.5 MTPY Integrated Steel Plant at Meramandali, Dhenkanal, Odisha. Preparation of Executive Summary of EIA/ EMP Report, Conducting Public Hearing and obtaining NOC from SPCB, Odisha & MoEF, New Delhi.


Global Experts 315

Shyam DRI Power Ltd. 0.25 MTPY Integrated Steel Plant at Sambalpur. Preparation of Detail Project Report, obtaining NOC of 1st Phase, presentation at SPCB, EIA / EMP Study will be carried out after MoU.

SCAW Industries Pvt. Ltd.

0.25 MTPY Integrated Steel Plant at Dhenkanal, Odisha. Presentation at SPCB, Odisha, Obtaining NOC for their first phase project of 309.2 Cr. Preparation of Feasibility Study for drawing of Pipeline from River Brahmani to their Site.

Neepaz Metallicks Limited

0.25 MTPY Integrated Steel Plant at Kuarmunda, Sundargarh, Odisha. Obtaining NOC and Consent to Operate for their 4x100 TPD Sponge Iron Plant. Preparation of Feasibility Study for drawing of Pipeline from River Koel to their Site, Designing of Intake Well.

Vedanta Alumina Limited

Alumina refinery plant at Lanjigarh, Dist.- Kalahandi, Odisha. Obtaining NOC and Consent to operate for their refinery plant, Power Plant & Bauxite Mines

Beekay Steels & Power Ltd.

350 TPD Single Kiln Sponge Iron Unit at Barbil, Dist.- Keonjhar, Odisha. Preparation Project Report obtained NOC & Consent to Operate from SPCB, Odisha and EIA/EMP to be carried out soon after signing of MoU with Govt. of Odisha, Liasioning with IPICOL and Govt. of Odisha for signing of MOU for Integrated Steel Plant.

Aryan Ispat & Power Pvt. Ltd.

1.0 MTPY Integrated Steel Plant at Sambalpur, Odisha. Obtaining NOC for the 1st Phase, REIA/ EMP Report, water line survey, erection & commissioning work.

AML Steel & Power Ltd.

1.0 MTPY Integrated Steel Plant at Duburi, Jajpur, Odisha. Liasioning with Statutory Authorities like IDCO, IPICOL etc., Land Purchase, Environmental Works like EIA/EMP will be taken up in due course of time.

Maa Samaleswary Industries Pvt. Ltd.

200 TPD Sponge Iron Unit at Rengali, Sambalpur. Obtaining NOC from SPCB, Odisha.


Global Experts 316

Kohinoor Steel Pvt. Ltd. Integrated Steel Plant at vill: Kuchidihi, Chandil (Jharkhand). Designing, Erection & Commissioning of Intake Well for continuous water supply of 400 Cu.m./h to the plant from River Subarnarekha.

Shiv Metalicks Pvt. Ltd.

50 TPD Single Kiln Sponge Iron Units at Manguli, Choudwar, Cuttack, Odisha. Consent to Operate for the single Kiln, NOC for additional 50 TPD Kiln & Captive Power Plant & Blast Furnace.

Swastik Ispat Pvt. Ltd.

2 X 40 TPD Sponge Iron Unit at Kuarmunda, PO-Birmitrapur, Sundargarh, Odisha. Consent to Establish for additional 2 X 100 TPD Sponge Iron Plant & 04 MW Captive Power Plant.

Dharampal Premchand Ltd.

0.2 MTPA Cold Rolling Mill and Galvanizing Unit, at Tripura Indiustril Development Growth Center, Agartala. Preparation of EIA/EMP/DMP and Environmental clearance from MoEF, New Delhi.

Rashmi Metalliks Ltd.

0.2 MTPA Integrated Steel Plant at Gokulpur, Kharagpur, WB. Preparation of Project Plan, Feasibility Study, EIA/EMP/DMP and Environmental clearance from MoEF, New Delhi.

Rashmi Cements Ltd. Preparation of REIA/ EMP Report, and Environmental clearance for Rasmi Cement Ltd was carried out for its cement-Sponge Iron plant at Jhargram, WB

Limtex Steels Ltd.

4 x 100 TPD Sponge iron Unit at Asansole, West Bengal Preparation of Project Plan, Feasibility Study, EIA/EMP/DMP and Environmental clearance from MoEF, New Delhi.

Bengal Energy Ltd

Mini Integrated Steel Plant at Dauka, Narayangarh, West Midinipur near in West Bengal for 0.6 MTPA Coke Oven, 35 MW Power Plant and 2 x 16.5 MVA Ferro Alloy Plant Preparation of Feasibility Study, EIA/EMP/DMP and Environmental clearance from MoEF, New Delhi.


Global Experts 317

Super Smelters Ltd. Medium sized integrated Steel Plant located at Jamuria, West Bengal for .2 MTPA Coke Oven, 55 MW Power Plant, 3 x 9 MVA Ferro Alloys Plant, 2 X 100 TPD DRI & 2 X 300 TPD DRI for 590,000 TPA Sponge Iron production. Preparation of TEFR, EIA/EMP, and necessary clearances from MoEF, New Delhi.

B. MINING & ALLIED INDUSTRIES AXL Exploration Pvt. Ltd.

Manganese Ore Mines at Sundargarh, Odisha. Assisted in operating Consent to Operate Job, Preparation of REIA/ EMP Report, Technical Presentation at SPCB, Bhubaneswar.

Raikela Iron Ore Mines

Iron Ore Mines of M/s Geetarani Mohanty Pvt. Ltd. at Sundargarh, Odisha. Preparation of Rapid EIA/ EMP Report, Conducting the Public Hearing, and clearances from MoEF, New Delhi

T. P. Minerals Pvt. Ltd., Temapodar

Graphite Mines at Temapodar, Muniguda, Rayagada, Odisha. Preparation of EIA/EMP Report, Conducting Public Hearing and obtaining NOC from SPCB, Odisha & MoEF, New Delhi.

T. P. Minerals Pvt. Ltd., Khalopadar

Graphite Mines at Khalopadar, Muniguda, Rayagada, Odisha. Preparation of EIA/EMP Report, Conducting Public Hearing and obtaining NOC from SPCB, Odisha & MoEF, New Delhi.

Manikeswari Gems Pvt. Ltd., Bandoguda

Iolite Mines at Bandoguda, Junagarh, Kalahandi, Odisha. Preparation of EIA/EMP Report, Conducting Public Hearing and obtaining NOC from SPCB, Odisha & MoEF, New Delhi.

Manikeswari Gems Pvt. Ltd., Kutingpadar

Iolite Mines at Kutingpadar, Junagarh, Kalahandi, Odisha. Preparation of EIA/ EMP Report, Obtaining NOC from SPCB, Odisha & MoEF, New Delhi.

Dungri Limestone Query (a unit of ACC/ BCL)

Limestone Quarry at Dungri, Bargarh, Odisha. Preparation of REIA/ EMP Report, conducting Public Hearing Job and clearances from SPCB, Odisha & MoEF, New Delhi for the expansion of Existing Limestone Mines


Global Experts 318

Kalinga Coal & Mining Pvt. Ltd. 2.0 MTPA Open Cast Coal Mines at Raijharan (Utkal - D Block), Angul, Odisha. preparation of Executive Summary of EIA/ EMP Report, conducting Public Hearing & obtaining NOC from SPCB, Odisha & MoEF, New Delhi.

Bikash Chandra Dev Iron & Manganese Mines

2.0 TPA Iron & Manganese Ore Mines (244 Acres) at Inganijharan, PO-Joda, Keonjhar, Odisha. Preparation of REIA/ EMP Report, Consent to Operate of Mines, NOC for 150 TPH Iron Ore Crusher.

Teherei-Sonua Iron & Manganese Ore Mines

Iron & Manganese Ore Mines at Vill : Teherei & Sonua, PO-Koida, Sundargarh, Odisha. Preparation of Rapid REIA/ EMP Report, Conducting the Public Hearing, and clearances from MoEF, New Delhi.

Nuagan Manganese Mines

Manganese Mines at village Nuagaon, PO- Koida, Dist.- Sundargarh, Odisha. Preparation of REIA/ EMP Report, Obtaining Environmental Clearances from SPCB, Odisha.

VISA Steel Limited

Chrome Ore beneficiation Plant at Golagaon, Jajpur, Odisha. Obtaining Environmental Clearances from SPCB, Odisha.

Ritika Alloys Pvt. Ltd.

100 TPH Iron Ore Crushing & Screening Unit at Barbil, Odisha. NOC Job for 2x350 TPD Sponge Iron Plant for the first Phase & Consent to Operate.

Nayagarh Minerals

40 TPH Iron Ore Crushing & Screening Unit at Barbil, Odisha. Preparation of Project Report, obtaining NOC & Liasioning with statutory authorities.

Shyam Sel Limited

75 TPH Iron Ore Crushing & Screening Unit at Barbil, Odisha. Preparation of Project Report, obtaining NOC, consent to Operate & Liasioning with statutory authorities.

Krishna Ores Pvt. Ltd. 30 TPH Iron Ore Crushing & Screening Unit at Sundargarh, Odisha. Preparation of Project, obtaining NOC, Liasioning with statutory authorities.


Global Experts 319

Gajanan Metallicks 0.16 MTPY Iron Ore Crusher at Sundargarh, Odisha. Obtaining NOC From SPCB, Odisha, liasioning with statutory authorities.

Naaraayani Sons Pvt. Ltd. Iron Ore Mines at Ulliburu, Keonjhar, Odisha. Obtaining Consent to Operate, Preparing Techno-economical Feasibility Report, EIA/ EMP Report.

Kanodia Iron Works Pvt. Ltd.

100 TPH Iron Ore Crusher at Keonjhar, Odisha. Obtaining NOC & Consent to Operate from SPCB.

Gopi Krishna Minerals & Metals Pvt. Ltd.

100 TPH Iron Ore Crushing & Screening Unit at Bonai, Sundargarh, Odisha. Preparation of Detailed Project Report, Consent to Establish from SPCB, Odisha.

Krishna Kanheiya Metals Pvt. Ltd.

100 TPH Iron Ore Crushing & Screening Unit at Bonai, Sundargarh, Odisha. Preparation of Detailed Project Report, Consent to Establish from SPCB, Odisha.

Subham Enterprisers

A Stone Crusher at Bhadrak, Odisha. Obtaining NOC from SPCB, Odisha. Bajarangbali Alloys Pvt. Ltd.

2.0 Lacs ton per annum (Ingot & Re-rolling Mill Dvn.) at Manguli Sqr., NH-5, Cuttack, Odisha. obtaining Consent to Establish & Consent to Operate job from SPCB, Odisha

HINDALCO Industries Limited

0.6 mtpy Bauxite Mines at Aligan area, Dist.- Koraput, Odisha. Obtaining NOC & Consent to Operate from SPCB, Odisha,

ADHUNIK METALLIKs Ltd., Kulum Mines at Keonjhar District of Odisha

Preparation of EIA/EMP with MoEF applications for Iron Ore Mines at Kulum, Deojhar of Keonjhar District, Odisha covering 109.3 ha of M.L.A.

GEETARANI MOHANTY MINES, RAIKALA

Necessary Reporting and Liasioning for Environmental Clearance from MoEF and SPCB, Odisha for Iron Ore mines at Raikela and Nuagaon of Sundergarh District of Odisha.


Global Experts 320

C. COAL/ COKE BASED INDUSTRIES Sterlite Energy Limited (4×600) 2400 MW CPP plant at Sarbahal Road, Jharsuguda.Carrying out NOC from SPCB, Odisha and Environmental clearance from MoEF New Delhi. Neelachal Carbometaliks Pvt. Ltd.

60,000 TPY LAM Coke Oven Unit at Chandikhol, Jajpur, Odisha. Obtaining NOC & Consent to Operate from SPCB, Odisha.

M. V. International Limited

1.0 Lacs TPY LAM Coke Oven Unit at Chandikhol, Jajpur, Odisha. Obtaining NOC & Consent to Operate from SPCB, Odisha.

Tycoons’ Industries Pvt. Ltd.

Non-recovery Beehive hard Coke mechanized Oven Unit at Darpanigarh, Jajpur, Odisha. Liasioning with statutory authorities, Land Purchase, Preparation of Project Report, obtaining NOC and Consent to Operate.

Aryan Energy Pvt. Ltd. 2.0 MTPA Coal Washery. Liasioning with statutory authorities, Land Purchase, obtaining NOC and Consent to Operate.

Global Coal & Mining Pvt. Ltd.

1.5 MTPY Coal Washery at Talcher, Odisha. Consent to Operate & NOC for Expansion of the Project.

Global Coal & Mining Pvt. Ltd.

2.5 MTPY Coal Washery at Jharsuguda, Odisha. Obtaining NOC from SPCB, Odisha.

S. V. POWER PVT. Ltd.

2.5 MTPY Coal Washery at Korba, Chhatisgarh. Preparation of Detail Project Report.

D. CEMENT INDUSTRIES Bargarh Cement Works ( ACC Cement)

2.0 MTPY Cement Plant. Preparation of REIA/ EMP Report, obtaining NOC from SPCB, Odisha & MoEF, New Delhi.


Global Experts 321

SCANIA Steel & Cement Ltd. 1.0 MTPA Cement Plant, and 0.1 MTPA Integrated Steel Plant at Rajgangpur, Sundergarh, Odisha. Preparation of Project Plan, Feasibility Study, EIA/EMP/DMP and Environmental clearance from MoEF, New Delhi.

Green Valley Industries Pvt. Ltd.

2000 TPD cement clinker & 20 mw coal based CPP Plant at Nongsning, Jaintia hills, Meghalaya. Preparation of Project Plan, EIA/EMP/DMP and obtaining Environmental clearance from MoEF, New Delhi.

E. CONSTRUCTION & ALLIED PROJECTS Vedanta University, Puri, Odisha

Preparation of REIA/EMP report, obtaining Environmental Clearance from MoEF N. Delhi.

Lonavale Super City, Pune

Preparation of REIA/EMP report, and obtaining EC from MoEF, New Delhi

F. MISCELLANEOUS SKOLL Breweries, Paradeep (SAB Miller Group)

Existing Brewery Unit at Paradeep, Odisha. Operation & Maintenance of Effluent Treatment Plant on day to day basis.

Thirubala Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.

Chemical Unit at Khurda, Odisha. Obtaining NOC from SPCB, Odisha.

Kalinga Oil & Refineries Existing Rice Mill at Cuttack, Odisha. Assisted in operating Consent to Operate Job.

VISA Steel Limited

Water Harvesting Project in steel plant at Duburi. K.L. Resources Pvt. Ltd.

EIA / EMP Study for 1,20,000 TPA chrome ore beneficiation plant at Chandikhol, Jajpur Road, Odisha.


Global Experts 322

G. THIRD PARTY HAZARDOUS WASTE AUDIT Hazardous Waste Inventorisation for the State of Odisha.

We are associated with Administrative Staff College of India (ASCI) for the hazardous waste inventorisation of all industries in Odisha for their initial preparation.

Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Ltd. LPG Bottling Plant at Jatni, Khurda, Odisha. Third Party Hazardous Waste Audit Report submitted to SPCB.

Paradeep Phosphates Limited

2,400 TPD Di-Ammonia Phosphate Plant at Paradeep, Odisha. Third Party Hazardous Waste Audit Report to be submitted SPCB.

Jindal Stainless Limited

1.5 Million TPA Integrated Steel Plant at Kalinga Nagar Industrial Complex, Duburi, Jajpur, Odisha. Third Party Hazardous Waste Audit Report to be submitted SPCB.

SKOL Breweries Limited

East Coast Breweries Limited, a unit of SKOL Breweries Limited at Paradeep, Odisha. Third Party Hazardous Waste Audit Report to be submitted SPCB.

Maheshwary Ispat Limited

0.3 Million TPA Integrated Steel Plant at Vill: Rampei, PO- Khuntuni, Dist- Cuttack Odisha. Third Party Hazardous Waste Audit Report to be submitted SPCB.

Hazardous Waste Inventorisation for the State of Jharkhand

We are at final stage of negotiation for carrying out Hazardous Waste Inventorisation for the entire industry for the State of Jharkhand. Our offer has been accepted by Jharkhand, SPCB and are awaiting for the LOI.

H. THIRD PARTY MONITORING AND TESTING OF ENVIRONMENTAL

SAMPLES Nilachal Ispat Nigam Limited

Integrated Steel Plant at Duburi, Odisha. Analysis of CRI & CSR of Coke and Cyanide & Chromium content of BOD Plant on regular basis.


Global Experts 323

Mideast Integrated Steel Pvt. Ltd. (MESCO) Integrated Steel Project at Duburi, Jajpur, Odisha. Analysis of various parameters of ingredient and finished product.

SPS Steel & Power Ltd.

Regular monitoring of Ambient Air Quality, Stack Monitoring & Water Analysis etc as per OSPCB Guidelines.

Bargarh Cement Limited (a subsidiary of ACC Group)

2.0 MTPY Cement Plant at Bargar, Odisha. Regular monitoring of Ambient Air Quality, Stack Monitoring & Water Analysis etc as per OSPCB Guidelines.

Vedanta Allumina (Sterlite Group) at Langigarh, Odisha

2.0 MTPA Alluminium Refinary Plant, Langigarh, Odisha. Regular monitoring of Ambient Air Quality, Stack Monitoring & Water and Waste water Analysis etc as per OSPCB Guidelines.

Maithan Ispat Ltd., Jajpur

0.25 MTPA Integrated Steel Plant, at Kalinga Nagar, Jajapur, Odisha. Regular monitoring of Ambient Air Quality, Stack Monitoring & Water and Waste water Analysis etc as per OSPCB Guidelines

Jindal Stainless Ltd. 1.6 MTPA Stainless Steel Plant, and 4 X 125 MW Power Plant at, Kalinga Nagar, Jajpur, Odisha. Regular monitoring of Ambient Air Quality, Stack Monitoring & Water and Waste water Analysis etc as per OSPCB Guidelines

VISA Steel Ltd. 1.5 MTPA Integrated Steel Plant at Kalinga Nagar, Jajapur, Odisha. Regular monitoring of Ambient Air Quality, Stack Monitoring & Water and Waste water Analysis etc as per OSPCB Guidelines

Maheshwary Ispat Pvt. Ltd. 0.25 MTPA Integrated Steel Plant at Khuntuni, Cuttack, Odisha. Regular monitoring of Ambient Air Quality, Stack Monitoring & Water and Waste water Analysis etc as per OSPCB Guidelines


Global Experts 324

I. PUBLIC HEARING Jindal Stainless Limited

i) 1.6 MTPY Integrated Steel Plant & ii) 4 X 125 MW CPP at Duburi, Jajpur, Odisha. Preparation of Executive Summary of REIA/ EMP Report, Conducting Public Hearings and obtaining NOC from SPCB, Odisha & MoEF, New Delhi.

Bhusan Steel & Strips Ltd.

1.5 MTPY Integrated Steel Plant at Meramandali, Dhenkanal, Odisha. Preparing Executive Summary of REIA/ EMP, Conducting Public Hearing and obtaining NOC from SPCB, Odisha & MoEF, New Delhi.

T. P. Minerals Pvt. Ltd., Temapodar

Graphite Mines at Temapodar, Muniguda, Rayagada, Odisha. Preparation of Executive Summary of REIA/ EMP Report, Conducting Public Hearing and obtaining NOC from SPCB, Odisha & MoEF, New Delhi.

T. P. Minerals Pvt. Ltd., Khalopadar

Graphite Mines at Khalopadar, Muniguda, Rayagada, Odisha. Preparation of Executive Summary of REIA/EMP Report, Conducting Public Hearing and obtaining NOC from SPCB, Odisha & MoEF, New Delhi.

Manikeswari Gems Pvt. Ltd., Bandoguda

Iolite Mines at Bandoguda, Junagarh, Kalahandi, Odisha. Preparation of Executive Summary of REIA/EMP Report, Conducting Public Hearing and obtaining NOC from SPCB, Odisha & MoEF, New Delhi.

Raikela Iron Ore Mines

Iron Ore Mines at Vill: Raikela, PO- Koida, Dist- Sundargarh, Odisha. Preparation of Executive Summary of REIA/EMP Report, Conducting Public Hearing and obtaining NOC from SPCB, Odisha & MoEF, New Delhi.

J. DESIGN, SUPPLY, ERECTION & COMMISSIONING (POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT) OMFED, Cattle Feed Plant. Existing Cattle Feed Plant at Radhadamodarpur, Cuttack, Odisha. Erection &

Commissioning of Dust Aspiration System consisting of Bag filters & Cyclone Separators


Global Experts 325

Naresh Kumar & Co. Pvt. Ltd. 100 TPH Chrome Crushing Unit at TATA Mines, Sukinda, Odisha. Erection & Commissioning of Dust Aspiration System of Cyclone Separator

Nilachal Carbometalicks Pvt. Ltd.

60,000 TPY LAM Coke Oven Unit at Jajpur, Odisha. Erection & Commissioning of Dust Aspiration system consisting of 2 nos. of Bag filters and Venturi Scrubber.

BRG Steel (P) Ltd, Meramundali, Dhenkanal

0.2 Million Ton Integrated Steel Plant at Meramundali, Dhekanal, Odisha. Survey & Commissioning of water pipeline Job.

Bhaskar Steel Pvt. Ltd., Rajamunda, Sundargarh, Odisha Survey & Commissioning of water pipeline Job. Ritika Alloys Pvt. Ltd.

Iron Ore Crusher at Koida, Sundargarh, Odisha. Installation of Bag Filter & Cyclone Collector.

chapter-0 executive summaryenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/eia/... · 06 mmtpa of m/s...

Documents